HomeMy WebLinkAboutAttachment A - 2015-3-13_Samson Park Technical Specifications
Samson Oceanfront Park
17425 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Technical Specifications Package
Issued Date: March 11, 2015
Prepared by:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
Specifications Prepared By:
Javier Rodriguez, PE
Division 1, General Requirements
Division 2, Site Work, Sections 02050, 02100, 02110, 02200, 02221, 02240, 02270, 02502,
2510, 02576, 02577
Approved by:
RJ Behar & Company, Inc.
6861 SW 196th Avenue, Suite 302
Pembroke Pines, FL 33332
Phone No. 954-680-7771
Certificate of Authorization No. 8365
Javier Rodriguez, PE No. 48264
Pedro L. Fiallo, PE
Division 3, Concrete, Sections 03100, 03200, 03300, 03732, 032100,, 033123
Division 4, Masonry, Sections, 040500, 04051604
Division 5, Decorative Metals, 05120
Division 9, Finishes, 092423
PLF Structural Engineers
2020 NW 190th Avenue
Pembroke Pines, FL 33029
Phone No. (305) 219-2344
Certificate of Authorization No 30758
Pedro L. Fiallo, PE No. 76100
Alberto Ramudo, RA
Division 7, Thermal and Moisture Protection, Sections 079200
Division 8, Doors and Windows, Section 087111
Division 9, Finishes, Sections 092500 and 09990
Division 10, Specialties, Sections 101419 and 108010
Icon Design Group, Inc.
1200 North Federal Highway, Suite 200
Boca Raton, FL 33432
Phone No. 561-305-4477
Alberto Ramudo, R.A. AR10616
Nicky Rodriguez, KAMM
Division 15, Mechanical and Plumbing
Division 16, Electrical
KAMM Consulting
1407 West Newport Center Drive
Deerfield Beach, FL 33442
Phone No. 954-949-2200
Certificate of Authorization No. 8189
Robert Arthur Kamm, PE No. 44004
Aida Curtis, RLA
Division 2, Site Work, Sections 02470, 02750, 02791, 02810, 02881, 02910, 02931, 02935,
02950
Curtis + Rogers Design Studio, Inc.
7520 S. Red Road, Suite M
South Miami, FL 33143
Phone No. (305) 442-1774
License No. 1330
Aida M. Curtis
INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -1-
INDEX OF
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK ............................................................................................. 3
SECTION 01015 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS ......................................................................... 2
SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING………………… ......................………………………4
SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING ............................................................................................. 2
SECTION 01065 PERMITS AND FEES ................................................................................................ 1
SECTION 01071 STANDARD REFERENCES ..................................................................................... 8
SECTION 01090 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS ......................................................................... 2
SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................ 7
SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES .............................................................................. 2
SECTION 01410 TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL .................................................................... 2
SECTION 01530 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS ........................................................ 4
SECTION 01570 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 2
SECTION 01600 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ............................................................................ 5
SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS ....................................................... 2
SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ......................................................................................... 6
DIVISION 2: SITE WORK
SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION ............................................................................................................ 3
SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION ................................................................................................ 2
SECTION 02110 CLEARING & LAND PREPARATION .................................................................... 2
SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK ........................................................................................................... 5
SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING ............................................ 3
SECTION 02240 SOIL STABILIZATION ............................................................................................. 2
INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -2-
SECTION 02270 EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL ....................................... 5
SECTION 02470 SITE FURNISHINGS ................................................................................................. 4
SECTION 02502 LIMEROCK BASE ..................................................................................................... 3
SECTION 02510 CONCRETE WALKWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS,
RAMPS, MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS .............................................. 3
SECTION 02577 PAVEMENT MARKING ........................................................................................... 2
SECTION 02750 COLORED CONCRETE ............................................................................................ 4
SECTION 02791 PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING ........................................................ 4
SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION ............................................................................................................. 8
SECTION 02881 PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES .................................................. 4
SECTION 02910 TREE RELOCATION ................................................................................................ 5
SECTION 02931 TREE PROTECTION ................................................................................................. 3
SECTION 02935 SODDING ................................................................................................................... 6
SECTION 02950 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER ............................................................ 12
DIVISION 3: CONCRETE
SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK ....................................................................................... 3
SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ............................................................................ 4
SECTION 03300 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE ................................................................................ 5
SECTION 03732 CONCRETE REPAIRS ............................................................................................. 5
SECTION 032100 REINFORCING STEEL ............................................................................................. 2
SECTION 033123 CONCRETE REPAIR MORTARS ............................................................................ 3
DIVISION 4: MASONRY
SECTION 040500 UNIT MANSONRY ................................................................................................. 14
SECTION 040516 MORTAR.................................................................................................................... 5
INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -3-
DIVISION 5: DECORATIVE METALS
SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL…………… ....... ……………………………………………2
DIVISION 6: WOODS (Not Used)
DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANT…………… ................ ……………………………………………2
DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS
SECTION 087111 FINISH HARDWARE…………… ......... ……………………………………………3
DIVISION 9: FINISHES
SECTION 092423 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER ............................................................................ 3
SECTION 092500 STUCCO, CEMENT PLASTERING ......................................................................... 3
SECTION 09990 PROTECTIVE COATINGS ....................................................................................... 5
DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES
SECTION 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE ....................................................................... 2
SECTION 108010 TOILET ACCESSORIES ........................................................................................... 1
DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS LANDSCAPE (Not Used)
DIVISION 13: BUILDING (Not Used)
DIVISION 14: CONVEYING SYSTEMS (Not Used)
DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL
SECTION 15058 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT ...................... 2
SECTION 15061 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ...... 7
SECTION 15062 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ............... 7
SECTION 15077 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT................................. 4
SECTION 15078 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING AND PIPING AND EQUIPMENT . 4
INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -4-
SECTION 15085 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION ....................................................................... 12
SECTION 15092 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING ................................. 3
SECTION 15093 SLEEVES AND SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING .......................................................... 3
SECTION 15097 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING ............................................................ 2
SECTION 15111 GENERAL –DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING ....................................... 5
SECTION 15126 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING ................................................. 4
SECTION 15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ................................................................................... 9
SECTION 15145 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES .......................................................... 7
SECTION 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ............................................................... 9
SECTION 15155 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES........................................................... 7
SECTION 15416 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS ........................................................................ 3
SECTION 15417 COMMERICAL URNIALS ....................................................................................... 3
SECTION 15421 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES ................................................................................ 4
SECTION 15423 COMMERCIAL SHOWERS, RECEPTORS, AND BASINS.................................... 3
SECTION 15427 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS ............................................................................... 4
DIVISION 16: ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS .......................................... 9
SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING ................................................................................ 5
SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL INDENTIFICATION ......................................................................... 5
SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ................................................................................ 3
SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES ....................................................................................... 6
SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES .................................................................................................... 5
SECTION 16145 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES ............................................................................ 7
SECTION 16289 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION ................................................................ 8
SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................................... 4
SECTION 16442 PANELBOARDS ........................................................................................................ 5
SECTION 16491 FUSES ......................................................................................................................... 2
INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -5-
SECTION 16511 INTERIOR LIGHTING ................................................................................................
SECTION 16521 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ............................................................................................. 6
MIAMI-DADE WATER AND SEWER DEPARTMENT (MDWASD)
SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 3
SECTION 15060 PIPING AND FITTINGS.......................................................................................... 26
SECTION 15070 JACKING AND BORING .......................................................................................... 7
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS:
REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION – SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK.................................... 23
END OF DIRECTORY
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-1
SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
: This section summarizes the Work of the Project as covered in detail in the complete Contract
Documents. This is a general summary and is not intended to be complete and all inclusive of the required Work
items.
1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
:
A. Description of Total Project: The City of Sunny Isles Beach intends to improve an existing park to
optimize usage and to improve operating conditions. Samson Oceanfront Park is widely used by
residents who live nearby and use the facility after ocean bathing. The sanitary sewer main for the
restrooms will be upgraded and an additional stall per restroom will be added. The improvements also
include the addition of a grinder pump, a covered performance stage and a covered children’s playground.
New lawn benches and playground benches will be installed.
1.03 RELATED CONTRACT ACTIVITIES
:
A. Site improvements.
B. Building renovations.
1.04 WORK PERFORMED BY OTHERS
:
A. City of North Miami, Watermain: Relocated Fire Hydrant connection.
B. Miami-Dade County Transit: Bus Stop sign relocation.
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
: See Section 01530 Temporary Barriers and Controls.
1.06 CITY'S USE OF PREMISES
:
A. Partial City Occupancy: The City reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in areas
of the Project, prior to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not interfere with
completion of the Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance
of the Work.
1.07 WORK SEQUENCE, COORDINATION ACTIVITIES AND SCHEDULED DATES
:
A. General: The CONTRACTOR will coordinate its work with other adjacent contractors, landowners and
City activities, with specific attention to access and staging areas. Construction sequence shall be
determined by Contractor subject to the following needs for continuous access and operation by others.
1. The oceanfront park is actively being used. The contractor shall protect the work areas and close
facilities as necessary providing proper signage and construction fencing, while other parts of the
park are being used by park users.
2. Coordinate with the City for areas that require to be closed for work.
3. Construct the new sanitary sewer main and grinder pump first. Install electrical conduits, irrigation,
and boardwalk. Construct interior restrooms and walls. Install showers and amenities. Install
playground flooring, stage flooring and electrical wiring, playground benches, concrete roof
structures. Install light poles, bollards, up lights, furnishings, landscape, signs. Construct the
sidewalk and concrete pads and path.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-2
B. Contractor may suggest modifications to the sequence provided the access and operation requirements are
satisfied and compliance with the overall contract period is achieved.
C. Scheduled Events: Schedule the Work to conform to the following events and dates, and to provide for
coordination with the work performed by others. No events are scheduled.
1.08 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
: See 01300 Submittals.
1.09 LIST OF DRAWINGS
:
A. Contract Drawings:
Samson Oceanfront Park
Civil:
1. Cover
2. Topographic Survey
3. Topographic Survey
4. General Notes
5. General Notes
6. Demolition Plan
7. Sanitary Sewer Plan
8. Sanitary Sewer Profile
9. Sanitary Sewer Details
10. Sanitary Sewer Details
11. Lift Station Details
12. Geometry Plan
13. Grading Plan
14. Civil Details
15. Water Details
16. Signing and Pavement Marking Plans
17. Temporary Traffic Control Notes
18. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Architectural:
1. Stage Plans
2. Small Playground Plans
3. Large Playground Floor Plans
4. Large Playground Roof Plans
5. Proposed Demolition Plan
6. Proposed Floor Plan
7. Elevations
8. Bathroom Interior Elevations
Structural:
1. General Structural Notes
2. Boardwalk Framing Plan and Details
3. Entry Wall Plan and Details
4. Smart Play Motion Structure
5. Play Booster Structure
6. Stage Structure
7. Structural Schedules and Details
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-3
Mechanical:
1. Mechanical Notes
2. Restroom Mechanical Plan
Electrical:
1. Electrical Notes
2. Site Photometric Plan
3. Site Power Plan
4. Site Security Conduit Plan
5. Restroom Lighting and Power Plan
6. Swiggle Stix Playground Electrical Plan
7. Stage & Motions Playground Electrical Plan
Plumbing:
1. Plumbing Notes
2. Restroom Sanitary and Domestic Water Plan
3. Plumbing Isometrics
Landscaping:
1. Materials Plan
2. Entry Wall Details
3. Playground Details
4. Washdown Station Details
5. Furnishings Details
6. Tree Disposition Plan
7. Tree Disposition Table and Notes
8. Planting Plan – Trees
9. Planting Plan – Shrubs
10. Planting Notes and Details
11. Irrigation Plan
12. Irrigation Notes and Details
B. Reference Materials:
1. The following reference Materials are available for inspection at the offices of the City: None.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS 01015-1
SECTION 01015 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Definitions:
:
1. A substantial amount of specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other areas
of Contract Documents including drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic in nature
and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated.
2. Certain terms used in the Contract Documents are defined in the General Conditions. Definitions
and explanations are not necessarily either complete or exclusive but are general for the work.
B. General Requirements: General requirements are the provisions or requirements of Division 1 sections
and which apply to the entire work of the Contract.
1.02 FORMAT AND SPECIFICATION EXPLANATIONS
:
A. Format Explanation: The format of principal portions of these specifications can be described as follows,
although other portions may not fully comply and no particular significance will be attached to such
compliance or noncompliance.
1. Sections and Divisions: For convenience, basic unit of specification text is a "section", each unit of
which is named and numbered. These are organized into related families of sections, and various
families of sections are organized into "divisions", which are recognized as the present industry
consensus on uniform organization and sequencing of specifications. The section title is not
intended to limit meaning or content of section, nor to be fully descriptive of requirements specified
therein nor to be an integral part of text.
2. Section Numbering: Used for identification and to facilitate cross-references in contract documents.
Sections are placed in numeric sequence; however, numbering sequence is not complete, and listing
of sections in Table of Contents at beginning of Contract Documents must be consulted to
determine numbers and names of specification sections in these Contract Documents.
3. Page Numbering: Numbered independently for each section. Section number is shown with page
number of bottom of each page to facilitate location of text.
4. Parts: Each section of these specifications generally has been subdivided into three (3) basic parts
for uniformity and convenience (Part 1 "General", Part 2 "Products", and Part 3 "Execution").
These parts do not limit the meaning of text within. Some sections may not contain all three parts
when not applicable, or may contain more than three parts to add clarity to organization of section.
5. Imperative Language: Used generally in specifications. Except as otherwise indicated,
requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading,
at certain locations contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities which must
be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or, when so noted, by others.
6. Specialists, Assignments: In certain instances, specification text requires that specific work be
assigned to specialists or expert entities who must be engaged for performance of those units of
work. These must be recognized as special requirements over which the Contractor has no choice
or option. These assignments must not be confused with, and are not intended to interfere with,
normal application of regulations, union jurisdictions and similar conventions. Nevertheless final
responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of requirements remains with the Contractor.
7. Trades: Except as otherwise specified or indicated, the use of titles such as "carpentry" in
specification text, implies neither that the work must be performed by an accredited or unionized
tradesperson of corresponding generic name (such as "carpenter"), nor that specified requirements
apply exclusively to work by tradespersons of that corresponding generic name.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS 01015-2
B. Specification Content: Because of methods by which this project specification has been produced, certain
general characteristics of contents and conventions in use of language are explained as follows:
1. Specifying Methods: The techniques or methods of specifying requirements varies throughout text,
and may include "prescriptive", "compliance with standards", "performance", "proprietary", or a
combination of these. The method used for specifying one unit of work has no bearing on
requirements for another unit of work.
2. Overlapping and Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two (2) or more industry
standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those different standards or
requirements establishes different or conflicting minimums or levels of quality, notify the Engineer
for a decision as specified in the General Conditions.
3. Abbreviations: Throughout the Contract Documents are abbreviations implying words and
meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Specific abbreviations have been established,
principally for lengthy technical terminology, and in conjunction with coordination of specification
requirements, with notations on drawings and in schedules. These are normally defined at first
instance of use. Organizational and association names and titles of general standards are also
abbreviated.
1.03 DRAWING SYMBOLS
: Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols used on Drawings are those symbols
recognized in the construction industry for purposes indicated. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for
clarification.
1.04 INDUSTRY STANDARDS - APPLICABILITY
: Applicable standards of construction industry have the same
force and effect, and are made a part of Contract Documents by reference, as if copied directly into the Contract
Documents, or as if published copies were bound herewith. Referenced standards referenced directly in the
Contract Documents or by governing regulations have precedence over non-referenced standards which are
recognized in industry for applicability to work.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-1
SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
:
A. Definition: "Cutting and patching" includes cutting into existing construction to provide for the
installation or performance of other work and subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces
to their original condition.
1. Cutting and patching is performed for coordination of the work, to uncover work for access or
inspection, to obtain samples for testing, to permit alterations to be performed or for other similar
purposes.
2. Cutting and patching performed during the manufacture of products, or during the initial
fabrication, erection or installation processes is not considered to be "cutting and patching" under
this definition. Drilling of holes to install fasteners and similar operations are also not considered to
be "cutting and patching."
B. Refer to other sections of these specifications and the Drawings for specific cutting and patching
requirements and limitations applicable to individual units of work.
1. Unless otherwise specified, requirements of this section apply to mechanical and electrical work.
2. Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 sections for additional requirements and limitations on cutting
and patching of mechanical and electrical work.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
:
A. Procedural Proposal for Cutting and Patching: Where prior approval of cutting and patching is required,
submit proposed procedures for this work well in advance of the time work will be performed and request
approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the submittal:
1. Describe nature of the work and how it is to be performed, indicating why cutting and patching
cannot be avoided.
2. Describe anticipated results of the work in terms of changes to existing work, including structural,
operational and visual changes as well as other significant elements.
3. List products to be used and firms that will perform work.
4. Give dates when work is expected to be performed.
5. List utilities that will be disturbed or otherwise be affected by work, including those that will be
relocated and those that will be out-of-service temporarily.
a. Indicate how long utility service will be disrupted.
6. Submit details and engineering calculations to show how that reinforcement is integrated with
original structure to satisfy requirements where cutting and patching of structural work involves the
addition of reinforcement.
B. Approval by the Engineer to proceed with cutting and patching work does not waive the Engineer's right to
later require complete removal and replacement of work found to be cut and patched in an unsatisfactory
manner.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
:
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner that would result in a
reduction of load-carrying capacity or of load-deflection ratio.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-2
B. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related
components in a manner that would result in a reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner
intended, including energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased
operational life or decreased safety.
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or in its occupied
spaces, in a manner that would, in the Engineer's opinion, result in lessening the building's aesthetic
qualities.
1. Do not cut and patch work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of cut and
patch work.
2. Remove and replace work judged by the Engineer to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory
manner.
3. Retain the original installer or fabricator if possible, or another recognized experienced and
specialized firm for cutting and patching.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
:
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, or as directed by the Engineer, use materials for cutting and
patching that are identical to existing materials.
B. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used, use materials that match existing adjacent
surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect.
C. Use materials for cutting and patching that will result in equal-or-better performance characteristics.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
:
A. Before cutting, examine the surfaces to be cut and patched and the conditions under which the work is to
be performed. If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action
before proceeding with the work.
1. Coordinate layout of the work and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding with the work.
3.02 PREPARATION
:
A. Temporary Support: To prevent failure, provide temporary support of work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from
adverse weather conditions for that part of the project that may be exposed during cutting and patching
operations.
1. Avoid interference with use of adjacent facilities or interruption of free passage to adjacent
facilities.
2. Take precautions not to cut existing pipes, conduits or ducts serving the building but scheduled to
be relocated until provisions have been made to by-pass them. Coordinate with the Engineer.
3.03 PERFORMANCE
:
A. General: Employ skilled personnel to perform cutting and patching work. Except as otherwise indicated
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-3
or as approved by the Engineer, proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and
complete work without delay.
B. Cutting: Cut the work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining
work. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with original
installer's recommendations.
1. General: Use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
chopping where cutting is required. Use of gasoline-powered tools will not be permitted in
enclosed spaces.
2. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or core drill
to insure a neat hole.
3. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent work.
4. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing
finished surfaces.
5. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
C. By-pass utility services such as pipe and conduit, before cutting, where such utility services are shown or
required to be removed, relocated or abandoned.
D. Cut-off conduit and pipe in walls or partitions to be removed. After by-pass and cutting, cap, valve or plug
and seal tight remaining portion of pipe and conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign
matter.
E. Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances for the work.
1. Inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of work where feasible.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and where necessary extend finish restoration into
retained adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
3. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform
color and appearance where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another
finished area.
4. If necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance, remove existing floor and wall coverings and
replace with new materials.
5. Extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch, after patched area has
received prime and base coat where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface.
6. Patch, repair or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform
appearance.
3.04 CLEANING
:
A. Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where work is performed or used as access to work. Remove
completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature.
B. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied.
C. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FIELD ENGINEERING 0105 0-1
SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 The Contractor will engage a licensed engineer of the discipline required, registered in the State of Florida, to
perform engineering services for temporary facilities including the design of shoring systems, shores, earth and
water retaining systems, forms, temporary erection supports, and similar items provided by the Contractor as part
of its means and methods of construction.
PART 2 - CONTRACTOR CONSTRUCTION STAKING
2.01 DESCRIPTION
: In connection with this Work, Contractor shall:
A. Perform all construction layout and reference staking necessary for the proper control and satisfactory
completion of the Work.
B. Run a level circuit between vertical control points indicated to check plan benchmarks and establish new
benchmarks where necessary.
2.02 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
:
A. The Contractors personnel performing the construction staking shall work under the direct supervision of a
Florida registered engineer or Florida licensed land surveyor. Submit name and address of individual
responsible for surveying to the City prior to start of survey activities.
B. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the accuracy of the line and grade of all
features of the Work. Any errors or apparent discrepancies found in previous surveys, plans, or
specifications or shall be called to the attention of the City by the Contractor for correction or interpretation
prior to proceeding with the work.
C. Field notes shall be kept in standard, bound field notebooks in a clear, orderly, and neat manner consistent
with standard engineering practices.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement and preservation of adequate ties and reference to all
control points, whether established by him or found on the project, necessary for the accurate
reestablishment of all base lines or centerlines shown on the Plans. All land ties (i.e. section corners,
fractional section corners, and similar items) that may be lost or destroyed during construction shall be
carefully referenced and replaced.
E. The supervision of the Contractor's construction engineering personnel shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor; and, any deficient engineering layout or construction work which may be the result of
inaccuracies in his staking operations or of his failure to report inaccuracies found in work previously done
by the Design Engineer shall be corrected at the expense of the Contractor.
F. In order to expedite the commencement of construction operations, the staking operation may commence
prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall obtain written approval of the Resident
Engineer prior to commencing staking.
2.03 RECORDS AND SUBMITTALS
:
A. Submittal:
1. Provide City a copy of the designs described in Paragraph 1.01 signed and sealed by the licensed
engineer.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FIELD ENGINEERING 0105 0-2
2. Provide City the data required for the individual responsible for layout and records as required in
Paragraph 2.02 A.
B. Records: At the end of the Project, submit to the City a certified site survey showing coordinates and
elevations of the completed Work. Submit a copy of the field notes required in Paragraph 2.02.C. These
are part of the record documents required in SECTION 01700.
C. Cross-sections: Road cross-sections shall be submitted as specified in SECTION 02200.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PERMITS AND FEES 01065-1
SECTION 01065 PERMITS AND FEES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits and licenses related to his work,
except as otherwise provided herein.
1.02 The Contractor will be issued copies of all permits obtained by the City at the pre-construction conference. A
copy of the permits shall be posted at the site at all times during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible
for familiarizing himself with the permits and shall abide by the permit conditions at all times.
1.03 Work shall be conducted, and shall result in construction of the improvements of this project, in full accordance
with the conditions of the permits granted for the project.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-1
SECTION 01071 - STANDARD REFERENCES
Wherever used in the project manual, the following abbreviations will have the meanings listed:
AA Aluminum Association Incorporated
818 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
1518 K Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
2700 River Road, Suite 118
Des Plaines, IL 60018
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, N.W., Suite 225
Washington, D.C. 20001
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association
1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Suite 700
Washington, D.C. 20036
ACI American Concrete Institute
P. O. Box 19150
Detroit, MI
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies
51 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10017
AGA American Gas Association
8501 East Pleasant Valley Road
Cleveland, OH 44131
AGMA American Gear Manufacturer's Association
1330 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C.
AHA American Hardboard Association
520 N. Hicks Road
Palatine, IL 60067
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
101 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-2
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
333 West Hampden Avenue
Englewood, CO 80110
ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee
P. O. Box 210
Germantown, MD 20874
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association, Inc.
30 West University Drive
Arlington Heights, IL 60004
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.
1430 Broadway
New York NY 10018
APA American Plywood Association
1119 A Street
Tacoma, WA 98401
API American Petroleum Institute
1801 K Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1814 North Fort Myer Drive
Arlington, VA 22209
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
United States of America Standards Institute
10 East 40th Street
New York, NY 10016
ASE American Standard Safety Code for Elevators,
Code Dumbwaiter and Escalators
American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-3
Philadelphia, PA 19103
AWPA American Wood Preservers Association
1625 Eye Street
Washington, D.C. 20006
AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau
7962 Conell Court
P. O. Box 5283
Lorton, VA 22079
AWS American Welding Society
2501 N.W. 7th Street
Miami, FL 33125
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators
17926 Halstead
Homewood, IL 60430
CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers
2120 Keith Building
Cleveland, OH 44115
CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America, Inc.
(Formerly called: Overhead Electrical Crane Institute) (OECI)
1326 Freeport Road
Pittsburgh, PA 15238
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
180 North La Salle Street
Chicago, IL 60601
CSA Canadian Standards Association
178 Rexdale Boulevard
Rexdale, Ontario, M9W IR3, Canada
DEMA Diesel Engine Manufacturer's Association
122 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10017
DHI Door Hardware Institute
7711 Old Springhouse Road
McLean, VA 22102
DIS Division of Industrial Safety
California Department of Industrial Relations
2422 Arden Way
Sacramento, CA 95825
EEI Edison Electric Institute
90 Park Avenue
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-4
New York, NY 10016
EIA Electronic Industries Association
2001 Eye Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturer's Association
25 North Broadway
Tarrytown, NY 10591
ESO Electrical Safety Order, California Administrative Code,
Title 8, Chap. 4, Subarticle 5
Office of Procurement, Publications Section
P. O. Box 20191
8141 Elder Creek Road
Sacramento, CA 95820
FEDSPEC Federal Specifications
General Services Administration Specification
and Consumer Information
Distribution Branch
Washington Navy Yard, Bldg. 197
Washington, D.C. 20407
FEDSTDS Federal Standards (see FEDSPECS)
FM Factory Mutual Research
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood, MA 02062
HEI Heat Exchange Institute
122 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10017
HI Hydraulic Institute
1230 Keith Building
Cleveland, OH 44115
HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
1825 Michael Faraday Drive
P. O. Box 2789
Reston, VA 22090-2789
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical
Officials
5032 Alhambra Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90032
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, CA 90601
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
P. O. Box P
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-5
South Yarmouth, MA 02664
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
IES Illuminating Engineering Society
c/o United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ISA Instrument Society of America
400 Stanwix Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
JIC Joint Industrial Council
7901 Westpark Drive
McLean, VA 22101
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
111 E. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60601
MILSPEC Military Specifications
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19120
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.
127 Park Avenue, N.E.
Vienna, VA 22180
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
100 South Marion Street
Oak Park, IL 60302
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
P. O. Box 986
Katy, TX 77450
NEC National Electrical Code
National Fire Protection Association
470 Atlantic Avenue
Boston, MA 02210
NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association, Inc.
272 Turtle Road
P. O. Box 87A
Cumberland Center, ME 04021
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
155 East 44th Street
New York, NY 10017
NESC National Electric Safety Code
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-6
American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
NFP National Forest Products Association (Formerly National Lumber
Manufacturer's Association)
1619 Massachusetts Avenue
Washington, DC 20036
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association
P. O. Box 34518
Memphis, TN 38184-0518
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
3475 Plymouth Road
P. O. Box 1468
Ann Arbor, MI 48106
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
U.S. Department of Labor
Occupational and Health Administration
San Francisco Regional Office
450 Golden Gate Avenue, Box 36017
San Francisco, CA 94102
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
175 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 1859
Chicago, IL 60604
PPIC The Plumbing & Piping Industry Council, Inc.
Suite 402
510 Shatto Place
Los Angeles, CA 90020
RIS Redwood Inspection Service
California Redwood Association
405 Enfrente Dr., Suite 200
Novato, CA 94949
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association
1400 K Street
Washington, D.C. 20005
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
2 Pennsylvania Plaza
New York, NY 10001
SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
One Thomas Circle
Washington, D.C. 20005
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-7
SBC Standard Building Code
Published by SBCCI
SMC Standard Mechanical Code
Published by SBCCI
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International
1116 Brown-Marx Building
Birmingham, AL 35203
SCMA Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association
805 Sterick Bldg.
Memphis, TN 38103
SDI Steel Door Institute
712 Lakewood Center N.
14600 Detroit Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44107
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association, Inc.
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Tysons Corner Vienna, VA 22180
SPI Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
1275 K Street NW, Suite 400
Washington, D.C. 20005
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
4709 Scenic Highway
Pensacola, Fl 32504
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
4400 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15213
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
Building News, Inc.
3055 Overland Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90034
TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturer's Association
331 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
207 East Ohio Street
Chicago, IL 60611
USBR Bureau of Reclamation
U.S. Department of Interior
Engineering and Research Center
Denver Federal Center, Building 67
Denver, CO 80225
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD REFERENCES 01071-8
USCOE United States Corps of Army Engineers
Jacksonville District
P. O. Box 4970
Jacksonville, FL 32232-0019
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
6980 SW Varns Street
P. O. Box 23145
Portland, OR 97223
WWPA Western Wood Products Association
(Formerly called: West Coast Lumbermen's Association (WCLA))
Yeon Building
Portland, OR 97204
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS 0109 0-1
SECTION 01090 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
:
A. Definitions:
1. Basic Contract definitions used in the Contract Documents are defined in the GENERAL TERMS
AND CONDITIONS. Definitions and explanations are not necessarily either complete or exclusive,
but are general for the Work.
2. General Requirements are the provisions or requirements of DIVISION 1 Sections and which apply
to the entire work of the Contract.
B. Related Information Specified Elsewhere: Specification standards and associations applicable to the Work
are specified in each Section.
1.02 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATIONS
:
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the
Construction Specifications Institute's (CSI) 16 - Division format and Masterformat numbering system.
Some portions may not fully comply and no particular significance will be attached to such compliance or
noncompliance.
1. Divisions and Sections: For convenience, a basic unit of Specification text is a "Section," each unit
of which is numbered and named. These are organized with related Sections, into "Divisions,"
which are recognized as the present industry consensus on uniform organization and sequencing of
Specifications. The Section title is not intended to limit meaning or content of Section, nor to be
fully descriptive of requirements specified therein, nor to be an integral part of text.
2. Section Numbering: Used for identification and to facilitate cross-references in Contract
Documents. Sections are placed in numeric sequence; however, numbering sequence is not
complete, and listing of Sections in Table of Contents at beginning of Contract Documents must be
consulted to determine numbers and names of Specification Sections in these Contract Documents.
3. Page Numbering: Numbered independently for each Section. Section number is shown with page
number at bottom of each page, to facilitate location of text.
4. Parts: Each Section of Specifications generally has been subdivided into three basic "parts" for
uniformity and convenience (PART 1 - GENERAL, PART 2 - PRODUCTS, and PART 3 -
EXECUTION). These "Parts" do not limit the meaning of text within. Some Sections may not
contain all three "Parts" when not applicable, or may contain more than three "Parts" to add clarity
to organization of Section.
5. Underscoring of Titles: Used strictly to assist reader of Specification in scanning text for key words
in content. No emphasis on or relative importance is intended except where underscoring may be
used in body of text to emphasize a duty, critical requirement, or similar situation.
B. Specification Content:
1. This Specification uses certain conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of
certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These
conventions are explained as follows:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS 0109 0-2
a. Imperative and Streamlined Language: These Specifications are written in imperative and
abbreviated form. This imperative language of the technical Sections is directed at the
Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by
inserting "shall," "the Contractor shall," and "shall be," and similar mandatory phrases by
inference in the same manner as they are applied to notes on the Drawings. The words "shall
be" shall be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases.
Except as worded to the contrary, fulfill (perform) all indicated requirements whether stated
imperatively or otherwise.
b. Specifying Methods: The techniques or methods of specifying requirements varies
throughout text, and may include "prescriptive," "compliance with standards,"
"performance," "proprietary," or a combination of these. The method used for specifying one
unit of Work has no bearing on requirements for another unit of Work.
c. Overlapping and Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry
standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those different standards or
requirements establishes different or conflicting minimums or levels of quality, notify
Engineer for a decision as specified in GENERAL CONDITIONS.
d. Abbreviations: Throughout the Contract Documents are abbreviations implying words and
meanings which shall be appropriately interpreted. Specific abbreviations have been
established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and in conjunction with
coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in schedules.
These are normally defined at first instance of use. Organizational and association names and
titles of general standards are also abbreviated.
C. Assignment of Specialists: In certain instances, Specification text requires that specific Work be assigned
to specialists in the operations to be performed. These specialists must be engaged for performance of
those units of Work and assignments are requirements over which Contractor has no choice or option.
These assignments must not be confused with, and are not intended to interfere with, enforcement of
building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, local trade and union jurisdictions and similar
conventions. Nevertheless, final responsibility for fulfillment of Contract requirements remains with
Contractor.
D. Trades: Except as otherwise specified or indicated, the use of titles such as "carpentry" in Specification
text, implies neither that the Work must be performed by an accredited or unionized tradesperson of
corresponding generic name (such as "carpenter"), nor that specified requirements apply exclusively to
work by tradespersons of that corresponding generic name.
1.03 DRAWING SYMBOLS
:
A. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols used on Drawings are those symbols recognized in the
construction industry for purposes indicated. Refer instances of uncertainty to Engineer for clarification.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS 013 00-1
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes definitions, descriptions, transmittal, and review of "Compliance" and
"Miscellaneous" Submittals.
:
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Contract Closeout: SECTION 01700.
1.02 GENERAL INFORMATION
A. Definitions:
:
1. Compliance Submittals include shop drawings, product data, and samples which are prepared
by the Contractor, Subcontractor, manufacturer, or Supplier and submitted by the Contractor
to the Engineer as a basis for approval of the use of Equipment and Materials proposed for
incorporation in the Work or needed to describe installation, operation, maintenance, or
technical properties.
a. Shop drawings include custom-prepared data of all types including drawings, diagrams,
performance curves, material schedules, templates, instructions, and similar information
not in standard printed form applicable to other projects.
b. Product data includes standard printed information on materials, products and
systems; not custom-prepared for this Project, other than the designation of selections
from available choices.
c. Samples include both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials,
products, and Work; both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of
Work; either for limited visual inspection or (where indicated) for more detailed testing
and analysis. Mock-ups are a special form of samples which are too large to be handled
in the specified manner for transmittal of sample Submittals.
2. Miscellaneous Submittals are those technical reports, administrative Submittals, certificates,
and guarantees not defined as shop drawings, product data, or samples.
a. Technical reports include laboratory reports, tests, technical procedures, technical
records, Contractor's design analysis and Contractor's survey field notes for construction
staking, before cross-sections and after cross-sections.
b. Administrative Submittals are those nontechnical Submittals required by the Contract
Documents or deemed necessary for administrative records. These Submittals include
maintenance agreements, workmanship Bonds, Project photographs, physical work
records, statements of applicability, copies of industry standards, as-constructed data,
security/protection/safety data, and similar type Submittals.
c. Certificates and guarantees are those Submittals on Equipment and Materials where a
written certificate or guarantee from the manufacturer or Supplier is called for in the
Specifications.
d. Reports as required by Contract describing Contractor's means and methods for items
such as dewatering, earth and water retaining, erosion/turbidity control, and safety plans.
3. Refer to ARTICLE 1.03 of this Part for detailed lists of documents and specific requirements.
B. Quality Requirements:
1. Submittals such as shop drawings and product data shall be of the quality for legibility and
reproduction purposes. Every line, character, and letter shall be clearly legible. Drawings
such as reproducibles shall be useable for further reproduction to yield legible hard copy.
2. Documents submitted to the Design Engineer that do not conform to these requirements shall
be subject to rejection by the Design Engineer, and upon request by Design Engineer,
Contractor shall resubmit conforming documents. If conforming Submittals cannot be
obtained, such documents shall be retraced, redrawn, or photographically restored as may be
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS 013 00-2
necessary to meet such requirements. Contractor's (or his Subcontractor's) failure to initially
satisfy the legibility quality requirements will not relieve Contractor (or his Subcontractors)
from meeting the required schedule for Submittal of shop drawings and product data.
C. Language and Dimensions:
1. All words and dimensional units shall be in the English language.
2. Metric dimensional unit equivalents may be stated in addition to the English units.
D. Submittal Completeness:
1. Submittals shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of
construction, and other information specified to enable Design Engineer to review the
information effectively.
2. Where standard drawings are furnished which cover a number of variations of the general
class of equipment, each such drawing shall be individually annotated to describe exactly
which parts of the drawing apply to the equipment being furnished. Use hatch marks to
indicate variations that do not apply to the Submittal. The use of "highlighting markers" is not
an acceptable means of annotating Submittals. Such annotation shall also include proper
identification of the Submittal permanently attached to the drawing.
3. Reproduction or copies of Contract Drawings or portions thereof will not be accepted as
complete fabrication or erection drawings. The Contractor may use a reproduction of the
Design Engineer prepared Contract Drawings for erection drawings such as to indicate
information on erection or to identify detail drawing references. Where the drawings are
revised to show this additional Contractor information, the Design Engineer's title block shall
be replaced with a Contractor's title block and the Design Engineer's professional seal shall be
removed from the drawing. The Contractor shall revise these erection drawings for
subsequent Design Engineer revisions to the Contract Drawings.
1.03 COMPLIANCE SUBMITTALS
A. Items shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
:
1. Manufacturer's specifications.
2. Catalogs, or parts thereof, of manufactured equipment.
3. Shop fabrication and erection drawings.
4. General outline drawings of equipment showing overall dimensions, location of major
components, weights, and location of required building openings and floor plates.
5. Detailed equipment installation drawings, showing foundation details, anchor bolt sizes and
locations, baseplate sizes, location of City's connections; and all clearances required for
erection, operation, and disassembly for maintenance.
6. Schematic diagrams for electrical items, showing external connections, terminal block
numbers, internal wiring diagrams, and one-line diagrams.
7. Bills of material and spare parts list.
8. Instruction books and operating manuals.
9. Material lists or schedules.
10. Performance tests on equipment by manufacturers.
11. Concrete mix design information.
12. Samples and color charts.
13. All drawings, catalogs or parts thereof, manufacturer's specifications and data, samples,
instructions, and other information specified or necessary:
a. For Design Engineer to determine that the Equipment and Materials conform with the
design concept and comply with the intent of the Contract Documents.
b. For the proper erection, installation, operation and maintenance of the Equipment and
Materials which Design Engineer will review for general content but not for substance.
c. For Design Engineer to determine what supports, anchorages, structural details,
connections, and services are required for the Equipment and Materials, and the effects on
contiguous or related structures and Equipment and Materials.
14. As-built drawings.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS 013 00-3
B. Schedule and Log of Compliance Submittals:
1. Prepare for Design Engineer, a schedule and log for submission of all Compliance Submittals
specified or necessary for Design Engineer's review of the use of Equipment and Materials
proposed for incorporation in the Work or needed for proper installation, operation or
maintenance. Submit the schedule and log with the procurement schedule and Work progress
schedule. Schedule submission of all Compliance Submittals to permit review, fabrication and
delivery in time so as to not cause a delay in the Work of Contractor or his Subcontractors or
any other contractors as described herein.
2. In establishing schedule for Compliance Submittals allow 15 days in Design Engineer's office
for reviewing original Submittals and 10 days for reviewing resubmittals.
3. The schedule shall indicate the anticipated dates of original submission, and shall be based
upon at least one resubmission of each item.
4. Schedule all Compliance Submittals required prior to fabrication or manufacture for
submission within 90 days of the Notice to Proceed. Schedule Compliance Submittals
pertaining to storage, installation and operation at the site for Engineer's acceptance prior to
delivery of the Equipment and Materials.
5. Resubmit Compliance Submittals the number of times required for Design Engineer's
"Submittal Accepted." However, any need for resubmittals in excess of the number set forth
in the accepted schedule, or any other delay in obtaining acceptance of Submittals, will not be
grounds for extension of the Contract Time, provided Design Engineer completes his reviews
within the times stated above.
C. Transmittal of Compliance Submittals:
1. All Compliance Submittals of Equipment and Materials furnished by Subcontractors,
manufacturers, and Suppliers shall be submitted to the City by Contractor
2. After checking and verifying all field measurements, transmit all Compliance Submittals to the
City for acceptance as follows:
a. Affix a Compliance Submittal Information Block to all compliance submittals whether
prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier. Affix decals on all shop drawings, and
gummed paper- type blocks on all product data type Submittals. All Compliance Submittal
Information Blocks needed for Project will be furnished to Contractor at no charge at the
initial coordination conference. A copy of the Compliance Submittal Information Block is
attached to this Section.
b. Identify each Compliance Submittal by Submittal Number, Project name and number,
Contract title and number, and the Specification Section and article number marked thereon or
in the letter of transmittal. Unidentifiable Submittals will be returned for proper
identification.
c. Check and stamp Compliance Submittals of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and manufacturers
with Contractor's approval prior to transmitting them to the City. Contractor's stamp of
approval shall constitute a representation to City and Design Engineer that Contractor has
either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials,
catalog numbers, and similar data, or he assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that he
has coordinated each Compliance Submittal with the requirements of the Work and the
Contract Documents.
d. At the time of each submission, call to the attention of Design Engineer in the letter of
transmittal any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
e. Make all modifications noted or indicated by Design Engineer and return revised prints,
copies, or samples until accepted. Direct specific attention in writing, or on revised
Submittals, to changes other than the modifications called for by Design Engineer on previous
Submittals. After Submittals have been accepted, submit copies thereof for final distribution.
Prints of accepted drawings transmitted for final distribution will not be further reviewed and
are not to be revised. If errors are discovered during manufacture or fabrication, correct the
Submittal and resubmit for review.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS 013 00-4
f.. Following completion of the Work and prior to final payment, furnish those Drawings
necessary to indicate "as constructed" conditions, including field modifications, in the number
of copies specified. Furnish additional copies for insertion in equipment instruction books as
required. All such copies shall be clearly marked "AS CONSTRUCTED."
g. Work requiring a Compliance Submittal shall not be commenced or shipped until the
Submittal has been stamped "Submittal Accepted" or "Submittal Acceptable as Noted" by
Design Engineer.
h. Keep a copy or sample of each Compliance Submittal in good order at the site.
6. Quantity Requirements:
a. Except as otherwise specified, transmit all manufacturer's or fabricator's Shop Drawings
in the quantity as follows:
(1) Initial Submittal: Seven copies including one reproducible to City. Two copies will
be returned to Contractor.
(2) Resubmittals: Seven copies including one reproducible to City. Two copies will be
returned to Contractor.
(3) Submittal for Final Distribution: Four copies to City.
(4) As-built Prints: Provide three copies, including one reproducible, and one (1) set of
drawings on Compact Disk electronic format to the City.
b. Transmit Submittals of product data as follows:
(1) Initial Submittal: Seven copies to City. Two copies will be returned to Contractor.
(2) Resubmittals: Seven copies to City. Two copies will be returned to Contractor.
(3) Submittal for Final Distribution: Four copies to City.
c. Transmit Submittals of material Samples, color charts, and similar items as follows:
(1) Initial Submittal: Six to City.
(2) Resubmittal: Six to City.
(3) Upon approval, one Sample will be returned to Contractor.
d. Transmit Submittals of equipment instruction books as follows:
(1) Initial Submittal: Three copies to City. One copy will be returned to Contractor.
(2) Resubmittals: Three copies to City. One copy will be returned to Contractor.
(3) Submittal for Final Distribution: Three copies to City.
e. Transmit Submittals for Reference Only - Three copies to City.
7. Copies of the equipment contractor's erection drawings and other Compliance Submittals
required for the installation of equipment furnished by others under separate contract for
installation under this Contract will be transmitted to Contractor by City Engineer in the final
distribution of such Submittals.
D. Design Engineer's Review:
1. Design Engineer will review and return Compliance Submittals to Contractor with appropriate
notations via City. Instruction books and similar Submittals will be reviewed by Design
Engineer for general content but not for substance.
2. City’s and Design Engineer's acceptance of Compliance Submittals will not relieve Contractor
from his responsibility as stated in the GENERAL CONDITIONS.
E. Compliance Submittal Action Stamp:
1. Design Engineer's review action stamp, appropriately completed, will appear on all
Compliance Submittals of Contractor when returned by Design Engineer. Review status
designations listed on Design Engineer's action stamp are defined as follows:
A - ACCEPTED AS SUBMITTED: Signifies Equipment or Material
represented by the Submittal conforms with the design concept and
complies with the intent of the Contract Documents and is acceptable for
incorporation in the Work. Contractor is to proceed with fabrication or
procurement of the items and with related Work. Copies of the Submittal
are to be transmitted to City and Design Engineer for final distribution.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS 013 00-5
B - ACCEPTED AS NOTED”: Signifies Equipment and Material
represented by the Submittal conforms with the design concept and
complies with the intent of the Contract Documents and is acceptable for
incorporation in the Work subject to the condition that as constructed it
shall be in accordance with all notations and/or corrections indicated.
Contractor is to proceed with fabrication or procurement of the items and
with related Work in accordance with Design Engineer's notations and is to
submit a revised Submittal responsive to notations marked on the returned
Submittal or written in the letter of transmittal.
C -RETURNED FOR REVISION": Means that deviations from the
requirements of the Contract Documents exist in the submittal. Contractor
is to resubmit revised information responsive to Design Engineer's
annotations on the returned Submittal or written in the letter of transmittal.
Fabrication or procurement of items represented by the Submittal and
related Work is not to proceed until the Submittal is approved.
D - NOT ACCEPTABLE (SUBMIT ANEW): Signifies Equipment and Material represented by the Submittal does
not conform with the design concept or comply with the intent of the Contract Documents and is disapproved for use
in the Work. Contractor is to submit Compliance Submittals responsive to the Contract Documents.
E - PRELIMINARY SUBMITTAL: Signifies Submittals of such preliminary nature that a determination of
conformance with the design concept or compliance with the intent of the Contract Documents must be deferred until
additional information is furnished. Contractor is to submit such additional information to permit layout and related
activities to proceed.
F - FOR REFERENCE ONLY: Signifies Submittals which are for supplementary information only; pamphlets,
general information sheets, catalog cuts, standard sheets, bulletins and similar data, all of which are useful to Design
Engineer or City in design, operation, or maintenance, but which by their nature do not constitute a basis for
determining that items represented thereby conform with the design concept or comply with the intent of the Contract
Documents. Design Engineer reviews such Submittals for general content but not for substance.
G - DISTRIBUTION COPY (PREVIOUSLY ACCEPTED): Signifies Submittals which have been previously
accepted and are being distributed to Contractor, City, Resident Project Representative, and others for coordination
and construction purposes.
F. Instruction Books / Operation & Maintenance Manuals:
1. Equipment instruction books and manuals shall be prepared by the manufacturer and shall include the following:
a. Index and tabs.
b. Instructions for installation, start-up, operation, inspection, maintenance, parts lists and recommended spare parts, and data sheets
showing model numbers.
c. Applicable drawings.
d. Name of contact person, phone number, and address of the nearest authorized service facility.
d. Attached to the above shall be a notice of the exact warranty effective dates, beginning and ending.
e. All additional data specified.
2. Information listed above shall be bound into hard-back binders of three-ring type. Sheet size
shall be 8-1/2 x 11. Binder color shall be yellow for Electrical and Electronics and brown for
Miscellaneous Equipment. Capacity shall be a minimum of 1-1/2-inch, but sufficient to
contain and utilize sheets with ease.
a. The following information shall be imprinted, inserted or affixed by label on the binder
front cover:
(1) Equipment name.
(2) Manufacturer's name.
(3) Project name:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS 013 00-6
(4) Contract number:
(5) Reference to applicable Drawing No. & Technical Specifications Section.
b. The following information shall be imprinted, inserted, or affixed by label on the binder
spine:
(1) Equipment name.
(2) Manufacturer's name.
(3) Project Name:
(4) Contract number:
(5) Reference to applicable Drawing No. & Technical Specifications Section.
c. Format: The overall manual should be constructed around certain types of structures or
equipment in the project, and not merely assembled by technical specification section, so
that all pertinent data needed by personnel to operate or maintain the equipment or
structure is in one binder (as far as is practical). The Contractor shall coordinate with the
Resident Engineer as to how the manuals are to be assembled.
3. Quantity Requirements. Four (4) copies of reviewed, corrected and accepted documents
covered in this section shall be provided.
G. Samples:
1. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the following:
a. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment
devices.
b. Full range of color, texture, and pattern.
1.04 MISCELLANEOUS SUBMITTALS
A. Miscellaneous Submittals are comprised of technical reports, administrative Submittals, and guarantees
which relate to the Work, but do not require Design Engineer’s approval prior to proceeding with the
Work. Miscellaneous Submittals may include but are not limited to (At City’s discretion):
:
1. Welder qualification tests.
2. Welding procedure qualification tests.
3. X-ray and radiographic reports.
4. Field test reports.
5. Concrete cylinder test reports.
6. Certification on Materials:
a. Steel mill tests.
b. Paint lab tests.
c. Cement tests.
7. Soil test reports.
8. Temperature records.
9. Shipping or packing lists.
10. Job progress schedules.
11. Equipment and Material delivery schedules.
12. Progress photographs.
13. Warranties and guarantees.
14. Fire protection and hydraulic calculations.
15. Surveying field notes.
16. Pump tests.
17. Traffic control plan.
B. Transmittal of Miscellaneous Submittals:
1. All Miscellaneous Submittals furnished by Subcontractors, manufacturers, and Suppliers shall
be submitted to City by Contractor unless otherwise specified.
a. Identify each miscellaneous Submittal by Project name and number, Contract title and
number, and the specification section and article number marked thereon or in the letter of
transmittal. Unidentifiable Submittals will be returned for proper identification.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBMITTALS 013 00-7
b. At the time of each submission, call to the attention of City and Design Engineer in the
letter of transmittal any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Quantity Requirements:
a. Technical reports and administrative Submittals except as otherwise specified: Four
copies to City.
b. Written Certificates and Guarantees: Two copies to City.
3. Test Reports:
a. Responsibilities of Contractor, City and Design Engineer regarding tests and inspections
of Equipment and Materials and completed Work are set forth elsewhere in these Contract
Documents.
b. The party specified responsible for testing or inspection shall in each case, unless
otherwise specified, arrange for the testing laboratory or reporting agency to distribute
test reports as follows:
(1) City: Two copies.
(2) Design Engineer: One copy.
(3) Resident Project Representative: One copy.
(4) Contractor: Two copies.
(5) Manufacturer or supplier: One copy.
C. Design Engineer's Review:
1. Design Engineer will review Miscellaneous Submittals for indications of Work or material
deficiencies.
2. Design Engineer will respond to Contractor on those Miscellaneous Submittals which indicate
Work or material deficiency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not applicable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SUBMITTAL LOG
Contractor shall maintain an accurate Submittal Log and a Distribution List for the duration of the Work,
showing current status of all Submittals and Distributees at all times in a form acceptable to the City.
Contractor shall make the Submittal Log available to the City for its review on request, and shall bring a
copy of the Submittal Log to all Progress Meetings.
:
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-1
SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
:
A. Construction Progress Schedule: The Contractor shall submit a detailed work progress schedule showing
all work in a graphic format suitable for displaying scheduled and actual progress. The Engineer will
review and comment on the schedule. Upon agreement, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer prints of
the accepted schedule. The Contractor shall not change the accepted work progress schedule without prior
concurrence of the Engineer. The schedule shall show actual progress and any proposed changes in the
schedule of the remaining work.
1.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES
:
A. Prepare schedules as a horizontal bar chart with a separate bar for each major portion of the work or
operation.
B. The schedule shall also show the work broken down as per the bid form with the dates work is expected to
begin and be completed. Sequence of listings shall be in the chronological order of the start of each item
of work.
C. Scale and spacing shall allow space for notations and revisions.
D. Sheet size: Multiple of 8 1/2 inches by 11 inches.
1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
:
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
1. Show the complete sequence of construction.
2. Show the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction.
3. Show projected percentage of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month.
1.04 PROGRESS REVISIONS
:
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.
B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule.
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect.
1.05 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS REPORTS
: Construction progress reports shall consist of marked copies of
prints made from the accepted construction progress schedule, and a narrative report which shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
A. A description of current and anticipated delaying factors, if any.
B. Impact of possible delaying factors.
C. Proposed corrective actions.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-2
A construction progress report shall accompany each application for partial payment. Work reported complete,
but not readily apparent to the Engineer, must be substantiated with supporting data.
1.06 SUBMISSIONS
:
A. Submit an initial progress schedule prior to pre-construction conference for discussion. Submit the final
construction progress schedule with (10) days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed with
Contract Work.
B. Submit updated Progress Schedules with each application for payment.
C. Submit Construction Progress Report with Progress Schedules.
1.07 DISTRIBUTION
:
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules and construction progress report to:
1. Job site file.
2. Subcontractors.
3. Other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the
projections shown in the schedules.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL 014 10-1
SECTION 01410 TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL
: The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective quality control
program that will demonstrate compliance with the contract specifications.
A. Establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection of all items of Work, including that of
Subcontractors, to insure conformance to the Specifications and Drawings with respect to the materials,
workmanship, construction, equipment performance, and identification.
B. The Contractor's job supervisory staff may be used for quality control, supplemented as necessary by
additional personnel for surveillance or special technicians to provide capability for the controls required
by the Technical Specifications. The Contractor's quality control plan must clearly identify the quality
control leader and personnel organizational system. The leader must have the authority to direct the
removal and replacement of work.
C. After the Contract is awarded and before construction begins, the Contractor shall meet with the City or its
representative to discuss quality control requirements. The meeting shall develop mutual understanding
relative to details of the system, including the Contractors forms to be used for recording the quality control
operations, inspections, administration of the system, and the interrelationship of Contractor and City
inspection.
D. All compliance inspections shall be recorded on appropriate forms, including but not limited to the specific
items required in each section of the Technical Specifications. Those forms, including record of corrective
actions taken, shall be furnished to the City. The City's quality control representative shall maintain a
check off list of all deficiencies which are not corrected the same day as they are discovered.
E. Should recurring deficiencies in an item or items indicate that the quality control system is not adequate,
the Contractor shall take such corrective actions as may be directed by the City.
F. Contractor shall submit his written quality control plan for review, describing the activities and listing those
inspection and testing activities that the Contractor will perform prior to beginning the Work. The
Contractors Quality Control Plan shall describe how he will communicate timely notification to allow for
test and inspection activities performed by the City, or its representatives, for on and off-site construction
activities.
1.02 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
: All tests which require the services of a laboratory to determine
compliance with the Contract Documents shall be performed by an independent commercial testing laboratory
acceptable to City. The laboratory shall be staffed with experienced technicians, properly equipped, FDOT
certified, and fully qualified to perform the tests in accordance with the specified standards.
1.03 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR
: Testing that the City will
coordinate and pay for is described in Section 1.04 below. All other testing laboratory services in connection with
tests (which are identified as the Contractor's responsibility in the Contract Documents) shall be performed and
paid for by the Contractor, and a certified copy of the results will be furnished to the CITY within 5 days of the
test. The Contractor shall pay all charges for services on: cast-in-place concrete, moisture density (Proctor) and
relative density tests on embankment, fill and backfill materials, in-place field density tests on embankments and
fills, and paving construction.
The Contractor is also responsible for testing and inspection services required to achieve an effective quality
control program, to assure that the work strictly complies with the contract requirements. Contractor shall pay all
costs for such services. Contractor shall also pay for any tests performed by City which do not meet Specifications,
as described below.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL 014 10-2
1.04 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FURNISHED BY CITY
:
A. The City may secure the services of a material’s testing company, for field and laboratory tests verification,
for certain items of work. The City shall only pay for cost of verification tests. Verification sampling and
testing will be performed in the general manner indicated in the Specifications, with minimum interference
with construction operations.
While the Contractor may perform testing in order to proceed to a following construction stage, the City
will determine the exact time and location of field sampling and testing, and may require additional
sampling and/or testing as necessary to determine that materials and equipment conform with Contractor-
submitted data and with the Contract Documents.
B. Arrangements for delivery of samples and test specimens to the testing laboratory under this paragraph will
be made by the Contractor. The testing laboratory shall perform all laboratory tests within a reasonable
time consistent with the specified standards and shall furnish a written report of each test.
C. Contractor shall furnish all sample materials and cooperate in the sampling and field testing activities,
interrupting the Work when necessary.
D. Testing Laboratory employed by the City will not be authorized to:
1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.
1.05 TRANSMITTAL OF TEST REPORTS
:
A. Written reports of test and engineering data furnished by Contractor shall be submitted as specified in
SECTION 01300.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS 01530-1
SECTION 01530 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
:
A. This Section includes General Requirements for:
1. Protection of Work.
2. Protection of existing property.
3. Barriers.
4. Security.
5. Environmental controls.
6. Access roads and parking areas.
7. Traffic control and use of roadways.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. SECTION 02270 EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL
1.02 REFERENCES
:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (FDOT).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
:
A. General:
1. Provide for the protection of the Work as set forth in GENERAL CONDITIONS. Provide protection
at all times against rain, wind, storms, frost, freezing, condensation, or heat so as to maintain all
Work and Equipment and Materials free from injury or damage. At the end of each day all new
Work likely to be damaged shall be appropriately protected.
2. Notify City immediately at any time operations are stopped due to conditions which make it
impossible to continue operations or to obtain proper results.
3. Construct and maintain all necessary temporary drainage and do all pumping necessary to keep
excavations, pits, and trenches, dewatered sufficiently to permit continuous construction.
4. Protect floors from damage by proper covering and care when handling heavy equipment, painting,
or handling mortar or other such materials. Use proper cribbing and shoring to prevent overloading
of floors while moving heavy equipment. Provide metal pans under pipe-threading machines and
other machines that may leak oil and clean such pans daily, keeping oil off floors. Restore floors to
former condition where damaged or stained.
5. Concrete floors less than 28-days old shall not be loaded without written permission from the City.
6. Restrict access to roofs except as required by the Work. Where access is required, provide
protection with plywood, boards, or other suitable materials.
B. Property Other than City’s:
1. Provide for the protection of property as set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Report
immediately to the owners thereof and promptly repair damage to existing facilities resulting from
construction operations.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS 01530-2
2. Names and telephone numbers of representatives of the power company having jurisdiction over
power lines in the Work area can be obtained from the City. Contractor shall contact the power
company a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to performing Work within 500' of power transmission
line property, right-of-way or easement lines.
3. The applicable requirements specified for protection of the Work shall also apply to the protection
of existing property of others.
4. Restore all property affected by Contractor's operations to the original or better condition.
3.02 BARRIERS
:
A. General:
1. Furnish, install, and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public entry, protect the public,
and to protect the Work, existing facilities, trees, and plants from construction operations. Remove
when no longer needed or at completion of Work.
2. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements
of applicable codes and standards or regulatory agencies.
3. Barriers shall be of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance, structurally adequate for the required
purposes.
4. Maintain barriers in good repair and clean condition for adequate visibility.
5. Relocate barriers as required by progress of Work.
6. Repair damage caused by installation and restore area to original or better condition. Clean the area.
3.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
:
A. Dust Control: See SECTION 02270 EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL
B. Water and Erosion Control:
1. Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project, the site, or adjoining
properties as specified in SECTION 02270. Coordinate with on-site park use.
2. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and
fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation.
a. Hold the areas of bare soil exposed at one time to a minimum.
b. Provide temporary control measures such as berms, dikes, and drains.
3. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct surface drainage away from excavations and other
construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff.
4. Provide, operate, and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to control surface and
ground water.
5. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion
of the site or to adjoining areas.
C. Debris Control and Clean-Up:
1. Keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of debris, waste materials, and rubbish
caused by construction operations and employees. Responsibilities shall include:
a. Adequate trash receptacles about the site, emptied promptly when filled.
b. Periodic cleanup to avoid hazards or interference with operations at the site and to maintain
the site in a reasonably neat condition.
c. The keeping of construction materials such as forms and scaffolding neatly stacked.
d. Immediate cleanup to protect the Work by removing splattered concrete, oil, paint, corrosive
liquids, and cleaning solutions from walls, floors, and metal surfaces before surfaces are
marred.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS 01530-3
2. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillages on access and haul routes. Provide periodic
inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements.
3. Final cleanup is specified in SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.
D. Pollution Control:
1. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water, or
atmosphere by the discharge of hazardous or toxic substances from construction operations.
2. Provide equipment and personnel, perform emergency measures required to contain any spillages,
and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-
site in approved locations, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
3. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters, sanitary, or storm
sewers.
4. If hazardous materials are discharged, report to authorities as required by Law or Regulations and
notify the City.
3.04 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND USE OF ROADWAYS
:
A. Traffic Control:
1. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment, services, and personnel, with traffic control and
protective devices, as required to expedite vehicular traffic flow on haul routes, at site entrances, on-
site access roads, and parking areas. This includes barricades and other devices or personnel as
necessary to adequately protect the public. Prepare and submit Traffic Control Plan to the City and
FDOT for acceptance.
2. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required. Restore grounds to original,
better, or specified conditions.
3. Provide and maintain suitable detours or other temporary expedients if necessary.
4. Bridge over open trenches where necessary to maintain traffic.
5. Consult with governing authorities to establish public thoroughfares which will be used for site
access. All operations shall meet the approval of owners or agencies having jurisdiction.
B. Maintenance of Roadways:
1. Repair off-site roads, water control and City property damaged by operations. Keep traffic areas as
free as possible of excavated materials and maintain in a manner to eliminate dust, mud, and
hazardous conditions.
2. All operations and repairs shall meet the approval of the City or agencies having jurisdiction.
3.05
SECURITY
A. The Contractor is solely responsible for initiating and maintaining security at the construction site.
Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the security of, and shall provide the necessary
protection to:
1. Materials and equipment incorporated into the work, or stored on-site prior to incorporation into the
work.
2. Plant and equipment including any equipment furnished for use by the City.
B. The Contractor shall replace, in kind, any materials or equipment lost, damaged or destroyed at its own
expense.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 01600 -1
SECTION 01600 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
: This section includes general requirements for Equipment and Material transportation and
handling, delivery, storage, and protection of Contractor and City - furnished Equipment and Materials.
A. RELATED WORK:
1. SUBMITTALS: Section 01300.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
: Definitions used in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used
in the Contract Documents, including such terms as "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories,"
"furnishings," "special construction," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have recognized
meanings in the construction industry.
A. PRODUCTS: Items purchased for incorporation in the Work, regardless of whether they were
specifically purchased for the Project or taken from the previously purchased stock. The term
"product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and other terms of similar intent.
B. EQUIPMENT: A product with operational or non-operational parts, regardless of whether motorized,
manually operated, or fixed. Equipment may require service connections such as wiring or piping.
C. MATERIALS: Products that must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined or
otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form parts of Work.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
:
A. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK: Provide products that
comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated,
unused at the time of installation. Provide products that are complete with all accessories, trim, finish,
safety guards, and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use
and effect.
B. STANDARD PRODUCTS: Where they are available and comply with Specifications, provide
standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other
projects.
C. CONTINUED AVAILABILITY: Where, because of the nature of its application, the City is likely to
need replacement parts or additional amounts of a product at a later date, either for maintenance and
repair or replacement, provide standard products for which the manufacturer has published assurances
that the products and its parts are likely to be available to the City at a later date.
1. Conform to applicable Specifications, codes, standards, and regulatory agencies.
2. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the
Engineer.
3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products:
a. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop
practices.
b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, to be
interchangeable.
c. Equipment and Materials shall be suitable for service conditions intended.
d. Equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions indicated or specified shall be adhered to
unless variations are specifically approved in writing.
e. Provide labels and nameplates where required by regulatory agencies or to state
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 01600 -2
identification and essential operating data.
f. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, supplied by the same
manufacturer.
4. Do not use equipment and material for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or is
specified.
D. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a
single source.:
E. IDENTIFICATION: Each item of equipment shall have permanently affixed to it a label or tag with its
equipment number designated in this contract. Marker shall be stainless steel and shall be located so as
to be easily visible.
1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND SHIPMENT
:
A. SHIPMENT PREPARATION: Contractor shall require manufacturers and suppliers to prepare
Equipment and Materials for shipment in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling, and to protect
against damage or unnecessary exposure in transit and storage, for contractor supplied equipment.
Provisions for protection shall include the following:
1. Crates or other suitable packaging materials.
2. Covers and other means to prevent corrosion, moisture damage, mechanical injury, and
accumulation of dirt in motors, electrical equipment, and machinery.
3. Suitable rust-preventive compound on exposed machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel.
4. Grease packing or oil lubrication in all bearings and similar items.
5. Precast concrete components shall be transported, lifted and stored as specified by the precast
supplier. Precast supplier shall provide written instructions to the Contractor as to the above
Contractor shall provide a copy to City.
B. MARKING: Each item of Equipment and Material shall be tagged or marked as identified in the
delivery schedule or on Submittals. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with
each shipment. Each piece of every item need not be marked separately, provided that all pieces of
each item are packed or bundled together and the packages or bundles are properly tagged or marked.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
:
A. DELIVERY:
1. Arrange deliveries of Equipment and Materials in accordance with construction schedules, in
ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation, and to avoid delay of the Work.
2. Deliver, store and handle Equipment and Materials in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss,
including theft.
3. Control delivery schedules to minimize long term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding
of construction spaces. In particular, coordinate delivery and installation to ensure minimum
holding or storage times for items known or recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily
damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.
4. Avoid conflict with Work of City or other contractors.
5. Deliver Equipment and Materials to the site in manufacturer's sealed containers or other
packaging system with identifying labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking,
protecting, and installing.
6. Mark deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify the equipment, to permit easy
accumulation of parts, and to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 01600 -3
units.
7. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
a. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed Submittals.
b. Quantities are correct.
c. Containers and packages are intact, labels are legible.
d. Equipment and Materials are properly protected and undamaged.
B. STORAGE:
1. Store Equipment and Materials immediately on delivery, and protect until completion of the
Work. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions with seals and labels intact and
legible.
2. Store Equipment and Materials in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction.
3. Store Equipment and Materials that are subject to damage by elements in weathertight
enclosures.
4. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges required by manufacturer.
5. Protect motors, electrical equipment, plumbing fixtures, and machinery of all kinds against
corrosion, moisture deteriorations, mechanical injury, and accumulation of dirt or other foreign
matter.
6. Protect exposed-machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel as necessary with suitable rust-
preventive compounds.
7. Protect bearings and similar items with grease packing or oil lubrication.
8. Handle and store steel plate, sheet metal, and similar items in a manner to prevent deformation.
9. Exterior Storage:
a. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support fabricated products
aboveground; and to prevent soiling or staining. Cover products subject to discoloration
or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet coverings. Provide
adequate ventilation to avoid condensation.
b. Store loose granular materials on solid surface areas to prevent mixing with foreign
matter.
c. Provide surface drainage to prevent flow or ponding of rainwater.
10. Equipment and Materials shall not show any pitting, rust, decay, or other deleterious effects of
storage prior to final acceptance of Work.
11. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of
stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from
damage or deterioration.
C. HANDLING:
1. Provide equipment and personnel necessary, to unload and handle Equipment and Materials, by
methods to prevent damage or soiling to Equipment and Materials, or packaging.
2. Handle by methods to prevent bending or overstressing. Where lifting points are designated, lift
components only at those points.
3. Provide additional protection to surrounding surfaces as necessary to prevent damage.
D. MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE:
1. Inspect stored Equipment and Materials on a scheduled basis.
2. Verify that storage facilities comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements, including
environmental conditions continually maintained.
3. Verify that surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely affected; that any weathering
of finishes is acceptable under requirements of Contract Documents.
4. For mechanical and electrical equipment in long-term storage, provide manufacturer's service
instructions to accompany each item, with notice of enclosed instructions on exterior of package.
Service Equipment on a regularly scheduled basis.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 01600 -4
E. PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed
Equipment and Materials from damage from subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer
needed or as specified.
1.06 EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
:
A. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS TO BE REUSED: For Equipment and Materials specifically
indicated or specified to be reused in the Work, use special care in removal, handling, storage, and
reinstallation to assure proper function in the completed Work. Arrange for transportation, storage and
handling of products which require off-site storage, restoration, or renovation and pay all costs for such
Work. Contractor may at his option, furnish and install new items in lieu of those specified to be
reused. Remove, relocate and reinstall the following Equipment and Materials:
1. As indicated in the plans.
B. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS NOT TO BE REUSED: The following Equipment and Materials
to be removed, shall remain City's property and are not to be reused in the Work. Remove from its
location, prepare for handling and storage, and deliver to City.
1. As indicated in the plans.
2. Equipment and Materials designated to be removed but not reused or delivered to City, shall
become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS
:
A. Specified in each applicable Section of Specifications.
2.02 PRODUCT SELECTION AND SUBSTITUTIONS
:
A. Specified in Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
:
A. INSTALLATION:
1. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's
printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions if not a part of Submittals,
containers, or packaging to parties involved in the installation, including a copy to the City.
2. Maintain one complete set of instructions at the job site during installation and until completion.
3. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in accordance with such
instructions and in conformance with specified requirements. Should job conditions or specified
requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Engineer for further
instructions.
4. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or
exempted by Contract Documents, or approved in writing by manufacturer and the City.
5. Accurately locate and align with other Work, and anchor Equipment and Materials securely in
place except as required for proper movement and performance.
6. Clean and protect exposed surfaces as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and
deterioration at time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRAFFIC CONTROL 01570-1
SECTION 01570 TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
: The Work of this Section shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment and
performing all operations in connection with traffic control in accordance with the Drawings and applicable
codes and as specified herein.
1.02 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
: Apply.
1.03 STANDARD REFERENCES
:
A. The Florida Department of Transportation, "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction," latest edition, (DOT).
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
D. County Codes.
E. U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, "Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices," latest edition (FHWA).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
: Coordinate with the Drawings to verify which of the following products is used in the work.
2.02 HIGHWAY SIGNING
: Erecting aluminum or steel roadway signs with supporting posts, at the locations
shown on the plans. The roadway signs and material shall conform to the requirements on DOT Standard
Specifications: Section 700, Articles 700-1 through 700-2.
2.03 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS
: Installing reflectorized pavement markers and removing
pavement markers within the project limits as designed in the plans. The reflectorized pavement markers and
materials shall conform to the requirements of DOT Standard Specifications: Section 706, Articles 706-1
through 706-2.
2.04 PAINTING TRAFFIC STRIPES
: Painting reflectorized traffic stripes, including edge stripes and traffic
guide. The painting and materials shall conform to the requirements of DOT Standard Specifications:
Section 710, Article 710-1 through 710-2.
2.05 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPES AND MARKINGS
: Placing and materials shall conform to the
requirements of DOT Standard Specifications: Section 711, Articles 711-1 through 711-2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SIGNS, MARKERS, PAINTING
:
A. Erection of signs and sign supports shall be in accordance with Section 700-2.2.4 of the DOT
Specifications.
B. Placement of the markers shall be in accordance with Sections 706-3 through 706-4 of the DOT
Specifications.
C. Painting shall be in accordance with Sections 710-3 through 710-8 of the DOT Specifications.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRAFFIC CONTROL 01570-2
D. Thermoplastic markings shall be in accordance with Sections 711-3 through 711-8 of the DOT
Specifications.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-1
SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.02 SUMMARY: This Section covers the Engineer's review procedures for Contractor's requests of acceptable
substitute items of material and equipment. All requests must be received by the City's Procurement Division
ten (10) days prior to the scheduled bid opening date.
See applicable paragraph of the Instructions to the
Bidders of this Contract Document. If the proposed substitution is approved, such approvals will be set forth
in an addendum.
Requests received after the date established above or after the contract award, will not be considered unless
one or more of the following conditions apply:
A. The substitution must be required for compliance with final interpretation of code requirements or
regulations.
B. The substitution must be due to the unavailability of the specified products, through no fault of the
Contractor.
C. The substitution may be requested when subsequent information discloses the inability of the specified
products to perform properly or to fit in the designated space.
D. The substitution may be requested when in the judgement of the Engineer a substitution would be
substantially to the City's best interests in terms of cost, time or other considerations.
1.02 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST
:
A. Submit as required in SECTION 01300, Submittals:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the Contract
Document.
a. Product identification including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature including product description, performance and test data, and
reference standards.
c. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and dates of installation.
2. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified.
3. Data relating to changes in the construction schedule.
4. For requests submitted after bids are received, accurate cost data on proposed substitution in
comparison with product or method specified.
B. In submitting the request for substitution, the Contractor makes the following representations:
1. The Contractor has investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or
superior in all respects to that specified.
2. The Contractor will provide the same warranty or guarantee for the substitution as for the
product specified.
3. The Contractor will coordinate installation of the accepted substitution into the work, making
such changes as may be required for the work to be completed in all respects.
4. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution that subsequently
becomes apparent.
5. Cost data is complete and includes all related costs under the contract.
1.03 ENGINEER'S REVIEW: The Engineer, in evaluating the request for substitution, shall consider all
variations of the proposed substitute from that specified to determine the acceptability of the proposal. The
Engineer may require the Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute necessary to
make such a determination. The Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no substitute will be
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-2
ordered or installed without the Engineer's prior written acceptance. The City may require the Contractor to
furnish, at the Contractor's expense, a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any
substitute. Substitutions will not be considered if:
A. Substitutions are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a request
submitted in accordance with this section.
B. Acceptance will require substantial revision to the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -1
SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
:
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
5. Final cleaning.
6. Contractor's Certification.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in
DIVISIONS 2 through 16.
C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Definitions of Substantial Completion and Final Completion: As defined in the General Terms and
Conditions.
2. Submittals: SECTION 01300.
1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
:
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete
the following:
1. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and
similar documents.
2. Obtain and submit releases enabling the City unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and
utilities. Include operating certificates, and similar releases.
3. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, Project photographs, damage or settlement surveys,
property surveys, and similar record information.
4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
5. Make changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the City.
6. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of the City's operation and maintenance
personnel.
7. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools,
and similar elements.
8. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touch up painting.
9. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the City will either proceed with inspection
or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The City will prepare the Certificate of Substantial
Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of work that must be completed or corrected
before the certificate will be issued.
1. The City will reschedule the inspection when in its opinion, the Work is substantially complete.
1.03 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
:
A. Preliminary Procedures: Submit certification by Contractor that Work has been completed in accordance
with the Contract Documents to the knowledge of the Contractor. Before requesting final inspection,
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -2
complete the following.
1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation. Include insurance
certificates for products and completed operations where required.
2. Submit a certified copy of the City's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected. The
certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed.
3. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the
date of Substantial Completion.
4. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
5. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
6. Release of Liens (from the Prime, and all Subcontractors, Vendors and Suppliers).
7. Submit Maintenance Bond.
B. Reinspection Procedure: The City will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including
inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the City will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or
of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.
2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
1.04 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
:
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from
deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the City's
reference during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially
from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and
accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the
Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and
record at a later date. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the areas affected.
C. The CITY will make electronic copies of whatever electronic versions of the bid plans exist, available to
the CONTRACTOR for Record Drawing purposes. CONTRACTOR must obtain the concurrence of the
Engineer as to form and content of record information provided in electronic format prior to proceeding,
but in general, information similar to that shown below needs to be similarly provided.
1. Record information concurrently with construction progress.
2. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in
separate categories of the Work. Mark each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed
letters.
3. Mark new information that is important to the City but was not shown on Contract Drawings or
Shop Drawings.
4. Note related change-order numbers where applicable.
5. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper cover sheets;
print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set.
6. Include the following:
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum.
b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to
permanent surface improvements (vertical and horizontal location of buried or encased
piping, raceways, cables, etc.).
c. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to
visible and accessible features of construction.
d. Where Submittals (like shop drawings) are used for mark-up, record a cross-reference at
corresponding location on Drawings.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -3
e. Field changes of dimension and detail.
f. Changes made by Change Order or other Modifications.
g. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
h. Record drawings shall include a plot of the actual excavation cross-sections plotted at the
same station as and on top of the design cross-sections.
i. Record drawings shall include a plot of the actual levee and embankment cross-sections
plotted at the same station as and on top of the design cross-sections.
j. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult or expensive to locate
at a later date.
B. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Contract Documents including addenda.
Include with the Contract Documents one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change
Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction.
1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with
the text of the Specifications and modifications.
2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed
construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.
3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the City for the City's records.
5. Include the following:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed, particularly optional and substitute items.
b. Changes made by Addendum, Change Order, or other Modifications.
c. Related Submittal.
C. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and
markup of record drawings and Specifications.
1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with
information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the
manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.
2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be
readily discerned later by direct observation.
3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the City for the City's
records.
E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with
the City's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the City for
record purposes. Comply with the City's instructions regarding packaging, identification, and delivery to
the City.
F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous
record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to
the date or dates of Substantial Completion (unless otherwise specified), complete miscellaneous records
and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use
and reference. Submit to the City for the City's records.
G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of
manageable size as specified in SECTION 01300.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Specified in GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS and
SECTION 01300.
1.05 SPARE PARTS
:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -4
A. Products Required:
1. Provide to City the quantities of products, spare parts, maintenance tools, and maintenance materials
specified in individual Sections of the specifications, in addition to that required for completion of
Work.
2. Products shall be identical to those installed in the Work. Include quantities required from Supplier
or manufacturer of original purchase to avoid variations in manufacture.
B. Storage, Maintenance:
1. Coordinate with City. Deliver and unload spare products to City at Project site and obtain receipt
prior to final payment.
2. For portions of Project accepted and occupied by City prior to Substantial Completion, deliver the
applicable spare products to City at time of acceptance. Obtain receipt.
3. Maintain spare products in original containers with labels intact and legible, until delivery to City.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
:
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: For equipment not covered by Section 01600, arrange for each
Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the City's personnel at Project site to
provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's
representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a
detailed review of the following items:
1. Operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Record documents.
3. Spare parts and materials.
4. Tools.
5. Lubricants.
6. Identification systems.
7. Control sequences.
8. Hazards, hazardous chemicals data sheets.
9. Cleaning.
10. Warranties and bonds.
11. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures:
1. Start-up.
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Noise and vibration adjustments.
5. Safety procedures.
6. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7. Effective energy utilization.
3.02 FINAL CLEANING
:
A. General: The GENERAL CONDITIONS require general cleaning during construction. Regular site
cleaning is included in SECTION 01530.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -5
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or
unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion.
a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
b. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition. Clean concrete floors to a "broom clean" condition. Clean transparent materials,
including mirrors and glass in doors and windows, replace chipped, cracked or broken
materials.
c. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other
substances. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
d. Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts,
trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces.
e. Clean the site of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Rake grounds that are neither
paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface.
f. Clean and polish plumbing fixtures, remove all stains.
g. Remove temporary structures, tools, equipment, supplies, and surplus materials.
h. Remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed to protect
previously completed Work.
i. Special Cleaning: cleaning for specific units of Work is specified in applicable Sections of
Specifications.
C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work
during construction.
D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning.
Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the City's property. Do not
discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from
the site and dispose of lawfully.
1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the City's
property. Dispose of these materials of no value to the City as directed by the Engineer.
E. Repairs:
1. Repair damaged protective coated surfaces.
2. Repair roads and other items damaged or deteriorated because of construction operations, including
those which have been damaged, but are not located within the project limits.
3. Restore all ground areas affected by construction operations.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DEMOLITION 02050-1
SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall include the removal of existing construction to limits
indicated on drawings where earthwork or other construction operations are to be performed as
specified herein. The ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the condition of any items to be
removed or salvaged.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. SITE PREPARATION: Section 02100.
2. CLEARING and LAND PREPARATION: Section 02110.
1.02
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.03
DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A. Schedule of Demolition:
1. Submit proposed methods and operations of demolition for review prior to the start of work.
B. Permits:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for acquiring appropriate necessary permits for the
wo rk. Copies of the permits shall be submitted to the ENGINEER.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS:
Employ experienced workers in the specified work ares.
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall not commence demolition of structure(s) prior written permission of the
ENGINEER.
C. Condition of structures to be demolished:
1. The City assumes no responsibility for actual condition of structures to be demolished.
2. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by City
insofar as practicable.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall remove all such foundations to one foot below the proposed sub-grades.
D. Explosives: The use of explosives will not be permitted. The CONTRACTOR may use a non-
explosive, expanding agent in drilled holes for the demolition of concrete, and shall conform to all
manufacturers’ recommendations, including safety precautions for mixing and placing the agent.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the safe passage of persons around the area of demolition and
clearing. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent structures, other
facilities, and persons.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall protect existing finish work that is to remain in place from
damage due to demolition operations.
F. Traffic:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DEMOLITION 02050-2
1. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct operations and the removal of debris to ensure minimum
interference with existing access roads and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
2. Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct access roads or other occupied or used facilities
without permission from the ENGINEER.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition
operations at no cost to the ENGINEER.
1.07
CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: (Not Used)
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK for the
ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to
begin new WORK activities.
1.09
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SALVAGE MATERIALS:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall salvage and store the following material:
1. None. The CONTRACTOR shall use extreme care not to damage the equipment and
material during their removal and replacement.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
DEMOLITION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required
by local authorities having jurisdiction.
B. If hazardous materials are found, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER immediately.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall completely backfill below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition
work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide fill consisting of approved soil, gravel or sand (free of trash
and debris) and compact fill to approximate density of surrounding native soil.
3.02 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition
operations.
B. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, the CONTRACTOR shall
comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling and
protection against exposure or environmental pollution.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall transport materials removed from demolished structures and properly
dispose of them at an approved site according to the State, Federal and local regulations.
3.03 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall cut and remove portions of existing construction as required to allow
proper installation of new construction. Saw cut lines shall be neat straight lines.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DEMOLITION 02050-3
B. The CONTRACTOR shall shore, brace and maintain existing structure(s) in a safe condition until
permanent supports are completed.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall repair all damage as a result of installation of shoring and bracing.
3.04 CLEANUP AND REPAIR
:
A. Upon completion of demolition work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove tools, equipment and
demolished materials from site; see SECTION 1.0 and 3.02 A and B of this specification.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall repair demolition performed in excess of that required and return
structures and surfaces to conditions existing prior to commencement of demolition work. The
CONTRACTOR shall repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by demolition work.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall remove or modify as indicated all existing construction within the
construction limits to the extent necessary to permit construction of the work. The CONTRACTOR
shall properly dispose of the material at an approved site according to the State, Federal and local
regulations.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SITE PREPARATION 02100-1
SECTION 02100 - SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment
necessary for complete and proper site preparation within the areas shown on the Drawings and
specified herein and observe permit conditions.
B. Related work Specified Elsewhere:
Section 02050 – Demolition
Section 02110 - Clearing and Land Preparation
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
:
A. Applicable Standards:
1. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, latest edition (FDOT).
1.03
DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04
SUBMITTALS: (Not Used)
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used
)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall make all excavations for piping and appurtenant structures in any
material encountered to the depth and grades required, shall backfill such excavations and dispose
of excess or unsuitable materials from excavation, and shall provide and place necessary borrow
material to properly backfill excavations, all as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or as
directed by the ENGINEER.
B. Excavation, dewatering, sheeting and bracing required shall be carried out so as to prevent any
possibility of undermining or disturbing the foundations of any existing structure or work, and so
that all work may be accomplished and inspected in the dry, except as directed by the
ENGINEER.
1.07
CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTINGS: (Not Used)
1.08
INSPECTION COORDINATION: (Not Used)
1.09
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TRAFFIC CONTROL
: The CONTRACTOR shall provide proper warning devices and barriers for
protection of the public and workmen in accordance with FDOT Specification Section 102-3 Traffic
Control and local regulations.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SITE PREPARATION 02100-2
3.02 STANDARD CLEARING AND GRUBBING:
Standard site clearing and grubbing, in accordance with
FDOT Specification Section 110-2 and Section 02110, shall be performed within the areas shown on the
Drawings or otherwise noted in the above referenced specification.
3.03 EROSION CONTROL:
The CONTRACTOR shall prevent and control erosion and water pollution as per
Section 02270 and FDOT Specification Sections 104-1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7 and Florida Department of
Environmental Protection (FDEP) regulations and permit conditions.
3.04 PROTECTION AND/OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES:
Existing facilities such as storm
drains, roadways, water lines, light poles, conduits, fences, utility and telephone lines, etc. are to be
carefully protected from damage during all phases of the construction. The CONTRACTOR shall make all
necessary arrangements with the owner of the facility and be responsible for all costs involved in the proper
protection, relocation or other work that such owners deem necessary. See Section 01530.
3.05 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary liaisons with other
utilities (underground) by notification, 48 hours in advance, of any digging by telephoning the appropriate
Utility Notification Center and local utilities.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
CLEARING AND LAND PREPARATION 02110-1
SECTION 02110 - CLEARING AND LAND PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall include the removal of trees and other vegetation
from areas where earthwork or other construction operations specified herein are to be performed.
This section also includes land preparation activities for excavation and fill areas.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. 02050 Demolition
2. 02100 Site Preparation
3. 02200 Earthwork
4. 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
1.02
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.03
DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A. Prior to beginning the work, CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed plan for clearing and land
preparation in conformance with SECTION 01300. The plan shall detail the sequence of work and
describe the CONTRACTOR's planned method of clearing and land preparation activities.
1.05
QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the safe passage of persons around areas of clearing and land
preparation. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct its operations to prevent injury to adjacent
structures, vegetation designated to remain, other facilities and persons.
B. Traffic:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct its operations and the removal of cleared materials to
ensure minimum interference with existing access roads and other adjacent occupied or
used facilities.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall not block or otherwise obstruct access roads or other occupied
or used facilities without permission from the ENGINEER. Where blockage is allowed,
the CONTRACTOR shall provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic
ways.
C. The CONTRACTOR may commence clearing or land preparation within portions of the project
falling within the limits of temporary construction easements or utility right-of-way only with
specific permission from the ENGINEER for each activity and location. All requirements under A
and B above apply within these limits.
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: (Not Used)
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
CLEARING AND LAND PREPARATION 02110-2
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK for the
ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to
begin new WORK activities.
1.09
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL CLEARING:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove the majority of the above grade non-native vegetative matter in
the areas indicated on the plans. The CONTRACTOR shall complete the work of Clearing and
Land Preparation as outlined below.
1. All stumps shall be ground level to six inches below the surrounding ground level. Stumps on
the slopes shall be cut flush with the natural angle of the existing grade and treated
immediately with a herbicide approved by the ENGINEER. All seedlings within the project
site shall be treated with the herbicide.
2. All plant material (whole or chipped) will be removed from the project area and stockpiled at
a location authorized by the ENGINEER. Disposal of the stockpile shall be accomplished at a
maximum of every 15 workdays.
3. Remove any garbage or other waste debris recovered during clearing.
4. On completion of the clearing, remove all sticks, rubbish and other extraneous material and
rake the ground surface in order to leave a smooth and clean appearance.
5. Clearing and land preparation shall proceed sufficiently ahead of earthwork activities to
minimize disruption and allow time for determination of the adequacy of the clearing
procedure.
6. All work shall be performed in accordance with approved principles of modern arboricultural
methods.
7. All trees to remain in the project area, as designated by the ENGINEER, shall be protected
from damage by tree barricades.
8. All work shall be performed without damage to existing amenities, including trees and shrubs.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for repair and replacement of existing amenities to
the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all vegetation, habitats,
or amenities on the project location as indicated on the plans.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall clear adjacent to cut or fill sections to a minimum distance of 10 feet
outside of slope lines unless lesser distances are specified. Clearing in areas of native vegetation
for levee construction or removal and canal excavation shall be limited to a distance of 10 feet
outside of slope lines.
C. The CONTRACTOR may not burn cleared materials within the limits of the project.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EARTHWORK 02200-1
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
B. RELATED WORK:
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials for all
excavating, trenching, filling, embankment construction, backfilling, compacting, grading and all
related items of earthwork necessary to complete the work indicated or specified.
1. 02050 Demolition
2. 02110 Clearing and Land Preparation
3. 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
1.02
A. American Society of Testing Materials, (ASTM):
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
1. D698-00a – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using the Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)).
2. D1557-00 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)).
3. D2487-00 – Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
(Unified Soil Classification System)
4. D4253-00 – Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of
Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
5. D4254-00 – Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of
Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
B. Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT)
1. "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction," latest edition, (FDOT).
C. Miscellaneous Project Data:
1. Subsurface soil data logs are provided for the CONTRACTOR’s reference:
a. Report of Geotechnical Exploration, Samson Oceanfront Park, 17425 Collins Avenue, Sunny
Isles Beach, FL, November 7, 2014. By Arehna Engineering, Inc.
1.03 DEFINITIONS:
A. Select Fill:
B.
Select Backfill shall be clean material free from organic material, clods, and stones
greater than three inches around structures and other areas. Select backfill shall be placed where
indicated on the Drawings. Select backfill is required where higher control of materials and
placement is needed such as roadway embankments and adjacent to structures.
Random Fill:
Random Backfill shall be clean material free from organic material, clods, and stones
greater than six inches. Random backfill shall be placed where indicated on the Drawings.
Random backfill is required where stable backfill is needed to maintain slopes and grades, but will
not retain water or be adjacent to structures.
C. Unclassified Fill
: Unclassified Fill shall be material used to bring areas to grade where there is no
potential for slope erosion and the fill will not support a structure of critical function. Unclassified
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EARTHWORK 02200-2
backfill shall be placed where neither select backfill nor random backfill are shown on the Drawings.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
1.05
The Contractor shall submit cross-sections for record purposes for subgrades as described in
this Section.
QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTINGS
: Field density tests in accordance with ASTM Standards, for each type
of material used in backfilling will be required. Failure to meet the specified density will require the
CONTRACTOR to recompact and retest, at his own expense, those areas directed by the ENGINEER
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION
: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK for the
ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to
begin new WORK activities.
1.09
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
Warranty: (Not Used)
MATERIALS ENCOUNTERED
1. Select backfill: Select Backfill shall be material that is well graded, free of debris, roots,
organic matter and peat. Select backfill shall be material excavated for the WORK (native)
or may be imported. Should consist of an inorganic, non-plastic, granular soil containing
less than 10 percent material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve (relatively clean sand or a
crushed lime rock). The CONTRACTOR may blend native materials to achieve a material
that meets the requirements for Select Backfill. Select backfill shall be free from seeds of
nuisance or exotic species. Select Backfill shall meet the following Unified Soil
Classification System (ASTM D2487) designations: GP, GW, SP, or SW.
:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate materials to to the lines and grades necessary for the subgrade
construction.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall consider all materials encountered in excavations, excluding peat unless
the quantities are less than 25 percent of the total volume, as suitable for use in random fill, providing
that they consist of two or more well graded soils to achieve the required compaction as specified in
this SECTION. No material classified as AASHTO A-5, A-7 or A-8 shall be allowed as subgrade
material.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall use only material that is free of debris, roots, and organic matter in select
fill areas. Peat materials are not suitable for use in select fill.
1. Cohesionless materials include gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, sands, and gravelly sands
generally exclusive of clayey and silty material - materials which are free-draining and
for which impact compaction will not produce a well-defined moisture-density
relationship curve and for which the maximum density by impact methods will generally
be less than by vibratory methods.
2. Cohesive materials include silts and clays generally exclusive of sands and gravel -
materials for which impact compaction will produce a well-defined moisture-density
relationship curve.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish materials for each type of fill indicated.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EARTHWORK 02200-3
2. Random Backfill: Random backfill shall be material that is well graded, free of debris,
roots, organic matter and peat. Random backfill shall be material excavated for the WORK
(native) or may be imported. The CONTRACTOR may blend native materials to achieve a
material that meets the requirements for Random Backfill. Random backfill shall be free
from seeds of nuisance or exotic species. Random Backfill shall meet the following
Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487) designations in addition to the
classifications identified for Select Backfill: CH.
3. Unclassified Backfill: Material excavated for the WORK or imported that can be
compacted to the required density. Unclassified backfill shall be free for seeds of
nuisance or exotic species.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall consider all materials encountered, regardless of type, character,
composition and condition thereof unclassified other than as indicated above. The CONTRACTOR
shall estimate the quantity of various materials included prior to submitting Bid Form. Rock
encountered shall be handled at no additional cost to the CITY.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SITE PREPARATION:
A. Clearing and Demolition: The CONTRACTOR shall perform clearing and demolition as specified in
SECTION 02050 Demolition and SECTION 02110 Clearing and Land Preparation.
3.02
1. Excavate area adequate to permit efficient erection and removal of forms.
EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:
A. Trenching for Pipes: The CONTRACTOR shall perform trenching for pipes as shown, required and
specified in accordance with Section 02221.
B. Sheeting and Bracing: The CONTRACTOR shall provide sheeting and bracing as required or
shown in accordance with the following provisions.
1. Use when required by the specifications or drawings and where resulting slopes from
excavation or trenching might endanger in-place or proposed structures.
2. Provide materials on site prior to start of excavation. Adjust spacing and arrangement as
required by conditions encountered.
3. Remove sheeting and bracing as backfill progresses. Fill voids left after withdrawal with
sand or other approved material.
4. Comply with all applicable sections of OSHA.
5. Comply with all requirements of the Florida Trench Safety Law as specified in the
GENERAL CONDITIONS.
C. Blasting: Blasting is not allowed with the City of Miramar.
D. Excavation for Structures: The CONTRACTOR shall perform excavation for structures as shown,
required and specified below:
2. Trim to neat lines where details call for concrete to be deposited against earth.
3. Excavate by hand in areas where space and access will not permit use of machines.
4. Notify the ENGINEER immediately when excavation has reached the depth indicated.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EARTHWORK 02200-4
5. Restore bottom of excavation to proper elevation with concrete in areas over excavated.
6. Conform to the requirements of SECTION 02221
D. Demucking: The CONTRACTOR shall remove all organic soils from areas below structures, piping,
and road sub grades to the lines and grades indicated. Materials excavated shall not be used for
backfill of structures or pipes and shall be placed in random fill zones only. Organic soils may be
used for road construction provided such use meets the requirements of SECTION 120, Article 120-
5.2 of the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction.
H. Excavation of Existing Embankments: The CONTRACTOR shall perform excavation by any
method acceptable to the ENGINEER and meeting the requirements of these specifications and
the drawings. All materials removed from embankments shall be suitable for reuse as random fill.
Excavation limits shall be clearly identified and approved by the ENGINEER prior to initiation of
the work.
3.03 EMBANKMENT:
A. Roadway and Access Berm Embankment: The CONTRACTOR shall construct embankments for
roadways and access berms in accordance with the requirements of Section 120 of the FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
B. Final Dressing of Slopes: Following completion of embankment placement and compaction, the
CONTRACTOR shall grade embankment slopes and adjacent transition areas reasonably smooth and
free from irregular surface changes. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the following:
1. Degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtained from blade grader or similar operations.
2. Provide roundings at bottom of slopes and other breaks in grade.
C. Cross-Sections: Provide field measured cross-sections (one in each direction) of the final
embankments/subgrade to the ENGINEER for record purposes.
3.04
1. Structure backfill shall be constructed using material suitable for use in select fill, except that
stones or rocks greater than two inches in any dimension shall not be placed within 12 inches
of the structure. Lifts shall not exceed 12 inches.
BACKFILLING:
A. Pipe Embedment and Backfill: The CONTRACTOR shall perform pipe embedment and backfill as
required, shown and specified in accordance with Section 02221.
B. Structures: The CONTRACTOR shall perform backfilling for structures in accordance with the
following:
2. Structure backfill shall be compacted to 95 percent maximum dry density (ASTM D-1557).
3. Backfill only after concrete has attained 70 percent design strength.
4. Backfill adjacent to structures only after a sufficient portion of the structure has been built to
resist the imposed load.
5. Remove all debris from excavation prior to placement of material.
6. Place backfill in level layers of thickness within compacting ability of equipment used.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EARTHWORK 02200-5
7. Perform backfilling simultaneously on all sides of structures.
C. Unclassified Backfill shall be placed in 12-inch lifts to the lines and grades shown on the drawings
or as approved by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall compact unclassified backfill to a
density approximating the density of surrounding native material and in a manner that will not
allow settlement of the completed area.
3.05 MAINTENANCE:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect newly graded areas from actions of the elements.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall fill, repair and re-establish grades to the required elevations and slopes for
any area that shows settling or erosion occurring prior to seeding .
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 02221-1
SECTION 02221 - TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment
necessary for complete and proper trenching, backfilling and compacting as specified herein.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. 02200 Earthwork
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
:
A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM):
1. D698-00a – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
the Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)).
2. D1557-00- Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)).
3. D4253-00 – Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils
Using a Vibratory Table.
4. D4254-00 – Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils
and Calculation of Relative Density.
B. Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT):
1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, (FDOT).
C. Miscellaneous Project Data:
1. Subsurface soil data logs are provided for the CONTRACTOR’s reference:
a. Report of Geotechnical Exploration, Samson Oceanfront Park 17425 Collins Avenue, Sunny
Isles Beach, FL, November 7, 2014. By Arehna Engineering, Inc.
1.03
DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide to the ENGINEER three copies of certified test results for
the tests required to be performed by the CONTRACTOR.
1.05
QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall make all excavations for piping and appurtenant structures in any
material encountered to the depth and grades required, shall backfill such excavations and dispose
of excess or unsuitable materials from excavation, and shall provide and place necessary borrow
material to properly backfill excavations, all as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or as
directed by the ENGINEER.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 02221-2
B. Excavation, dewatering, sheeting and bracing required shall be carried out so as to prevent any
possibility of undermining or disturbing the foundations of any existing structure or work, and so
that all work may be accomplished and inspected in the dry, except as directed by the
ENGINEER. Aqueous construction may be performed only with prior approval of the
ENGINEER.
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTINGS
: Contractor shall provide density testing for each layer of backfill in
accordance with the approved quality control plan per Section 01410.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK for the
ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to
begin new WORK activities.
1.08
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish materials as required to complete the Work under this
Section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXTENT OF OPEN EXCAVATION
: The CONTRACTOR shall perform the excavation such that at any
time the amount of excavation open will be held to a minimum consistent with normal and orderly
prosecution of the work, or as restricted by permit conditions.
3.02 CUTTING PAVEMENT
: When excavations are required in paved areas the CONTRACTOR shall
conform to the following.
A. When excavations are to be made in paved surfaces, the pavement shall be cut ahead of the
excavation by means of suitable sharp tools to provide a uniform sharp edge with minimum
disturbance of remaining materials.
B. Asphalt paving and other improvements in the right-of-way and on other private property affected
by this construction shall be duly protected and, where disturbed, shall be restored or replaced to
meet original conditions.
3.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION
: The CONTRACTOR shall perform trench excavation in accordance with the
following.
A. All excavation for piping shall be open cut. Trench sides shall be approximately vertical between
an elevation of one foot above the top of the pipe and the centerline of the pipe; otherwise, trench
sides shall be as vertical as possible or as required. Trenches may be excavated by machinery to a
depth that will not disturb the finish grade.
B. Trench width shall be as narrow as practical and shall not be widened by scraping or loosening
material from the sides.
3.04 EXCAVATION BELOW NORMAL GRADE
:
A. In the event the CONTRACTOR through error or carelessness excavates below the elevation
required, the CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense backfill with selected gravel and compact
to obtain a suitable pipe bedding all as directed and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 02221-3
B. In the event unstable or unsuitable bedding material is encountered at or below the pipe bedding
level the CONTRACTOR shall removed such material and replaced with it suitable compacted
material.
3.05
BACKFILLING TRENCHES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary inspections before, during
and after backfilling and shall re-excavate, refill and perform all such related work to obtain
satisfactory test results.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall use excavated materials classified as embankment fill for backfilling
and such grading on the site as is required. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of any excess of
fill or unstable material in areas approved by the ENGINEER. Pipe trenches shall be backfilled
with fine, loose embankment fill (see SECTION 02220, paragraph 2.02), free from large stones,
carefully deposited on both sides of pipe and thoroughly and carefully rammed until enough fill
has been placed to provide a cover of at least one foot above the pipe. The remainder of the
backfill material may then be thrown in and tamped. Water settling may be permitted. The
CONTRACTOR shall submit written request detailing the need to perform water settling and
reasons why work in the dry is not possible. The CONTRACTOR shall also submit detailed
procedures for the review and approval of the ENGINEER. Whenever trenches have not been
properly filled, or if settlement occurs, they shall be refilled, smoothed off and finally, made to
conform to the surface of the ground. Backfilling shall be carefully performed and the surface
restored to the elevation shown on the plans. In unpaved areas the surface of trenches shall
conform and be equal to quality, character and material to the surface immediately prior to making
the excavation.
C. Place earth embedment as follows:
1. With level bottom layer at proper grade to receive and uniformly support pipe barrel
throughout its length.
2. Form shallow depression under each joint to facilitate jointing.
3. Add second layer simultaneously to both sides of the pipe with care to avoid displacement
of the pipe.
4. Place material in maximum 12-inch lifts.
3.06 BACKFILLING OF TRENCH UNDER ROADWAY AND AREAS TO BE PAVED:
The
CONTRACTOR shall place material in 12-inch maximum layers after filling one foot above pipe as
previously described. Each layer shall be compacted to 95 percent maximum dry density as measured by
ASTM D1557 so that pavement can be placed promptly. Any pavement cut or area disturbed by this work
shall be replaced to match existing.
3.07 BACKFILLING OF TRENCH OPEN AREAS:
The CONTRACTOR shall place material in 12-inch
maximum lifts after filling one foot above pipe as previously described. The top one-foot layer shall be
compacted to 90 percent maximum dry density as measured by ASTM D1557. Each layer shall be
compacted to the density of adjacent soils. Restore the surface to original grade and place sod or seed as
required by the contract documents.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SOIL STABILIZATION 02240-1
SECTION 02240 - SOIL STABILIZATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials for
stabilization of the soil to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade for the WORK as described in this
section.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. 02200 Earthwork
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
: The following standard specifications shall apply to the work of this Section
as indicated:
A. Florida Department of Transportation
1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, (FDOT).
B. American Society of Testing Materials, (ASTM).
1. ASTM D1557-00, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
Soil Using the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)).
2. ASTM D 2922-01, Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place
by the Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
C. Soils Report/Boring log, See Appendix.
1.03
DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide to the ENGINEER three copies of certified test results for
the tests required to be performed by the CONTRACTOR.
1.05
QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING
: Contractor shall provide testing for the stabilized subgrade in accordance
with the approved quality control plan per Section 01410. One density test minimum per every 7000 square
feet of surface area is required. One Proctor test is required per subgrade material and every change in
materials.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the work for the ENGINEER
as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to begin new WORK
activities. Failure to meet the specified density will require the CONTRACTOR to recompact and retest, at its
own expense, those areas directed by the ENGINEER
1.09
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SOIL STABILIZATION 02240-2
A. General Requirements: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the required stabilization material which
shall be either commercial limerock or crushed shellrock in conformance with FDOT Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction SECTION 914-2, Stabilization.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall prior to the beginning of the stabilizing operations, grade the area
to be stabilized to an elevation such that upon completion of the stabilizing operations the stabilized subgrade
will conform to the lines, grades and cross sections shown on the Drawings.
3.02 APPLICATION OF STABILIZING MATERIAL:
The CONTRACTOR shall spread the stabilizing material
uniformly over the area to be stabilized. The CONTRACTOR shall then mix the material with rotary tillers, or
other equipment meeting the approval of the ENGINEER. The area to be stabilized shall be thoroughly mixed
throughout the entire depth and width of the stabilizing area.
3.03 COMPACTION:
After mixing operations are completed, the CONTRACTOR shall compact the area to the
minimum density as required by FDOT SECTION 160-4.2.3. The subgrade shall be firm and unyielding; to
the extent that it will support construction equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall remove all soft and yielding
material, and any other portions of the subgrade, which will not compact readily, and replace with suitable
material and the whole subgrade brought to line and grade.
3.04 FINISH GRADING:
The CONTRACTOR shall shape the completed stabilized subgrade to conform to the
finished lines, grades, and cross-sections indicated on the Drawings.
3.05 MAINTENANCE:
After the subgrade has been completed as specified, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain it
free from, ruts, depressions and any damage resulting from the hauling or handling of materials, equipment, etc.
It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to maintain the required density until the subsequent base is in
place.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL 02270-1
SECTION 02270 - EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION:
A. WORK INCLUDED: Provide all material, equipment and labor necessary to install erosion and
sediment control elements as shown on Drawings and in accordance with this Specification. If
more than one acre of land surface is disturbed, Contractor shall prepare a Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the project and submit a Notice of Intent to use Generic Permit with
The Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). All costs for permit application
shall be borne by the Contractor. Any permits required by the Contractor shall be available at the
site at all times.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. 02050 Demolition
2. 02110 Clearing and Land Preparation
3. 02200 Earthwork
4. 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
C. Provide erosion control measures so as to prevent pollution of water, detrimental effects to public or
private property adjacent to the project, and damage to work on the project. Construct and maintain
temporary erosion control features or, where practical, construct and maintain permanent erosion
control features as shown in the Plans or as may be directed by the Engineer.
D. Coordinate the installation of temporary erosion control features with the construction of the
permanent erosion control features to the extent necessary to ensure economical, effective, and
continuous control of erosion and water pollution throughout the life of the Contract.
E. Do not disturb lands or waters outside the limits of construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SOD:
A. The sod type shall match the type existing in other areas of the project. All sod and mulch shall be free
of noxious weeds and exotic pest plants, plant parts or seed listed in the current Category I “List of
Invasive Species” from the Florida Exotic Pest Plant Council (FLEPPC). It shall be well matted with
roots. The sod shall be taken up in commercial-size rectangles, or rolls preferably 12 inches by 24
inches or larger, except where 6 inch strip sodding is called for, or as rolled sod at least 12 inches in
width and length consistent with the equipment and methods used to handle the rolls and place the sod.
Sod shall be a minimum of 1-1/4 inches thick including a 3/4 inch thick layer of roots and topsoil.
B. The sod shall be sufficiently thick to secure a dense stand of live turf. The sod shall be live, fresh and
uninjured, at the time of planting. It shall have a soil mat of sufficient thickness adhering firmly to the
roots to withstand all necessary handling. It shall be planted within 48 hours after being cut and kept
moist from the time it is cut until it is planted.
2.02
FERTILIZERS:
A. See Section 02950 Groundcover. Fertilizers shall comply with the State fertilizer laws. Fertilizers
shall meet the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
SECTION 982.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL 02270-2
2.03
SILT FENCING:
A. Geotextiles shall be woven or nonwoven fabrics that will allow the passage of water. Geotextiles shall
be packaged in a protective covering sufficient to protect it from sunlight, dirt, and other debris during
shipment and storage, upon which the manufacturer’s name, product name, style number, roll
dimensions and LOT numbers are clearly labeled.
B. Posts: Posts for silt fences shall as shown in the drawings and be either wooden stakes or metal stakes
with a minimum length of 3 feet. Steel posts shall have projections for fastening wire to them.
C. Silt Fence shall be a pervious sheet of propylene, nylon, polyester or ethylene yarn and shall be
certified by manufacturer or supplier as conforming to the following requirements:
Physical Property Test Requirements
Permittivity ASTM-D-4491 .05 SEC-1
Grab tensile ASTM-D-4632 90 lbs. (min. warp)
Grab Sewn Strength ASTM-D-4884 2.1 lb/in (min)
Trapezoidal Tear ASTM-D-4533 35 lbs. (min)
UV Resistance ASTM-D-4355 80% (500 hrs)
Filtration Efficiency ASTM-D-5141 75% (min)
Flow Rate ASTM-D-5141 .3 gal (min)
The base plastic shall contain stabilizers and/or inhibitors to make the filaments resistant to
deterioration due to ultraviolet light, heat exposure and potential chemically damaging environment.
The fabric shall be free of any treatment which may significantly alter its physical properties. The
edges of the fabric shall be selvaged or otherwise finished to prevent the outer yarn from pulling away
from the fabric.
D. Other materials: Select all other materials not specifically described but required for compliance with
the erosion and sediment control plan, subject to approval by the Engineer.
2.04 FILTER FABRIC
:
A. Filter Fabric for inlet protection shall be Type D-3 per FDOT Index 199.
2.05
AGGREGATES:
A. Aggregate for Truck Wash Out area shall be coarse aggregate as described in Section 901 excluding
901-2.3 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. Aggregates shall be
FDOT size No 1. If this size is not available, the next available smaller size aggregate may be
substituted with the approval of the Engineer. Sizes containing small aggregate will track off the
project and are unsuitable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL:
A. Contractor shall familiarize himself with all the stipulations and requirements of the erosion and
sediment control plan. Contractor shall be held responsible for strict adherence to the FDEP generic
permit. Contractor shall be deemed liable for any negligence or infringement, which results in non-
compliance with this permit.
B. The location of all sediment and erosion control measures shall be left to the Contractor’s discretion
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or required by the permit. Should there be no requirement of
an erosion control plan, then Contractor shall be required to provide such measures necessary to
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL 02270-3
prevent the formation of gullies or the spread of mud and debris across roads, into waterways or other
areas where it may be considered a nuisance.
3.02
PLANNING OF CONSTRUCTION:
A. Planning and coordination of the construction is needed to minimize sediment pollution. Clearing shall
be kept to shortest distance possible ahead of construction. Cleared areas shall be kept to minimum
required to facilitate construction.
B. Restoration work shall be performed as the Project progresses and not be left until the end of the
Project. No areas shall be left unprotected for longer than 10 days without some form of temporary
seeding or, if during a non-growing season, some other form of stabilization, such as mulch.
3.03
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
A. Excavation shall be closely controlled. The material removed from the excavation shall be selectively
stockpiled in areas where a minimum of sediment will be generated and where other damage will not
result from piled earth. Drainage swales and ponds shall be protected at all times and the piling of soil
in drainageways shall not be allowed. Repaving shall be placed promptly following completion of
backfilling and compaction in improved areas.
3.04
STOCKPILES:
A. Stockpile areas shall be selected and maintained by on-site personnel. Site selection and stockpile
design shall incorporate sediment and erosion control considerations to prevent the potential direct
production and delivery of sediment to waterways, and damage to vegetation. Temporary stabilization
of stockpiles shall be promptly instituted. The existence of critical slopes on stockpiles shall be
avoided. Stockpiling in or immediately adjacent to diversion channels shall not be allowed. If a
stockpile is to remain for over sixty (60) days, it shall be stabilized by soil stabilizing chemicals,
temporary vegetation, interim structures or other approved practices.
B. Temporary vegetative measures planned for implementation on stockpiles shall be established
immediately after stockpile completion. Proper mulching and soil stabilization in conjunction with
these seeding operations shall also be carried out.
3.05
SILT FENCES:
A. Place silt fences in a continuous row, parallel to the slope, waterway, roadway or other area being
protected. Anchor the silt fence fabric to posts set at a minimum of 10 ft. apart. Embed the bottom of
the fabric a minimum of 4" deep and backfill and compact soil over the embedded portion. Replace or
repair any sections of fence, which collapse or are washed out during the construction period as soon
as reasonably possible.
B. Inspect all silt fences immediately after each rainfall and at least daily during prolonged rainfall.
Immediately correct any deficiencies. In addition, make a daily review of the location of silt fences in
areas where construction activities have changed the natural contour and drainage runoff to ensure that
the silt fences are properly located for effectiveness. Where deficiencies exist, install additional silt
fences as directed by the Engineer.
C. Remove sediment deposits when the deposit reaches approximately 1/2 of the volume capacity of the
silt fence or as directed by the Engineer. Dress any sediment deposits remaining in place after the silt
fence is no longer required to conform to the finished grade, and prepare and sod them in accordance
with the requirements of this section.
3.06
SODDING:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL 02270-4
A. Place the sod on the prepared surface, with edges in close contact. Do not use sod which has been cut
for more than 48 hours. Monitor placed sod for growth of pest plants and noxious weeds. If pest plants
and/or noxious weeds manifest themselves within 30 days of placement of the sod during the months
April through October, within 60 days of placement of the sod during the months of November
through March treat affected areas by means acceptable to the Owner at no expense to the Department.
If pest plants and/or noxious weeds manifest themselves after the time frames described above from
date of placement of sod, the Engineer, at his sole option, will determine if treatment is required and
whether or not the Contractor will be compensated for such treatment.
3.07 DUST CONTROL
:
A. It shall be the Contractor 's responsibility to control dust by watering and sweeping at the end of each
and every workday or as directed by the Engineer.
B. Dust Control:
1. If appropriate to the site location, and at the discretion of the City, provide positive methods and
apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations.
2. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed
basis until painting is finished.
3. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants will not fall on wet or newly-coated
surfaces.
4. Cover materials transported to and from site as necessary to prevent depositing material on
offsite roadways or creating dust.
3.08
INLET PROTECTION:
A. The Contractor shall protect from sediment and debris any existing catch basin with filter fabric while
work is in progress. Filter fabric shall be removed after completion of work or sod has established.
Filter fabric must be cleaned periodically to avoid excessive accumulation of sediment and debris.
Extreme care shall be taken when removing filter fabric to avoid sediments and debris entering catch
basin. Any sediments falling inside the drainage system shall be removed.
3.09
MUD CONTROL:
A. A Truck Wash Out area shall be constructed at locations designated by the engineer for points of
egress from un-stabilized areas of the project to public roads where off-site tracking of mud could
occur. Traffic from un-stabilized areas of the project shall be directed thru the Truck Wash Out area.
All materials spilled, dropped or tracked onto public roads shall be removed daily, or more frequently
if so directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall maintain the Truck Wash Out area in a condition
that will allow it to perform its function. To prevent off-site tracking, the Truck Wash Out area shall
be rinsed daily (daily when in use) to move accumulated mud downward thru the stone.
PART 4
4.01
CLEAN UP:
A. A spill kit must be provided during the entire duration of the project. The spill kit is to be used in the
immediate response and clean-up of spills, leaks or other discharges of hazardous wastes or other
hazardous materials (chemical spills). Spill kits shall be maintained in close proximity to areas where
chemicals are managed or stored to enable prompt response and clean-up of spills. The contents of a
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL 02270-5
spill kit shall be tailored to the types and quantities of chemicals that can potentially spill. As a
minimum Granular absorbent or oil-specifc absorbent pads shall be kept on site.
B. Upon project completion, remove all temporary erosion and sediment control devices. Remove from
job site all excess materials, debris, surplus tools and equipment. Leave site in a neat and orderly
condition acceptable to the Engineer.
C. Upon removal of temporary erosion and sediment control devices, perform all required finish grading,
seeding, and mulching as specified under Section 02200.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SITE FURNISHINGS 02470-1
SECTION 02470 - SITE FURNISHINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials and accessories and labor necessary
to install site furnishings.
B. Including but not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Trash Receptacles
2. Seating
3. Bike Racks
1.03 RELATED WORK
:
A. Section 03310 - Cast-in-Place Concrete for Site.
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A. Manufacturer's Data: Descriptive data of installation, methods, procedures and maintenance.
1. Guarantees and warranties of products.
B. Complete shop drawings for all items of work under this section indicating all details of fabrication and
installation, including sizes, shapes, finishes, colors, thicknesses, material quality and all other related
work applicable to the items of this section.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver all materials with manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying tags and labels
intact and legible.
B. Upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and
approved submittals, and that all materials are properly protected and undamaged.
C. Store and handle all materials so as to prevent soiling, damage, or deterioration. Make periodic
inspections of all stored materials to assure that they remain free from damage and deterioration.
Damaged products shall be rejected.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
TRASH RECEPTACLES:
A. Product:
1. Trash Receptacle: “Pitch” Litter Receptacles as manufactured by Landscape Forms, Inc. 431
Lawndale Ave, Kalamazoo, Michigan 49048. (800)521-2546.
2. Side Opening Receptacle
a. Height: 34 Inches
b. Top: 25 inches square
c. Base 17 ½ inches square
d. Capacity: 28 gallon
e. Finish: Powdercoated metal finish silver
1. Primer: Rust inhibitor.
2. Topcoat: Thermosetting polyester powdercoat. UV, chip, and flake resistant.
3. Test Results: “Pangard II”.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SITE FURNISHINGS 02470-2
a. Gloss, Garner 60 Degrees, ASTM D 523: Plus or minus 5.
b. UV Resistance, Color and Gloss, ASTM G 155, Cycle 7: Delta E less than 2 at
2.0 mils and less than 20 percent loss.
c. Cross-Hatch Adhesion, ASTM D 3359, Method B: 100 percent pass.
d. Flexibility Test, Mandrel, ASTM D 522: 3 mm at 2 mils.
e. Erichsen Cupping, ISO 1520: 8 mm.
f. Impression Hardness, Buchholz, ISO 2815: 95.
g. Impact Test, ASTM D 2794: 60 inches/pound at 2.5 mils.
h. Pencil Hardness, ASTM D 3363: 2H minimum.
i. Corrosion Resistance, 1,500-Hour Test, ASTM B 117: Max. undercutting 1 mm.
j. Humidity Resistance, 1,500-Hour Test, ASTM D 2247: Max. blisters 1 mm.
B. Location:
1. Locations and quantities as indicated on plans or as field located by the City.
2. Surface mount.
2.02
BENCHES:
A. Product:
1. “Mix” Bench as manufactured by Landscape Forms, Inc. 431 Lawndale Ave, Kalamazoo,
Michigan 49048. (800)521-2546.
a. Backless – 3 seats straight run
b. Depth: 17 inches
c. Width: 23 inches
d. Height 18 Inches
e. Space between seats ½”
f. Finish: Powdercoated metal finish silver
1. Primer: Rust inhibitor.
2. Topcoat: Thermosetting polyester powdercoat. UV, chip, and flake resistant.
3. Test Results: “Pangard II”.
a. Gloss, Garner 60 Degrees, ASTM D 523: Plus or minus 5.
b. UV Resistance, Color and Gloss, ASTM G 155, Cycle 7: Delta E less than 2 at
2.0 mils and less than 20 percent loss.
c. Cross-Hatch Adhesion, ASTM D 3359, Method B: 100 percent pass.
d. Flexibility Test, Mandrel, ASTM D 522: 3 mm at 2 mils.
e. Erichsen Cupping, ISO 1520: 8 mm.
f. Impression Hardness, Buchholz, ISO 2815: 95.
g. Impact Test, ASTM D 2794: 60 inches/pound at 2.5 mils.
h. Pencil Hardness, ASTM D 3363: 2H minimum.
i. Corrosion Resistance, 1,500-Hour Test, ASTM B 117: Max. undercutting 1 mm.
j. Humidity Resistance, 1,500-Hour Test, ASTM D 2247: Max. blisters 1 mm.
2. Mounting: Embedded
B. Product:
1. Milenio Backless Bench –“ Left” and “Right” as manufactured by Landscape Forms, Inc. 431
Lawndale Ave, Kalamazoo, Michigan 49048. (800)521-2546.
2. Finish: Standard Color
3. Mounting: Freestanding
C. Location:
1. Locations and quantities as indicated on plans or as field located by the City.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SITE FURNISHINGS 02470-3
2.03
BIKE RACKS:
A. Product:
1. “Bicilinea” Bicycle Rack as manufactured by Landscape Forms, Inc. 431 Lawndale Ave,
Kalamazoo, Michigan 49048. (800)521-2546.
2. Depth: 59 ¾ inches
3. Overall Height: 31 ¼ inches
4. Length: 119 inches
5. Finish: Stainless Steel Polish Finish
B. Location:
1. Locations and quantities as indicated on Landscape Plan or as field located by the City.
2. Embedded.
3. Submit installation details.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION:
A. Provide as indicated and detailed on the drawings, and as per manufacturer's standard printed
specifications, instructions and recommendations. Provide assembly of furnishings if necessary. During
storage, assembly & Installation do not damage furnishings. Do not scratch finish. Repair any damage to
furnishings per manufacturer’s recommendations at no cost to Owner or replace unit.
3.02
EXAMINATION:
A. Examine areas to receive system.
B. Notify Architect of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use.
C. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions are corrected.
3.03
INSTALLATION:
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions at locations indicated on the Drawings.
B. Install level.
C. Anchor securely in place.
3.04
ADJUSTING:
A. Finish Damage: Repair minor damages to finish in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions
and as approved by Architect.
B. Component Damage: Remove and replace damaged components that cannot be successfully
repaired as determined by Architect.
3.05
CLEANING:
A. Clean promptly after installation in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Do not use harsh cleaning materials or methods that could damage finish.
3.06 PROTECTION:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SITE FURNISHINGS 02470-4
A. Protect installed to ensure that, except for normal weathering, system will be without damage or
deterioration at time of acceptance
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
LIMEROCK BASE COURSE 02502-1
SECTION 02502 - LIMEROCK BASE COURSE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, material, and equipment
necessary for the installation of a limerock base course.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. 02200 Earthwork
2. 02220 Excavation and Backfilling
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
: The following specification shall apply to the work of this section:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction (FDOT, latest edition).
1.03
DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04
SUBMITTALS: (Not Used)
1.05
QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING:
One density test per every 7000 square feet of surface area is
required. One Proctor test is required per base course and every change in material.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK for the
ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to
begin new WORK activities.
1.09
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 LIMEROCK AGGREGATE
: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish limerock aggregate consisting of material
conforming to Section 200 “Rock Base” of the Florida Department of Transportation Standard
Specification for Road and Bridge Construction.
2.02 EQUIPMENT:
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish equipment as need to transport, deliver, place, spread,
incorporate, moisten and compact the limerock base material as specified and required by the Drawings.
A. General Requirements:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all equipment, tools, and machines used in the
performance of the work required by this Section in a satisfactory working condition at
all times.
2. Equipment shall be subject to the approval of the ENGINEER.
B. Power Rollers:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
LIMEROCK BASE COURSE 02502-2
1. Power rollers shall be self-propelled, 3-wheel, or tandem-type with wheels equipped with
adjustable scrapers.
2. Weight shall not be less than eight tons.
C. Tamping Rollers:
1. Tamping rollers shall consist of one (1) or more units arranged to adapt to uneven ground
surfaces.
2. Rolling units of multiple types shall be pivoted on the main frame.
3. When fully loaded, rollers shall exert at least 300 psi on the combined areas of tamping
feet in contact with the ground.
4. Each unit shall be equipped with a watertight cylindrical drum with a length of 48inches
or greater.
5. Tamping feet shall project not less than seven inches from drum surface, with feet spaced
not less than ten inches nor more than ten inches measured diagonally from center to
center.
D. Rubber-Tired Rollers:
1. Rubber-tire rollers shall consist of two (2) axles on which are mounted not less than nine
pneumatic-tired wheels, mounted so the rear group of tires do not follow in the tracks of
the forward wheels, but will be centered between the forward wheels.
2. The axles shall be mounted in a rigid frame provided with a loading platform or body
suitable for ballast loading.
3. The tires shall be inflated uniformly.
4. The rubber-tire roller may be self-propelled or may be towed with pneumatic-tired
tractors or other pneumatic-tired equipment.
E. Blade Graders shall be self-propelled with a wheelbase of not less than 15 feet and a blade of not
less than ten feet.
F. Sprinkling equipment shall consist of tank trucks, pressure distributors, or other similar equipment
designed to apply water uniformly and in controlled quantities to a variable width of surface.
G. Hauling equipment shall consist of pneumatic-tired vehicles and dump bodies suitable for
dumping materials in windrows or layers on the subgrade.
H. Tampers shall be mechanical (of an approved type) and hand-operated, weight shall not be less
than 50lbs, and have a face area of not more than 100 square inches.
I. Miscellaneous equipment shall consist of scarifiers, tractors, spring-tooth harrows, windrow
equalizers, spreaders, and other equipment suitable for construction of select material base course.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
LIMEROCK BASE COURSE 02502-3
A. The CONTRACTOR shall place limerock aggregate in conformance with Section 200 “Rock
Base” of the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction and as follows:
B. Preparation of Subgrade: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the subgrade In accordance with the
requirements of Section 200 and as follows:
1. Clean of all foreign substances.
2. Correct any ruts or soft yielding spots or any areas with inadequate compaction.
3. ENGINEER may inspect for adequate compaction and surface tolerances.
C. Grade Control: The CONTRACTOR shall establish and maintain grade control by means of
grade stakes placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved. The grade stakes
shall be spaced so string lines may be stretched between stakes.
D. Smoothness Test: The surface shall be subject to a smoothness test. The CONTRACTOR shall be
required to rework the base as required to achieve passing results. The surface shall show no
deviation in excess of ⅜” in any ten feet when tested with a ten -foot straightedge applied parallel
with and at right angles to the centerlines of the paved area. If greater than the stated allowable
tolerance is detected, the CONTRACTOR shall correct any deviation in excess of the stated
amount by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, watering, and compacting as
required by the ENGINEER.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
CONCRETE WALKWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS, RAMPS, 02510-1
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS
SECTION 02510 - CONCRETE WALKWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS, RAMPS,
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment
necessary for the construction for concrete walkways, curbs and gutters, ramps, miscellaneous
concrete slabs and wheel stops, as shown on the drawings.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATION
:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction,
latest edition, (FDOT).
1.03
DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
Submit copies of proposed concrete mix design and compression strength tests for review.
1.05
QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING:
Perform tests in accordance with standards hereinafter specified and
the Section 01410 of these specifications.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK for the
ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to
begin new WORK activities.
1.09
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide concrete for sidewalks, curbs and gutters, ramps and
miscellaneous concrete slabs as specified in FDOT Specifications - Section 346 “Portland Cement
Concrete.” For miscellaneous concrete slabs Class I concrete shall have a minimum strength of 3000 psi.
2.02 METAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide metal accessory materials for
miscellaneous concrete slabs as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in FDOT Specification -
Section 931.
2.03 PRE-CAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS
: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish pre-cast concrete wheel
stops that are nominally six inches high by eight inches wide by six feet long, or accepted equivalent. One
wheel stop shall be furnished per parking space or as shown on the Drawings. Wheel stops shall be
reinforced with two #4 bars.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
CONCRETE WALKWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS, RAMPS, 02510-2
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS
2.04 FORMS:
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish forms for the forming of the concrete curb in accordance with
the following:
A. The forms shall be wood or metal.
B. The forms shall be straight and strong enough to resist springing during placement of concrete.
C. The forms shall have sufficient bearing surface to prevent tipping.
D. The height of the forms shall be equal to full depth of section to be constructed.
E. Slip form.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONCRETE WALKS AND RAMPS:
The CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete sidewalks and ramps
as specified in FDOT Specifications - Section 522 where shown on the Drawings.
3.02 CURBS AND GUTTERS
: The CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete curbs and gutters as specified in
FDOT Specifications – Section 520 where shown on the Drawings.
3.03 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS
: The CONTRACTOR shall construct miscellaneous concrete
slabs for mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in FDOT Specifications
Section 350.
3.05 FORMS:
The CONTRACTOR shall install the forms in accordance with the following:
A. Use flexible forms for all curved form lines except:
1. Curves having a radius of 200 feet or greater may be formed in 10 foot or shorter chords.
2. Curves having a radius of 100 feet or greater may be formed in 5 foot or shorter chords.
B. Thoroughly clean, oil, securely stake, brace, and hold forms to line and grade.
C. Remove forms from front face of curb section at the time necessary to permit finishing concrete.
Leave other forms in place not less than 12 hours after placement of concrete.
3.06 JOINTS:
The CONTRACTOR shall install joints in the curbs as follows:
A. Contraction Joints:
1. Construct at locations indicated and as follows:
a. Division concrete curb into monolithic sections not greater than 10 inches in
length.
2. Form contraction joints by any of the following methods:
a. Place one half inch thick steel separators after concrete has taken its initial set,
but before final finishing.
b. Cut a groove in the fresh concrete to a depth of at one quarter the section
thickness by use of a jointer having a radius of one half inch and thickness not
exceeding one half inch.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
CONCRETE WALKWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS, RAMPS, 02510-3
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS
c. Saw the hardened concrete before shrinkage cracking occurs. Depth of cut not
less than one quarter the section thickness and width of key not to exceed three
sixteenths inch.
B. Expansion Joints:
1. Construct at the following locations:
a. Locations as indicated.
b. All points of curvature and points of tangency of curves having a radius of 100
inches or less and at intervals not exceeding 60 inches in tangent section.
c. Locations where curb abuts other structures and slabs.
2. Stake, support, and secure preformed joint filler in position to prevent displacement
during and finishing operations.
2. Round edges of joints with an edging tool of one quarter inch radius.
C. Construction Joints:
1. Locate to coincide with contraction, expansion or key joints.
2. When concrete placement is interrupted between joint locations for a sufficient time for
the concrete to take its initial set, remove concrete to the nearest joint location before
resuming placement.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PAVEMENT MARKING 02577-1
SECTION 02577 - PAVEMENT MARKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all material, labor and equipment for
painting of traffic stripes as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. N/A
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction,
latest edition, (FDOT, latest edition).
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used
)
1.04
SUBMITTALS: (Not Used)
1.05
QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06
RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: (Not Used
)
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK for the
ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall provide 48 hours notice of its intention to
begin new WORK activities.
1.09
WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 TRAFFIC PAINT:
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish pavement markings conforming to FDOT Section
971, white or yellow traffic paint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall clean the surface to be painted by compressed air,
or other effective means, immediately before the start of painting, and the area shall be clean and dry when
the paint is applied.
3.02 WEATHER LIMITATIONS:
The CONTRACTOR shall not apply paint when any moisture is present on
the surface to be painted or when the air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Painting shall not be done
when winds are sufficient to cause spray dust.
3.03 APPLICATION:
The CONTRACTOR shall apply paint to obtain traffic stripes four inches in width unless
otherwise specified. The stripe shall be clean, with true edges and without sharp breaks in the alignment. A
uniform coating of paint shall be obtained and the finished stripe shall contain no spots or paint skips. Any
stripes, which do not have a uniform, satisfactory appearance, shall be corrected. The required minimum
wet film thickness shall be 15 mils. Where the stripe deviates from the correct alignment as indicated on
the Drawings by more than one inch in any fifty foot length, it shall be obliterated and the stripe corrected.
No stripe shall be less than the specified width or exceed the specified width by one-half inch.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PAVEMENT MARKING 02577-2
3.04 CORRECTED MEASURES:
All painted stripes, which fail to meet the specifications including the
permissible tolerances and appearance requirements, or are marred or damaged by traffic or from other
causes, shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR at its sole expense. All drips and spattered paint shall be
removed to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Whenever it is necessary to remove paint, it shall be
performed by sand blasting or by any other means, which will not damage the underlying surface of the
pavement as approved by the ENGINEER.
3.05 PROTECTION:
The CONTRACTOR shall protect all newly painted stripes until the paint is sufficiently
dry to permit vehicles to cross the stripe without causing damage.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COLORED CONCRETE 02750-1
SECTION 02750 - COLORED CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to Work of this Section.
B. Section Includes:
1. Integrally colored concrete walks
2. Curing of integrally colored concrete.
C. Related Sections:
1. Division 3 Section " Concrete" for general applications of concrete and coordination of
sample submittal
2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for colored sealant for joints.
1.02
REFERENCES:
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. ACI 301 "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings."
2. ACI 302 IR "Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction."
3. ACI 303.1 "Standard Specification for Cast-In-Place Architectural Concrete."
4. ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing of
Concrete."
5. ACI 305R "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting."
6. ACI 306R "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting."
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM C309 "Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete."
2. ASTM C494 "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete."
3. ASTM C979 "Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete."
C. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):
1. AASHTO M194 "Chemical Admixtures."
1.03
SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s complete technical data sheets for the following:
1. Colored admixture “P” powder.
2. Curing compound.
B. Design Mixes: For each type of integrally colored concrete.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors available.
D. Qualification Data: For firms indicated in "Quality Assurance" Article, including list of completed
projects.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COLORED CONCRETE 02750-2
1.04
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer with 10-years experience in the production of
specified products.
B. Installer Qualifications: An installer with 5-10years experience with work of similar scope and
quality.
C. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301.
D. Obtain each specified material from same source and maintain high degree of consistency in
workmanship throughout Project.
E. Notification of manufacturer's authorized representative shall be given at least 1-week before start
of Work.
F. Colored Concrete Mock-ups:
1. At location on Project selected by Landscape Architect, place and finish 10 x10 area.
For accurate color, the quantity of concrete mixed to produce the sample should not be
less than 3 cubic yards (or not less than 1/3 the capacity of the mixing drum on the
ready-mix truck) and
should always be in full cubic yard increments. Excess material shall be discarded
according to local regulations.
2. Construct mock-up using processes and techniques intended for use on permanent work,
including aggregates and curing procedures. Include samples of control, construction,
and expansion joints in sample panels. Mock-up shall be produced by the individual
workers who will perform the work for the Project.
3. Retain samples of cements, sands, aggregates and color additives used in mockup for
comparison with materials used in remaining work.
4. Accepted mock-up provides visual standard for work of Section.
5. Mock-up shall remain through completion of work for use as a quality standard for
finished work.
6. Remove mock-up when directed.
1.05
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Colored Admixture “P” Powder: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Deliver colored
admixtures in original, unopened packaging. Store in dry conditions.
1.06
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Integrally Colored Concrete Environmental Requirements:
1. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to wind and hot sun before curing materials are
applied.
2. Avoid placing concrete if rain, snow, or frost is forecast within 24-hours. Protect fresh
concrete from moisture and freezing.
3. Comply with professional practices described in ACI 305R and ACI 306R.
B. Schedule delivery of concrete to provide consistent mix times from batching until discharge. Mix
times shall meet manufacturer’s written recommendations.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COLORED CONCRETE 02750-3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURER:
A. L.M. SCOFIELD COMPANY, Douglasville, Georgia (800) 800-9900. Local Contact: Harold
Rojas (954) 383-0983.
2.02
MATERIALS:
A. Colored Admixture for Integrally Colored Concrete: CHROMIX P®, L.M. SCOFIELD
COMPANY.
1. Admixture shall be a colored, water-reducing, admixture containing no calcium chloride
with coloring agents that are limeproof and ultra-violet resistant.
2. Colored admixture shall conform to the requirements of ACI 303.1, ASTM C979,
ASTM C494 and ASSHTO M194.
B. Curing Compound for Integrally Colored Concrete: Curing compound shall comply with ASTM
C309 and be of same manufacturer as colored admixture, for use with integrally colored concrete.
1. Exterior Integrally Colored Concrete: LITHOCHROME COLORWAX; L.M.
SCOFIELD COMPANY. Use to cure exterior flatwork that will be allowed to cure
naturally with only occasional maintenance.
2.03
COLORS:
A. Concrete Color[s]:
1. Cement: Color shall be gray
2. Sand: well graded clean washed sharp sand conforming to the grading requirements of
ASTM C33. This is commonly known as manufactured concrete sand, limestone
screening, or similar.
3. Aggregate: Shell aggregate, Submit sample for Landscape Architects approval
4. Colored Admixture: As selected by Landscape Architect from Scofield Color Chart
B. Curing Compound: Color to match integrally colored concrete.
2.04
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN:
A. Minimum Cement Content: 5 sacks per cubic yard of concrete.
B. Slump of concrete shall be consistent throughout Project at 4-inches or less. At no time shall
slump exceed 5-inches. Do not add calcium chloride to mix as it causes mottling and surface
discoloration.
C. Supplemental admixtures shall not be used unless approved by manufacturer.
D. Do not add water to the mix in the field
E. Add colored admixture to concrete mix according to manufacturer's written instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
:
A. Install concrete according to requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete."
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COLORED CONCRETE 02750-4
B. Do not add water to concrete mix in the field.
C. Surfaces shall be finished uniformly with the following finish:
1. Trowel: Precautions should be taken to ensure that the surface is uniformly troweled so
that it will not be slippery. Do not over-trowel or burnish the surface.
2. Exposed Aggregate: Finish concrete and apply chemical surface retarder according to
manufacturer’s written instructions. Wash surface to match originally approved mock-up.
3.02
CURING:
A. Integrally Colored Concrete: Apply curing compound for integrally colored concrete according to
manufacturer's instructions using manufacturer’s recommended application techniques. Apply
curing compound at consistent time for each pour to maintain close color consistency.
B. Curing compound shall be same color as the colored concrete and supplied by same manufacturer
of the colored admixture.
C. Precautions shall be taken in hot weather to prevent plastic cracking resulting from excessively
rapid drying at surface as described in CIP 5 Plastic Shrinkage Cracking published by the National
Ready Mixed Concrete Association.
D. Do not cover concrete with plastic sheeting.
3.03
TOLERANCES:
A. Minor variations in appearance of integrally colored concrete, which are similar to natural
variations in color and appearance of uncolored concrete, are acceptable.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 02791 - 1
SECTION 02791 - PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Unitary, seamless playground protective surfacing.
1.02
DEFINITIONS:
A. Retain terms that remain after this Section has been edited for a project.
B. Critical Height: Standard measure of shock attenuation according to ASTM F 2223; same as "critical
fall height" in ASTM F 1292
C. Unitary Surfacing: A protective surfacing of one or more material components bound together to form
a continuous surface; same as "unitary system" in ASTM F 2223.
1.03
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For each type of protective surfacing.
1. Include plans, sections, placement and penetration details, and attachment to substrates.
2. Include accessories and edge terminations.
3. Include patterns made by varying colors of surfacing.
4. Include fall heights and use zones for equipment and structures specified in Section 02881 "Play
Field Equipment and Structures," coordinated with the critical heights for protective surfacing.
C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, provide a 6” x6” sample
of the protective surfacing system.
1.04
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
A. Material certificates.
B. Product certificates.
C. Field quality-control reports.
D. Sample warranty.
1.05
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
A. Maintenance data.
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Retain "Installer Qualifications" Paragraph below if unitary, seamless protective surfacing is required.
B. Installer Qualifications: The installer of the surfacing shall be trained and registered by Vitriturf.
C. The protective surfacing shall be installed over a concrete surface as per plans and details.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 02791 - 2
D. The trained applicator shall verify that the proposed substrate is acceptable for the application of the
protective surfacing.
1.07
DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver all materials in original unopened packages with labels intact. All components are factory
labeled by batch number. Check batch number prior to use. NOTE: VITRITURF Binder and
VITRITURF Primer have a shelf life of six (6) months. Check all granules of similar colors to ensure
they are exactly the same prior to use. Read material safety data sheets carefully prior to opening
containers. Wear protective clothing and eye gear.
B. All VITRITURF materials must be stored indoors, in cool dry storage.
1. VITRITURF Primer and Binder: must be protected from moisture and heat. Store at 40 F to 80 F
and out of direct sunlight.
2. VITRITURF Granules: must be protected from moisture – store out of sunlight.
1.08
JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Protect adjacent materials and playground surfacing during installation while curing and/or unattended
from weather and other damage.
1.09
WARRANTY:
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of protective
surfacing that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Impact Attenuation: Critical fall height tested according to ASTM F 1292.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
B. Accessibility Standard: Minimum surfacing performance according to ASTM F 1951.
2.02
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING:
A. Description: Manufacturer's standard, site-mixed and applied, single-layer material in thickness as
required, tested for impact attenuation according to ASTM F 1292 and for accessibility according to
ASTM F 1951. Tested for nonslip characteristics under ASTM-E303, ease of ignition under BS-5696
and ASTM-D-2859 for fire resistance under UL94.
1. Playground protective surfacing shall be Vitriturf- V10 System, as manufactured by Hanover
Specialties, Inc., 35 Feldland Street, Bohemia, NY 11716 (631)231-1300. www.vitriturf.com
2.03
MATERIALS:
A. VITRITURF Primer: A single component moisture cured polyurethane primer.
B. VITRITURF BINDER: A proprietary, elastic Polyurethane Pre-Polymer, MDI based. Extremely low
odor, capable of excellent weathering and binding characteristics. Binder shall contain no TDI
Monomers.
C. VITRITURF Black SBR or Base Mat: Shall be recycled SBR Rubber, shall be cryogenically
processed, be chopped to 1-3mm or 3/8"shredded granules and contain less than 4% dust and shall be
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 02791 - 3
packed in suitable bags to protect SBR from moisture.
Base Mat- A combination of post consumer, non-tire shredded rubber with various sizings. The Base
Mat shall be granular in appearance and provide for a flat base for the Vitriturf V-10 Wearing Course.
D. VITRITURF V-10 EPDM Rubber: A man-made rubber containing minimum of 30% EPDM and
having a density of 1.5-0.05.
1. Is available in assorted colors and available in three sizes: 1-3mm, 0.5-1.5mm and 0.40-08mm
(dust). A predetermined combination of sizes from Hanover Specialities Inc. will ensure proper
wearing course to meet the requirements for issuance of TEN Year Warranty.
E. MIXING AND PREPARATION: A. Mixture of binder/EPDM or binder/SBR will be determined by
the system which is specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION:
A. Prepare substrates to receive surfacing products according to protective surfacing manufacturer's
written instructions.
1. Repair: Fill holes and depressions in unsatisfactory surfaces with leveling and patching material.
2. Terminal Edges: Saw cut concrete for terminal edges of protective surfacing.
3. Prior to application of VITRITURF System the Substrates shall be examined for compliance with
the contract documents of VITRITURF specifications. The General Contractor and Architect shall
be advised of all discrepancies. Work shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are
corrected.
3.02
INSTALLATION OF SEAMLESS SURFACING:
B. Mix and apply components of seamless surfacing according to manufacturer's written instructions to
produce uniform, monolithic, and impact-attenuating protective surfacing of required overall thickness.
C. VITRITURF Playground System
1. VITRITURF Primer Apply primer with a short nap roller at a rate of 300 sq. ft. per gallon.
2. VITRITURF SBR Base Mat a. Mix SBR to VITRITURF Binder in a ratio of 82/18 and spread
evenly at specified thickness. Compact and allow to dry for 24 hours.
3. VITRITURF Primer Apply VITRITURF Primer at the rate of 300 so. ft. per gallon.
4. VITRITURF V-10 Wearing Course
a. Mix EPDM to VITRITURF Binder in a ratio of 82/18
b. Apply with a steel trowel
1. For compacting: Lubricate trowel with diesel fuel or soapy water.
2. For finishing: Spray a light mist of water on surface and trowel smooth.
Apply at a minimum of 1”
3.4
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Retain "Testing Agency" Paragraph below to identify who shall perform tests. If retaining second
option below, retain "Field quality-control reports" Paragraph in "Informational Submittals" Article.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 02791 - 4
B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests.
C. Retain "Perform the following tests" Paragraph below to require Contractor to perform tests.
D. Perform the following tests with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative:
1. Perform "Installed Surface Performance Test" according to ASTM F 1292 for each protective
surfacing type and thickness in each playground area.
E. See Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and
Section 017300 "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work.
F. Playground protective surfacing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-1
SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the irrigation work, complete,
as indicated on the Drawings and as specified.
WORK INCLUDED:
B. The completed and proper construction of the landscape irrigation system including, but not
limited to:
1. All at grade piping, including: mains, laterals, fittings, connections, tees, risers, clamps,
and swing joints.
2. All control, gate, globe, pressure reducing, quick coupling and other valves including:
valve boxes, markers, connections, operators and other accessories.
3. Complete automatic control system as shown on plans: including controllers, control
wiring connections and electrical supply.
4. All rotating and stationary sprinkler heads including: proper nozzles as called for herein
and shown on the plans and all other appurtenances and accessories for proper operations.
5. Connections of piping to supply sources as shown on the plans.
6 . All excavation, site-work, relocation or replacement of utilities, backfill and restoration of
all disturbed areas.
7 . Provide complete and operable system for the irrigation of all areas to be landscaped on
the project site. The plans and these specifications are intended to include all items
obviously necessary and requisite for the proper irrigation of the project. This in no way
relives the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish any additional labor, materials and
equipment required for a proper system.
8 . Adjust head location, type and size, and any other system components to comply with the
requirements of landscaping as actually installed.
9. Supply, deliver, store, and protect all equipment and materials including pipe and fittings,
sprinkler heads, valves, controllers, wire, and all other component parts necessary for the
installation of a fully automatic irrigation system as indicated in the plans and
specifications.
10. Provide adequate security of materials on site.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. All applicable ANSI, AWWA, and ASTM Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building
codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for constructing the system in complete accordance with all
local codes, ordinances and laws. Any modification made to conform with said codes, laws, and
ordinances shall be completed at the Contractor's expenses with no additional compensation allowed.
C. Protection of Existing Plants and Site Conditions: The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to
protect site conditions to remain. Should damages be incurred, this Contractor shall repair the
damage to its original condition at his own expense.
D. Permits and Fees: Obtain all permits and pay required fees to any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the work. Inspection required by local ordinances during the course of construction
shall be arranged as required. On completion of the work, satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to
Architect to show that all work has been installed in accordance with the ordinances and code
requirements.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-2
E. The Contractor shall provide full coverage in all irrigated areas and shall be responsible for
additional heads and components as required, installed at his own cost.
F. Workmanship: All work shall be installed by skilled personnel, proficient in the trades required, in a
neat, orderly, and responsible manner with recognized standards of workmanship. The Contractor
shall have had considerable experience and demonstrated ability in the installation of sprinkler
irrigation systems of this type.
G. Work shall be guaranteed for one year from date of acceptance against all defects in material,
equipment and workmanship. Repairs if required shall be done promptly.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit Shop Drawings of irrigation system equipment indication details of construction including
fitting and materials. Where appropriate, and when approved by the Architect, manufacturer's
product data may be substituted for shop Drawings.
B. Provide manufacturer's warranties as applicable.
C. After completion of installation, furnish complete as-built reproducibles showing locations of all
sprinkler heads, valves, drains, and piping to scale, with dimensions where required or necessary, to
show vertical and horizontal deviations from the bid documents made during construction affecting
but not limited to the mainline pipe, controller locations, remote control valves, quick-coupling
valves and all sprinkler heads. The Drawings shall also indicate and show approved substitutions of
size, material and manufacturer's name and catalog number. All piping shall be dimensioned and
drawn to scale. Remote control valves and isolation valves shall have two (2) measurements from
fixed objects. Provide two copies of the drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PVC PIPING:
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) plastic pipe shall be virgin, high impact, and shall be continuously and
permanently marked with the following information: Manufacturer's name, pipe size, schedule or
type of pipe and material. Pipe shall conform to U.S. Department of Commerce Commercial
Standard CS 207-60 or latest revision.
B. Main lines, sleeves, laterals, conduits and risers shall be SCH 40 PVC conforming to ASTM D,
1785.
2.02 GALVANIZED PIPE:
A. Pipe installed above grade shall be galvanized painted steel conforming to ASTM A.120 Schedule
40.
2.03 FITTINGS:
A. PVC fittings shall be SCH 40, Type 1, and must be of domestic manufacture. Fittings shall be
identified according to pressure rating or schedule.
B. Galvanized fittings shall be malleable iron screwed fittings conforming to ANSI B. 16.3.
2.04 SWING JOINTS AND RISERS:
A. Shrub heads shall be installed on 1/2" SCH 40 PVC Risers which shall be painted black.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-3
B. Pop-up spray heads shall be installed on PVC swing joints.
2.05
A. All sprinkler heads shall be as manufactured by Rainbird, Inc. or approved equal. The manufacturer
shall guarantee all sprinklers and components for not less than one (1) year from installation,
warranted against all defects in normal material and workmanship.
SPRINKLER HEADS:
B. Shrub Spray Heads (PA- Series) shall be of the fixed spray type designed for in ground installation.
The sprinkler shall be capable of covering up to a fifteen-foot radius at 25 P.S.I.
1. The sprinkler shall be available with a 4-, 6-, or 12-inch (10-, 15-, or 30-cm) pop-up stroke,
depending on the body specified, to bring the nozzle into a clean environment. The sprinkler shall
have the option of either a factory-installed or field-installed drain check valve capable of checking
up to 7 feet (2.1 m) in elevation change. When specified as factory-installed, the sprinkler shall
have the words “CHECK VALVE” stamped in white lettering on the body cap.
2. The body of the sprinkler shall be constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant, heavy-duty A.B.S.
The riser of the sprinkler shall be constructed of abrasion and UV-resistant A.B.S. and shall be
adjustable for pattern alignment. The riser shall be compatible with female threaded nozzles and
shall have a stainless steel spring for positive retraction when irrigation is complete.
3. The sprinkler shall have a factory-installed, removable flush cap with a pull-up tab that shall
prevent debris from entering the sprinkler during installation and allow the system to be flushed
before installing the nozzle. The flush cap shall have a directional flushing action that allows the
water to escape only in one direction. The flush cap shall open as the stem extends and completely
close when the stem is in the retracted position.
C. Pop-up Spray Heads (1812 Series) Pop-up Spray Heads (6", 12” ): The sprinkler shall be Rainbird Series
1806 SAM, 1812 or approved equal meeting the following criteria:
1. The sprinkler shall be of the fixed spray type designed for in ground installation. The sprinkler
shall be capable of covering 10-15 feet at 30 PSI.
2. The sprinkler shall contain a “ Seal a Matic” check valve to prevent low head drainage up to 10
feet of head.
3. The sprinkler shall have a plug which will prevent debris from clogging the sprinkler during
installation and allow for the system to be flushed before nozzling. The plug shall be
constructed of poly propelene material.
4. The sprinkle body, stem, nozzle and screen shall be constructed of heavy-duty, ultra-violet
resistant plastic. It shall have a heavy duty stainless steel retract spring for positive pop-down
and a ratcheting system for easy alignment of the pattern.
5. Coverage shall be either full or part circle. The part circle coverage shall be available in arcs of
90, 120, 180, 240, and 270 degrees or adjustable part circle. Also included shall be special
patterns including an end strip and center strip nozzle configuration. All nozzles shall be of
matched precipitation rate ( MPR).
6. The nozzle shall contain and accept the non-clogging 1800 series filter screen to allow for radius
adjustment. The radius adjustment screw shall be of stainless steel.
D. Pop-Up Rotary Heads: (Rainbird 5000 Plus Series or approved equal)
1. The full and part circle sprinkler shall be a single stream- water lubricated gear drive type capable
of covering 37-47 feet at 45 psi at a discharge rate of 2 to 6 gpm.
2. The sprinkler shall have a flow shut-off device that is integrated to the flow path of the rotor and a
adjustable arc coverage of 40 to 360 degrees. Arc adjustment shall be performed with or without
the sprinkler in operation and shall require only a flat-blade screwdriver.
3. The sprinkler shall have a pressure activated multi-function wiper seal that positively seals against
the pop-up stem to keep debris out of the rotor and to clean debris from the pop-up stem as it
retracts.
4. The sprinkler shall have a screen installed in the pop-up stem to filter inlet water, protect the drive
from clogging and to simplify removal for cleaning and flushing of the system.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-4
5. The sprinkler shall have a strong stainless steel retract spring for positive pop-down.
6. The sprinkler shall have twelve-interchangeable nozzles. All nozzles shall contain “ Micro Ramp”
for superior close in watering. The stainless steel adjusting screw shall be capable of reducing the
radius up to 25%.
2.06 PLASTIC ELECTRIC VALVES:
A. Series and manufacturer
1. Rainbird manufacturer.
2. PEB Series Valves
B. The PEB electrically remote control valve shall be a normally closed 24 VAC solenoid actuated globe
pattern design. The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 200 PSI. The valve body shall be
constructed of heavy-duty glass filled UV-resistant nylon and have stainless steel studs and flange nuts;
diaphragm shall be of nylon reinforced nitrile rubber. The valve shall house a fully-encapsulated, one
piece solenoid. The solenoid shall have a captured plunger with a removable retainer for easy servicing
and a leverage handle for easy turning.
C. Valves shall have both internal and external manual open/close control ( internal and external bleed) to
manually open and close the valve without electrically energizing the solenoid. The valve’s internal bleed
shall prevent flooding of the valve box. All valves shall have a brass flow control stem for accurate
manual regulation and or shut-off of outlet flow. The valves shall have a self cleaning stainless steel
screen designed for use in dirty water applications. The valves construction shall be such as to provide
for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
2.07 VALVE BOXES:
A. Valve boxes for electric and manual valves shall be Ametek plastic boxes or approved equal with
green covers and designed for installation with irrigation systems. The valve box shall be large
enough to provide at least 2" of clearance around all valve parts. The word "irrigation" shall be
imprinted in the valve box cover. Each valve box shall have a cover with an anti-theft mechanism.
B. Valve boxes shall be installed flush with the finished grade as detailed on the drawings. Contractor
shall assure percolation beneath the valve box by appropriate means.
2.08 ELECTRICAL CONTROLLERS- Existing:
A. Existing- Rainbird ESP Series
B. The sprinkler controllers shall provide for a complete automatic operation of the sprinkler system.
2.09 IRRIGATION CONTROL WIRE:
A. All electrical control and ground wire shall be irrigation control cable. All wiring to be used for
connecting the automatic remote control valves to the automatic independent station controllers shall
be Type "UF," 600_volt, solid copper, single conductor wire with PVC insulation and bear UL
approval for direct underground burial feeder cable.
B. Insulation shall be 4/64" thick minimum covering of an approved thermoplastic compound for
positive waterproof protection of sizes AWG 18 through and including 10. AWG size 8 through 00
shall be insulated with 5/64" of the approved thermoplastic compound.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-5
C. Verification of wire types and installation procedures shall be checked with and made to conform to
local codes. Wires shall be color-coded and have different color or stripes for each zone control wire
between controller and valve.
2.10 GATE VALVES:
A. Gate valves shall be 150 Lb. Brass with non-rising stem, and shall be manufactured by Crane or
approved equal.
2.11 PAINT:
A. Exterior alkyd enamel, flat black or approved equal shall be use on all above ground PVC risers and
other designated irrigation equipment. Contractor shall provide paint sample to Architect for
approval prior to execution of painting.
2.12 WATER CONSERVATION EQUIPMENT- Existing:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. Layout of Mains and Laterals: Layout sprinkler main lines and perform line adjustments and site
modification to lateral prior to excavation.
B. Layout of Sprinkler Heads: Stake sprinkler head locations and check for uniformity of coverage and
correctness of pattern.
C. Valve Location: Locate valves to assure ease of access for maintenance and that no physical
interference with other elements of the project exists. Align valves parallel to each other in manifold
systems.
D. Furnish temporary support, adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and surface
utilities, structures, drains, sewers, and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the work.
E. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduit,
ducts, pipe branch connections to sewer mains, main drains, water services, etc., the obstruction
shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor in
cooperation with the owner of such utility.
1. No deviation from the required line or grade shall be made without the written direction of the
Owner.
3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION:
A. The Contractor shall stake out the location of each run of pipe, sprinkler heads, and valves prior to
trenching. Contractor shall refer and comply to the Trench Safety Act in General Conditions, prior
to any excavation.
B. Excavation shall be unclassified and shall include all materials whatsoever encountered in the
excavation of trenches for pipe installation. The trench shall be of sufficient width and depth for
installation of the pipe as indicated herein. The Contractor shall cause minimum disturbance to all
existing conditions wherever possible; the Contractor shall bore under existing pavement and
sidewalks rather than cut and restore. No pavement shall be cut without the Architects permission.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-6
C. Pipe shall be delivered and stored on the job site with suitable protection against any damage to pipe
and fittings.
D. Trenches shall be made wide enough to allow a minimum of 6 inches between parallel pipelines.
Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. No lateral line shall be installed
directly over another. No lateral line shall be installed in the main line trench. Trenches for
pipelines shall be made of sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as
follows:
1. 24 in. minimum cover over main lines and laterals routed under pavement.
2. 24 in. Minimum cover over main lines and 12" minimum cover over laterals.
3. 15 in. minimum cover over control wires from controllers to valves.
4. 24 in. minimum cover for pipe under vehicular use areas or roads.
5. Allow for sufficient width of excavating and working in trenches made in soft soil.
E. The pipe and fittings shall be carefully inspected before installation of the trench. All rocks over
1 in. diameter and unsuitable bearing materials shall be removed from trench in strict accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Solvent welded joints shall be made only on clean, dry, square cut, smooth pipe sections.
Fittings shall be "dry" tested for proper size before solvent is applied. The assembly shall
proceed in strict accordance with recommended procedures furnished by the manufacturer.
2. Solvent welded pipe sections shall be "snaked" from side to side in the trench to prevent joint
rupture due to thermal contraction.
3. Pipe openings shall be plugged during construction to prevent entrance of foreign materials.
F. Place pipe to be installed under roadways, sidewalks, walls, stairs or other hardscape areas, in SCH
40 PVC sleeve which had an inside diameter of not less than one inch larger than the outside of the
pipe or the combined outside diameter of pipes installed. All sleeves shall be buried a minimum of
24" beneath all hardsurfaces and extend a minimum of 24" beyond hardsurface areas. Run irrigation
piping and electrical conduit sleeves in same trench with a minimum of 6" separation. Irrigation
Contractor shall coordinate with General Contractor so that installation of sleeves precedes
hardsurface installation.
G. Backfill shall be carefully placed to avoid pipe dislocation. Backfill material shall be free of rocks,
stumps, roots and other unsuitable material. In planting areas, the top 6 in. shall be suitable planting
soil. If existing fill is not suitable contractor shall use clean sand. Backfill shall be placed in 6 in.
lifts and shall be thoroughly compacted, except in planting area where planting soil is used. Backfill
under pavement or sidewalks shall be compacted to 98% of maximum AASHTO T 180 density. The
surface of backfilled trenches shall be even with the surrounding ground surface.
3.03 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION:
A. Contractor shall be responsible for the exact location of all sprinkler heads, acknowledging that the
plans are schematic in nature. The Contractor shall accordingly place all sprinkler heads, adjust all
nozzles, spray patterns, and make whatever other adjustments that may be required to give the
landscaped areas full, complete, and proper coverage and distributions, and to meet all
manufacturer's requirements. The Contractor shall make all such adjustments and additions solely at
his/hers expense.
B. Shrub spray sprinklers shall be installed on SCH 40 PVC risers as shown in the detailed drawings.
Each sprinkler shall be installed within plant masses to be concealed from view. Shrub sprinklers
shall be installed 12" away from adjacent curbs, sidewalks, fences, buildings, or edge of paving for
protection.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-7
C. Pop-up sprinklers shall be installed on swing joints as shown in detailed drawings. Each sprinkler
head shall be installed so that the top is slightly above the finish grade level. Backfill around swing
joints and sprinklers shall be clean and free of large rocks, root or foreign debris. If existing fill is
not suitable contractor shall use clean sand. Sprinkler elevations shall be properly maintained to
eliminate the chance of injury to the public.
D. Pop-up spray sprinklers located adjacent curbs sidewalks, fences, buildings or edges of paving shall
be installed 6 in. from back of curb, sidewalk, buildings or paving.
E. Rotary Sprinklers
3.04
D. Wire shall be color coded to facilitate troubleshooting.
CONTROL WIRE INSTALLATION:
A. Install control wires at least 15 in. below finish grade and lay to the side of the main line. Provide a
minimum of 24 in. of looped wire slack at valves and snake wires in trench to allow for contraction
of wires. Tie color-coded wires in bundles at 10 ft. intervals.
B. All underground splices shall be made at electric valves in valve boxes. Solder splices and coat with
elastomeric waterproof cement. Wrap with electrical tape and coat again with elastomeric
waterproof cement.
C. All wire shall be encased in SCH 40 PVC conduit. Installation procedures must conform to local
codes.
3.05 AUTOMATIC VALVES:
A. All automatic valves shall be installed in a valve box and shall be arranged for easy adjustment and
removal. A union shall be installed on the downstream side. Valve boxes shall be installed flush
with grade and shall contain a minimum of ten inches of coarse gravel under the valve itself.
Contractor shall insure percolation through the box. Valves with pressure regulating feature shall be
set at pressured indicated on the drawing.
3.06 GATE VALVES:
A. Gate valves shall be installed in accordance with local codes and arranged in valve box for easy
adjustment and removal.
3.07 VALVE BOXES:
A. Valve boxes shall be installed so the top of the box is at finished grade and parallel to adjacent
boxes, curbs and walks.
B. Proper drainage material shall be provided for each box.
3.08
B. Cleaning and pressure testing: Flush irrigation system with water to clear lines of foreign materials
after system assembly is complete and prior to installation of sprinkler heads. Cap and plug outlets
TESTING AND INSPECTION:
A. The Contractor shall notify Architect and Owner 72 hrs. in advance of testing.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IRRIGATION 02810-8
and fill lines with water. Pressurize assembly to 100 P.S.I. and shut off pump. System shall hold at
100 P.S.I. for one hour at no loss of pressure. Joints, tees, elbows, caps and connections shall be left
uncovered during this test. Main line sections of solid unbroken pipe should be buried at intervals
adequate to secure stabilization of pipe runs when pressurized. If necessary, repair leaks and re-test
assembly until satisfactory. Install sprinkler heads after approval of test results.
C. Final inspection shall be made when the complete system is in place, operable, and all repairs,
additions, adjustments, and other work is complete. At such time, the Contractor shall adequately
demonstrate the proper operation of the system, shall show the system's complete conformance with
the plans and specifications, and demonstrate that the irrigation system gives proper and adequate
coverage of all landscaped areas.
D. Acceptance by the Architect and/or Owner in no way removes the Contractor of his/her
responsibility to make further repairs, corrections and adjustments to eliminate any deficiencies
which may later be discovered. Moreover, the Contractor shall fully honor the one-year warranty
outlined herein.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES 02881 - 1
SECTION 02881 - PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A. Section includes playground equipment as follows:
SUMMARY
1. Freestanding playground equipment.
2. Composite playground equipment.
1.02
A. Definitions in ASTM F 1487 apply to Work of this Section.
DEFINITIONS:
B. IPEMA: International Play Equipment Manufacturers Association.
1.03
PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS:
A. Preinstallation Conference: Contractor shall schedule a pre-installation conference at Samson
Park, with Landscape Architect, Engineer and Owner, prior to installation.
1.04
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For each type of playground equipment.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2. Include fall heights and use zones for playground equipment, coordinated with the critical-height
values of protective surfacing specified in Section 321816.13 "Playground Protective Surfacing."
C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
1.05
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
A. Product certificates.
1. ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Certifications
2. IPEMA Certified
3. ASTM published "Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specifications for Playground
Equipment for Public Use," designation F1487-93.
1.06
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
A. Maintenance data.
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved
by manufacturer. Installer have minimum of 7 years of experience installing playgrounds in South
Florida.
1.08
WARRANTY:
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of playground equipment that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
B. 100-Year Limited Warranty: On all PlayBooster®, PlayShaper® and PlaySense® aluminum posts,
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES 02881 - 2
stainless steel fasteners, clamps, beams and caps against structural failure due to corrosion/natural
deterioration or manufacturing defects, and on PlayBooster, Evos® and Weevos® steel posts and
arches against structural failure due to material or manufacturing defects.
C. 15-Year Limited Warranty: On all plastic components (including TuffTimbers™ edging), all steel
components (except 100-year steel posts), Mobius® climbers, decks and TenderTuff™ coatings
(except Wiggle Ladders, Chain Ladders and Swing Chain) against structural failure due to material or
manufacturing defects. TuffTurf® tiles against material or manufacturing defects.
D. 10-Year Limited Warranty: On concrete products against structural failure due to natural
deterioration or manufacturing defects. Does not cover minor chips, hairline cracks or efflorescence.
E. 8-Year Limited Warranty: On Aeronet® climbers and climbing cables against defects in materials or
manufacturing defects. On CoolToppers® fabric against failure from significant fading, deterioration,
breakdown, mildew, outdoor heat, cold or discoloration. This warranty is limited to the design loads as
stated in the specifications found in the technical information.
F. 5-Year Limited Warranty: On PebbleFlex® surfacing system against failure due to delamination,
manufacturing defects, installation services provided by Landscape Structures Inc. and impact
attenuation.
G. 3-Year Limited Warranty: On all other parts, i.e.: Pulse™ products, CableCore® products, all swing
seats and hangers, Mobius climber handholds, Wiggle Ladders, Chain Ladders and ProGuard™ Swing
Chain, Track Ride trolleys and bumpers, all rocking equipment including Sway Fun® gliders, PVC
belting material, HealthBeat® resistance mechanism, Seesaws, Wiggle Ring Bridge, etc., against
failure due to corrosion/natural deterioration or manufacturing defects.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Safety Standard: Provide playground equipment according to ASTM F 1487-93.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
B. Playground equipment and components shall have the IPEMA Certification Seal. All Playground
components shall be manufactured by Landscape Structures, Inc., 601 7th Street South, Delano, MN
55328. Phone (888) 438-6574.
C. The following playground equipment and components shall have the IPEMA Certification Seal:
1. 3-Panel Mobius Climber Product Number 150635
2. Saddle Spinner Product Number 152179
3. Stand up Spinners Product Number 155077
4. Smart Play Motion Product Number 3882
5. Playbooster Product Number 3867.
2.02
A. Paragraphs below are examples of freestanding equipment and are not intended to be all-
PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT
inclusive.
B. Copy paragraphs below and re-edit for each product.
C. Insert drawing designation. Use these designations on Drawings to identify each product.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES 02881 - 3
D. Colors: Color for equipment shall be selected by Landscape Architect and Owner. Contractor
to submit color charts and samples for review and selection.
2.03
A. Revise this article to suit Project.
MATERIALS:
B. Aluminum: Material, alloy, and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and
finish indicated.
C. Steel: Hot-dip galvanized.
D. Stainless-Steel Sheet: Type 304; finished on exposed faces with No. 2B finish.
E. Opaque Plastics: Color impregnated, UV stabilized, and mold resistant.
F. Transparent Plastic: Abrasion-resistant, UV-stabilized polycarbonate sheet; clear; not less
than 3/16 inch thick.
G. Iron Castings and Hangers: Malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510, hot-dip
galvanized.
H. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard; commercial-quality; corrosion-resistant; hot-dip
galvanized steel and iron, stainless steel, or aluminum; of a vandal-resistant design.
I. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard; corrosion-resistant; hot-dip galvanized or zinc-plated
steel and iron, or stainless steel; permanently capped; and theft resistant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION:
A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for each equipment type unless more
stringent requirements are indicated. Anchor playground equipment securely, positioned at locations
and elevations indicated.
1. Maximum Equipment Height: Coordinate installed fall heights of equipment with finished elevations
and critical-height values of protective surfacing. Set equipment so fall heights and elevation
requirements for age group use and accessibility are within required limits. Verify that playground
equipment elevations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment.
3.02
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Retain "Testing Agency" Paragraph below to identify who shall perform tests and inspections. If
retaining second option in "Testing Agency" Paragraph, retain "Field quality-control reports"
Paragraph in "Informational Submittals" Article.
B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
C. Retain "Perform the following tests and inspections" Paragraph below to require Contractor to perform
tests and inspections.
D. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service
representative.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES 02881 - 4
1. Perform inspection and testing for each type of installed playground equipment according to
ASTM F 1487-93.
E. Playground equipment items will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
F. Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TREE RELOCATION 02910-1
SECTION 02910 - TREE RELOCATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A. Section Includes: Labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the tree relocation work.
SUMMARY:
B. Related Section:
1. 02931 – Tree Protection
2. 02950 – Trees, Plants and Groundcovers
1.02
REFERENCES:
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Z60.1 American Standard for Nursery Stock.
B. Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services: “Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants”,
latest edition.
C. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA)
D. IFAS Extension – University of Florida – “Transplanting Palms” - Alan W. Meerow and Timothy K.
Broschat.
1.03 DESCRIPTION
:
A. Relocate existing trees and/or palms to a proposed location.
B. Remove other vegetation as necessary and as directed by the A/E to accommodate new plantings. Prepare
areas to be planted according to Section 02950.
C. Resulting tree pits of relocated material shall be backfilled with clean fill and brought back flush with
surrounding grade, unless the pits are to be immediately replanted. Stabilize grade if required. Correct
problems caused by erosion, wind, etc., in the reclaimed area. Pits to be quickly replanted shall be
surrounded by safety barricades to prevent accidental falls into pits.
1. In areas where new plant material will replace relocated plant material, appropriate planting soil
mix shall be used as backfill.
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit a list of equipment, procedure, and labor force anticipated for use for tree relocation for approval by
the A/E.
B. Submit a schedule by day indicating units to be dug and relocated. Note materials requiring root pruning,
and that the relocation schedule is to begin at the end of the specified root pruning period.
C. Obtain permits required by authority having jurisdiction.
D. Submit written certification that trees indicated to remain have been protected during the course of
construction according to Section 02931. Certify that where damage did occur:
1. Trees were promptly and properly treated.
2. Indicate which damaged trees (if any) are incapable of retaining full growth potential and are
recommended to be replaced.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TREE RELOCATION 02910-2
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. The Contractor's crew used for the relocation of existing trees shall have minimum 10 years experience in
relocation of existing plant materials and be recognized by the American Association of Nurserymen.
B. Unless otherwise specified, tree transplanting shall comply with TCIA.
C. Comply with American National Standards Institute A-300 standard, 2001 for pruning and removing
branches from trees to remain to clear of new construction and for relocation.
D. Canopy pruning should only be done as needed to facilitate the move (for logistics only) and it should be
minimal. No topping or cutting back. However, in some species, stripping of the leaves is still
done/recommended, i.e. yellow tabs and cabbage palms (pruning), to reduce evapo transpiration rates.
E. Perform tree repair work for damage incurred by new construction.
F. Provide routine progress evaluation reports on relocated trees until the end of the maintenance period.
G. Evaluate existing trees and verify trees are free of disease and ready to survive relocation from the site to
their new location on-site or off-site.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
:
A. Properly handle trees and palms during moving so trunks will not be scarred or damaged and to avoid
broken limbs. Broken limbs not causing the tree to be rejected shall be repaired as follows:
1. Properly prune dead, dying, or damaged branches with clean, sharp equipment.
2. Remove injured bark and wood of a tree would with a clean, sharp knife to a point where
healthy bark and wood make contact at their margins.
3. Inspect and treat wound for insect and disease.
4. Seal wounds with bituminous base wound paint for all oak limbs greater than 3 inch diameter.
B. Transport trees on vehicles of adequate size to prevent overcrowding, broken limbs, foliage damage, or root
ball damage.
C. Keep root balls moist during relocation.
D. Protect tree crowns with shade cloth to prevent desiccation and wind burn. Crowns shall be periodically
sprayed with water to help ensure against desiccation.
E. Handle plant material only in ways and means accepted by the landscaping industry and accepted by the
A/E.
F. Plant material shall be planted the same day it is dug. Coordinate preparation of planting pits or beds to
ensure this schedule.
1.07
MAINTENANCE:
A. Maintain relocated plant materials immediately after each item is planted and continued until the 90 day
watering period is completed, upon which time the Owner will take over maintenance of materials following
procedures and recommendations of contractor and specifications.
B. During the maintenance period, maintain relocated plant materials according to procedures described in
Section 02950.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TREE RELOCATION 02910-3
1.08
WARRANTY:
A. All relocated plant material shall be guaranteed for a period of one year.
1. For relocated trees or palms that die, replace their canopy area with new trees in accordance
with the requirements of the Department of Environmental Resource Management
(DERM)
B. Repair damage to other plants and lawn or construction work within the relocation area during tree
transplantation at no cost to the Owner. This includes, but is not limited to, damage to curbs, walks, roads,
fences, site furnishings, etc.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS:
A. Topsoil, planting soil, mulch, staking, and guying, shall be as specified in section 02950.
B. Fill materials shall be as specified in Section 02950.
2.02
FERTILIZER:
A. Minor Element Mix shall be “Micro Mix” liquid as produced by Lesco, Inc., to be diluted at a rate of 1
gallon per 100 gallons of water and applied at a rate of 50 gallons per 1000 square feet of canopy, or “Iron
Roots” applied as per manufacturer’s instructions, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION PRIOR TO TRANSPLANTING:
B. Crown Pruning
1. Crown pruning shall be completed a minimum of 14 days prior to root pruning. Pruning technique
shall be as follows:
a. Broadleaf Trees shall be trimmed by thinning the crown only, and not reducing the crown
dimensions, unless directed by Landscape Architect. Interior suckers growth and dead wood
shall be first removed, followed by selective pruning of branches and limbs. Limbs that cross
through the tree crown shall be removed before other limbs are removed. Pruning shall not
destroy the form of the tree. All cuts shall be made flush, smooth and contoured to the tree
limbs or trunk.
b. Sabal Palms: Remove all seed pods and all fronds, as in a hurricane cut. Trim all boots to a
clean and regular pattern, no more than 3" from trunk.
c. Coconut palms: Remove all fruits, seed pods and all but the 7 youngest fronds. Tie
remaining fronds with untreated cotton twine or burlap straps.
d. Washingtonia Palms: Remove all seed pods and lowest fronds as required to leave the 12
newest. Trim all boots to a clean regular pattern.
e. Royal Palms: Remove all seed pods and all fronds hanging below the horizontal plane.
2. Repair any existing injuries to tree including cavities and machinery marks.
3. Notice shall be given to the Landscape Architect 48 hours before pruning is carried out.
B. Watering and Fertilization
1. Clear the root ball area of all foreign material, trash, etc. to expose undisturbed soil.
2. Trees shall be deep injection fertilized within 24 hours after crown pruning, a minimum of 10 days
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TREE RELOCATION 02910-4
prior to root pruning. Specified liquid fertilizer shall be used and applied at the concentration and
application rates stated herein.
3. Mix suspendable powdered fertilizer and minor element mix to produce a single fluid with each
component included at the specified concentration. Inject into root zone within the limits of proposed
rootball at the rate of 50 gallons fluid per 1,000 square feet of tree canopy, using only approved spray
equipment.
4. Trees to be root pruned shall be watered two weeks prior to root severance. During this period, the
soil moisture in the root zone shall be maintained at an optimum level for growth. This is interpreted
to mean that two (2) to three (3) inches shall be applied to the root zone ( 20-30 gallons per tree) each
week to achieve deep watering of the area.
C. Root Pruning
1. Beginning at least 8 – 12 weeks prior to tree relocation, the hardwood trees to be relocated
shall have their roots pruned such that the diameter of the root system is equal or greater than
0.75 foot for each 1 inch of trunk diameter.
2. Root pruning shall be performed in two operations, with two opposite sides pruned first and
then the remaining two sides pruned 4 to 6 weeks later.
3. Root ball depth shall be at least 36 inches. Allowances shall be made for field adjustments
regarding rootball size and depth.
4. Root pruning shall be performed using a stump-grinder or more refined equipment such that
cuts are clean, smooth and thorough without cuts or tears in the bark, wood or cambium.
5. Palms to be relocated may require root pruning depending on species, size and condition. Root
pruning, root ball size and other relevant factors to be determined by a Certified Arborist.
6. Trees growing in rocky soild shall be dug and relocated with the roots attached to a section of
native rock without separating them, such that the roots remain intact. Root pruning and
trenching shall be adjusted for this condition.
D. Backfilling Trench:
1. All trenches are to be backfilled with approved planting soil and flooded to remove air pockets. Fill
entire trench.
2. Re-establish a 6" berm, 12" outside the root pruning trench using excavated soil.
E. Bracing and Guying of Trees After Root Pruning: Bracing or guying at time of severing roots shall be
provided if required to support trees during the root regeneration period. Such work shall provide stability
and support to the extent that trees are maintained in a vertical position for duration of the root regeneration
period.
F. Mulching: Spread approved mulch 3" thick within the bermed area.
G. Watering After Root Pruning
1. Watering after root pruning shall be daily at high volume.
2. Watering shall be accomplished by a water truck, or by on-site water supply as required to provide
sufficient quantity and pressure.
3. Watering shall continue until the root generation period is over.
H. Root generation Period
1. 45 days minimum.
3.02
TRANSPLANTING OPERATION:
A. Transplanting shall consist of on-site or off-site transplanting of existing trees or palms from proposed
construction areas to permanent positions as noted on the drawings.
B. Digging, Wrapping, and Handling: Plants shall be dug and prepared for moving in a manner that will not
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TREE RELOCATION 02910-5
cause damage to branches, shape, root system, and development.
C. Balled and Burlapped Plants:
1. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with burlap or accepted cloth substitute.
2. No balled plant will be acceptable if the ball is cracked and broken or if the stem or trunk is
loose in the ball, either before or during transplanting.
3. Balled plants shall be lifted and handled from the bottom of the ball.
4. Transport plant material on vehicles of adequate size to prevent overcrowding, broken limbs,
foliage damage or root damage.
5. Root ball and foliage shall be kept moist during all phases of relocation.
6. Protect ball and deliver to the site, plant immediately, and water thoroughly.
D. Root Ball Size Chart: Refer to Section 3.1 Root Pruning for minimum root ball sizes.
3.03
PLANTING:
A. Relocated Material:
1. Relocated trees/palms shall be planted according to procedures described for new material, Section
02950. Verify final grades have been established before planting operations. Ensure proposed planting
pits drain by test-filling with water before transplantation.
2. Setting of Plants: All trees shall be centered in the hole as indicated in section 02950. During
backfilling, a hose with water running at a slow rate shall be used to "puddle in" the soil. Rod-in the
water-soil mix to assure that all air pockets are eliminated. If tree settles, Contractor must reset to
proper level.
3. Brace designated material according to procedures described for new plant materials, Section 02950.
4. Placement of Mulch: A 4" layer of mulch shall be placed around the base of the trees but not touching
the tree trunk. Trees shall have a blanket of mulch that covers the area of the planting pit. Where trees
are planted in masses, the total area below the tree group shall be mulched.
5. Feed with a diluted solution of N-P-K in solution form with a soil needle, providing water, air, and
nutrients.
3.04
WATERING:
A. Provide manual watering of relocated plant materials for 90 days. If used, after watering period, Contractor
shall be responsible for the complete removal of all temporary watering systems.
B. Following relocation, water trees daily for the first two weeks, every other day for the next three weeks, and
every third day for the balance of the three-month watering/maintenance period. Such watering shall
thoroughly saturate the root ball to its full depth.
C. For canopy trees that larger than 20' a temporary over head irrigation shall be installed as follows:
1. Each tree shall have a sprinkler head installed above the canopy using flexible tubing. Tubing can be
attached to trees with flex ties. Contractor shall submit shop drawings prior to beginning work.
3.05
CLEANING:
A. Cleaning up the Site:
1. Upon completion of the work, thoroughly clean up the project site.
2. In addition to removing equipment, unused materials, deleterious material, and surplus excavated
material, the Contractor shall fine grade all disturbed areas and the areas adjacent to the
transplanted material to provide a neat and uniform site.
3. All damaged or altered existing structures, as a result of the landscape work, shall be corrected.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 02931-1
SECTION 02931-TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes: Protection of existing trees and plants from damage because of Contractor’s
operations including, but not limited to:
1. Protection of existing natural woodlands.
2. Marking of clearing limits.
3. Vegetation protective signage.
4. Tree mass protection fencing.
5. Individual tree protection fencing.
6. Root pruning, construction pruning, and root protection.
B. Related Sections:
1. 02200 - Earthwork
2. 02950 – Trees, Plants and Groundcovers
1.02
SUBMITTALS:
A. Proposed methods and schedule for tree and plant protection.
B. Proposed methods, materials, and schedule for root pruning, construction pruning, and tree
fertilization.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
:
A. Comply with the most stringent applicable requirements of the following standards.
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Zl33.1 - Safety Requirements for Pruning,
Trimming, Repairing, Maintaining and Removing Trees, and for Cutting Brush.
2. International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) - Guide for Establishing Values of Trees and
Other Plants.
3. National Arborist Association (NAA) - Ref.1, Pruning Standards for Shade Trees.
4. International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) - Construction Management Guidelines.
B. Damaged Trees/Palms:
1. Trees scheduled to remain that are damaged during construction shall be replaced with
the canopy equivalency of the damaged tree at no expense to the City. Refer to the end of
this section for tree replacement form and acceptable replacement plant list.
a. Shrubs scheduled to remain that are damaged during construction shall be
replaced at no cost to the Owner. Replacements shall be of the same species and
variety as determined by the A/E. The total inch diameter of the replacement
shrubs shall be equal to the diameter of the shrubs to be replaced.
2. Do not store construction materials, debris or excavated material within drip line of
existing trees to remain.
3. Do not permit vehicles, equipment or foot traffic within drip line of trees.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
COMPONENTS:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 02931-2
A. Tree Mass Protection Fencing:
1. Tree mass protection fencing shall be 4 feet high 4 inch x 4 inch posts spaced 8 feet o.c.,
with 2 inch x 4 inch rails between bays.
2. Individual Tree Protection Fencing:
a. Individual tree protection fencing shall be 4 inch x 4 inch posts spaced 8 feet
o.c., with 2 inch x 4 inch rails between bays approximately 24 feet x 24 feet
centered on the tree trunk, to a height of approximately 5 feet.
3. Root Pruning:
a. Planting soil and mulch materials shall be as specified under Section 02950.
b. Liquid fertilizer applied to root pruned and construction pruned trees shall be
Peters M77 Sequestered-Chelated Soluble Fertilizer by W.R. Grace and Co.,
Cambridge, MA, or accepted equivalent.
c. Dormant oil spray shall be a dormant miscible spray, Volck Oil, by Ortho or
accepted equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION:
A. Tree Mass Protection Fencing:
1. Before start of demolition work and clearing and grubbing operations, tree protection
fencing shall be installed at all tree masses designated to be protected. Fencing shall be
installed a minimum of 15 feet beyond the drip line of trees to be protected, unless
otherwise accepted by the A/E.
B. Individual Tree Protection Fencing
1. Before start of demolition work and clearing and grubbing operations, tree protection
fencing shall be installed at all trees that are not in tree masses designated to be protected.
Fencing shall be installed a minimum of 15 feet beyond the drip line of trees to be
protected, unless otherwise accepted by the A/E.
C. Root Pruning:
1. Where construction will occur close to existing trees designated to remain, roots shall be
pruned. Proximity shall be as determined in the field by the A/E.
2. Root pruning is the physical cutting of tree roots to minimize root damage and promote
healing. Suitable means for root pruning include trenching, vibrating plow, or stump
grinder. Any method capable of tearing roots or disturbing the soil beyond the grading
limit is not allowed.
3. Root prune trees as noted to a depth of 24 inches by trencher, backhoe, or other approved
means.
4. Backfill root pruning trench with existing soil mixed with peat moss or well-rotted
sawdust to a mixture of approximately 75 percent soil and 25 percent humus. Tamp
lightly to set soil.
5. Apply mulch to a depth of 4 to 6 inches at minimum dripline radius around tree to reduce
compaction and increase moisture retention. Mulch depth shall be feathered to grade at
base of trunk.
D. Construction Pruning and Root Protection:
1. To compensate for root zone damage by cut or fill work, prune top of tree to approximate
percent of damaged root zone area.
2. Construction pruning shall consist of pruning the tree crown to compensate for root zone
damage due to construction operations. Construction pruning shall include a
fertilization/insecticide program.
3. Construction pruning shall comply with NAA Ref.1 for Class IV - Crown Reduction
Pruning and ANSI Zl33.1.
4. For those trees remaining within construction zone to be protected, apply mulch to a
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 02931-3
depth of 6 inches within dripline radius around tree to reduce compaction and increase
moisture retention. Mulch depth shall be feathered to grade at base of trunk. Remove
protection mulch after completion of work as specified.
E. Excavation within Tree Protection Area:
1. Do not excavate within drip line of trees to remain unless otherwise indicated.
2. Where excavation for any construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear
and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks, comb
soil to expose roots and clearly cut roots as close to excavation as possible.
3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.
4. Backfill with soil as soon as possible.
F. Fertilization and Insect Spraying:
1. Treat root pruned and construction pruned trees with liquid fertilizer, dormant oil spray,
and insecticide.
2. Liquid fertilizer shall be applied at a rate recommended by the manufacturer and as
required by NAA Ref.2.
3. Apply dormant oil spray, at a rate recommended by the manufacturer, in early spring
before buds begin to swell.
4. Apply insecticide spray twice to root pruned trees following application of dormant oil
spray. Spray insecticide at rates recommended by spray manufacturer at intervals
appropriate for effective insect control.
G. Clearing Within Protection Areas:
1. Selective clearing within tree protection areas shall only be performed when and as
directed by A/E.
H. Removal of Protection:
1. Except as otherwise indicated or requested by A/E, temporary protection devices and
facilities installed during course of the work shall be removed only after all work that
may injure or damage trees and plants is completed.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SODDING 02935-1
SECTION 02935-SODDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
WORK INCLUDED:
A. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment, services and included but not limited to all
related work to complete the Sodding work, as indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, or
both, except for items specifically indicated as "NIC ITEMS".
B. All areas within Limit of Work not covered by buildings, pavement, playgrounds, shrubs and
groundcover shall be sodded.
C. All sodded areas impacted by construction shall be repaired and replaced with new sod.
1.02
A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect the work of this Section. Other
Specifications Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include but are not limited to:
1. Section 02910, TREE RELOCATION
2. Section 02950, TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUNDCOVERS
RELATED WORK:
1.03
A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards. Where these standards conflict
with other specification requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern.
REFERENCES:
1. American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM):
D1557 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10
lb(4.54kg) Rammer and 18 in (457mm) Drop.
2. State of Florida Dept of Transportation (FDOT):
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
1.04
A. Test report of the topsoil shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect. Report shall include
recommendations on the type and quantity of additives required to achieve the required pH and
nutrients to maintain healthy growth of sod growth.
B. Certificates:
1. Growers certification:
a. St Augustine ‘Floratam’ species should be certified, including specification of field
location from which sod is cut.
b. Manufacturer's certification of fertilizer and herbicide composition.
C. Maintenance Instruction.
1. Prior to the end of the maintenance period, furnish two copies of written maintenance
instructions to the Owner and one copy to the Landscape Architect for maintenance and
care of the sod areas throughout a full growing season.
SUBMITTALS:
1.05
A. Testing Agency: An Independent Testing Laboratory.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Conform to the requirements of the State Department of
Agriculture.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SODDING 02935-2
1.06
A. Digging
1. Do not dig sod at the nursery or other approved source until ready to transport sod to the
Project site or approved storage location.
2. Cut sod to specified thickness and to standard width and length desired.
B. Transporting
1. Deliver sod on pallets. Protect sod against dehydration, contamination and heating during
transport and delivery. Sod transported to the Project in open vehicles shall be covered with
tarpaulins or other suitable covers securely fastened to the body of the vehicle to prevent
injury to the sod material and to protect root system from exposure to wind or sun. Closed
vehicles shall be adequately ventilated to prevent overheating of the sod. Evidence of
inadequate protection against drying out in transit shall be the cause for rejection.
2. Sod shall be kept moist, fresh, and protected at all times, under shade or covered with
moistening burlap. Such protection shall encompass the entire period during which the sod
is in transit, being handled, or in temporary storage. Do not pile sod more than 1 pallet
deep.
3. Upon arrival at the temporary storage location or the site of the work, sod shall be inspected
for proper shipping procedures. Should the roots be dried out, the Landscape Architect will
reject the sod. When sod has been rejected, the Contractor shall remove it at once from the
area of the work and replace it.
4. Unless otherwise authorized by the Landscape Architect, the Contractor shall notify the
Landscape Architect at least 48 hrs in advance of the anticipated delivery date of the sod
material. A legible copy of the invoice showing species and variety of the sod included for
each shipment shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect. Certificate of inspection,
when required must accompany each sod shipment.
C. Storage of Sod
1. Do not deliver more sod than can be installed within 24 hrs.
2. Sod shall be kept moist and stored in a compact group to prevent drying out.
D. Handling of Sod
1. Contractor shall take extreme care in the handling of sod material to avoid breaking,
stretching, tearing, and dropping strips. The Landscape Architect may reject sod that has
been damaged by poor handling.
DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1.07 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Begin installation of sodding only after the preceding related work is accepted.
B. Install sod during months acceptable to the Landscape Architect.
C. Do not install sod on saturated soil.
D. Protection: Erect signs and barriers against vehicular traffic over the areas prepared for sod.
:
1.08
A. The Landscape Architect will inspect all work for Substantial Completion upon written notice of
completion. The request shall be received at least ten calendar days before the anticipated date of
inspection.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SODDING 02935-3
B. Acceptance of material by the Landscape Architect will be for general conformance to specified
requirements and shall not diminish responsibility for full conformance with the Contract
Documents.
C. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the
Landscape Architect, the Landscape Architect will recommend to the Owner that the work of this
Section be accepted as Substantially Complete.
D. Sod areas will be accepted as substantially complete when in compliance with the following
conditions:
1. Roots are thoroughly knit to the soil;
2. Absence of visible joints;
3. All areas show a uniform stand of the specified grass in a healthy condition.
E. Acceptance in Part
1. The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner’s best interest to
do so, and when permission is given to the Contractor in writing to complete the work in
parts.
2. Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of this
Contract.
1.09
A. Guarantee sod for a period of three months after date of Substantial Completion.
B. Replacement sod under this guarantee shall be guaranteed for an additional three months from the
date of installation.
C. Repair any damage caused by sod replacement at no cost to the Owner.
GUARANTEE:
1.10
A. Sod shall be uniform in color, leaf texture, leaf and root density, and free from weeds, diseases,
and other visible imperfections at acceptance.
B. Guarantee does not cover damage as a result of fertilizers, pesticides, or other applications not
supervised by the Contractor or as a result of acts of God or vandalism.
QUALITY GUARANTEE:
1.11
A. Maintain sod as described in PART 3 of this section.
MAINTENANCE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SOD:
A. Sod shall be nursery grown on cultivated mineral agricultural soils. Sod shall have been mowed
regularly and carefully and otherwise maintained until harvest.
B. Grass Species: St. Augustine “ Floratam”
C. Thickness of cut: Sod shall be machine cut at a uniform soil thickness of 5/8 in. Measurement of
thickness shall exclude top growth and thatch.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SODDING 02935-4
D. Strip Size: Sod shall be cut to the supplier’s standard width and length. Maximum allowable
deviation from standard widths and lengths shall be plus or minus 1/2 in. on width and 5% on
length. Broken strips and torn or uneven ends will not be accepted.
E. Strength of Sod Strips: Sod strips shall be strong enough to support their own weight and retain
their size and shape if suspended vertically when grasped in the upper 10% of the section.
F. Moisture Content: Sod shall not be harvested or transplanted when moisture content (excessively
wet or dry) may adversely affect its survival.
G. Time Limitations: Sod shall be harvested, delivered, and transplanted within a 30 hour period
unless a suitable preservation method is approved by the Landscape Architect prior to delivery.
Sod not transplanted within this period shall be inspected and approved by the Landscape
Architect prior to its installation.
H. Thatch: Sod shall be relatively free of thatch. A maximum of 1/2 in. (uncompressed) thatch will
be permitted.
I. Diseases, Nematodes, and Insects: Sod shall be free of disease, nematodes and soil borne insects.
State Nursery and Plant Laws require that all sod be inspected and approved for sale. The
inspection and approval must be made by the State Agriculture Department, Office of the State
Entomologist.
I. Weeds: Sod shall be free of grassy and broadleaf weeds.
2.02
SOIL MATERIALS:
A. Sand: sand shall be a well washed, medium to coarse sand free of silt and sludge. Cyclone sand is
not acceptable.
B. Muck: Muck shall be peat material removed from areas marked "Florida Everglades Pear" on Soil
Conservation Service Soils Maps. Muck shall be suitable for plant growth, capable of sustaining
vigorous plant growth, and specifically pulverized for agricultural use. Florida peat shall be free of
deleterious materials that would be harmful to plant growth, shall be free of nematodes, shall be
uniform in quality, and shall have a pH of between 5.5 and 6.5 as determined by ASTM E70.
Muck shall be sterilized to make it free of all viable nut grasses and other undesirable weeds.
2.03 PLANTING SOIL
:
A Planting soil shall be 80% coarse sand and 20% muck. Contractor shall be responsible for
spreading the planting soil to the required depths.
B Before sod is installed, test planting soil and amend as recommended by the Testing Laboratory
such that planting soil ph falls within the range of 5.5 to 6.5 ph and have an Infiltration Rate (K-
sat) of 8-16 inches/hour.
2.04
A. Free of substances harmful to plant growth, objectionable odor or staining agents.
WATER:
2.05
A. The chemical designation for granular fertilizer shall be 12-8-8, with at least 50
percent (50%) of the nitrogen from a non-soluble organic source for all planting.
B. Apply and distribute by methods and rates as recommended by the manufacturer.
FERTILIZER:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SODDING 02935-5
2.06
A. Post-emergent Herbicide: Roundup as manufactured by Monsanto Corp. or approved equal.
B. Pre-emergent Herbicide: Ron-Star or approved equal.
C. Certify that herbicide and application technique will not damage plant material prior to
application, and replace or repair damage to any plants injured by herbicide application at no cost
to the Owner.
HERBICIDES:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE:
A. Existing subgrade shall be examined to ensure that the rough grading is correct and that suitable
subgrade materials exist prior to start of sodding work. Start of work shall constitute acceptance of
the subgrade.
B. Existing subgrade shall be loosened or scarified to a minimum depth of 3 in. prior to spreading of
topsoil. Subgrade shall be brought to true and uniform grade, and shall be cleared of stones greater
than 1 in., sticks, and other extraneous material.
C. Soil in compacted areas shall be tilled to a depth of 12 in. to produce a loose friable soil.
3.02
A. Subgrade shall be damp when planting soil is spread.
B. Areas where sod is to be planted shall have a subgrade 4" lower than the finish grade. A two (2”)
inch layer of planting soil shall be added prior to laying of sod.
C. Planting soil in areas to receive lawns and grasses shall be fine graded with a drag or rake.
Remove sticks, stones rubbish and extraneous matter. Grading shall round out all breaks in grade,
smooth down all lumps and ridges, and fill in all holes and crevices. Grade shall be maintained
until installation of sod.
SPREADING OF PLANTING SOIL:
3.03
A. Apply post-emergent herbicide per manufacturer's rate and method of application to all areas to
receive sod.
B. Apply pre-emergent herbicide before sodding and again as necessary throughout required
maintenance period to prevent weed seed germination.
C. Verify that the herbicide and application technique will not damage sod prior to application, and
replace, and/or repair damage to any sod injured by herbicide at no cost to the Owner.
WEED CONTROL:
3.04
A. Weather Conditions
1. Schedule work for periods of favorable weather.
2. Sod placement on days, which in the judgment of the Landscape Architect, are too hot,
sunny, dry, or windy for optimal installation may be prohibited.
SODDING:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
SODDING 02935-6
B. Begin sodding at the bottom of slopes.
C. Lay first row of sod in straight line.
D. Butt side and end joints. Ensure that joints are tight, thereby eliminating the need to patch to
eliminate gaps.
E. Lateral joints shall be staggered.
F. Do not stretch or overlap rows.
G. As sodding is completed in any one section, the entire area shall be rolled. Roll sod, except on
pegged areas, with roller weighing no more than 150 lbs. per foot of roller width to eliminate air
pockets. Following tamping, screened topsoil shall be used to fill all cracks and excess soil shall
be worked into the sod with rakes or other suitable equipment. Sod shall not be smothered with
too much top dressing of topsoil.
H. Watering
1. Immediately after top dressing thoroughly water to a depth sufficient that the underside of
the new sod strips and the soil immediately below the sod are thoroughly wet, or a
minimum of 6 in.
2. Provide an adequate supply of water to and during transplanting of the sod.
3.05
A. Maintenance of sodded areas shall begin immediately after sod installation and shall continue until
work is accepted as Substantially Complete.
B. Maintenance shall consist of protecting, watering, weeding, cutting, fertilizing, repairing of eroded
areas, and re-sodding which in the opinion of the Landscape Architect is required to establish a
uniform stand of grass.
C. Mowing
1. Whenever grass reaches a height of 3 in., it shall be cut back to 2 in. Clippings shall be
removed.
2. After two mowings the Contractor shall top dress the sod with an application of fertilizer at
the rate of one lb. of Nitrogen per 1000 square feet.
MAINTENANCE:
3.06
A. Immediately clean spills from paved and finish surface areas.
B. Remove debris and excess materials from project site.
C. Dispose of protective barricades and warning signs at the termination of lawn establishment.
CLEANING:
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-1
SECTION 02950 – TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
WORK INCLUDED:
A. Provide all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and services to complete all work, as indicated
on the Drawings, and/or as specified herein, except for items specifically indicated as "NIC
ITEMS".
1.02
A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect the work of this Section. Other
specification Sections which directly relate to the work of this Section include, but are not limited
to:
1. Section 02200, EARTHWORK
RELATED WORK:
2. Section 02810, IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
3. Section 02935, SODDING
1.03
A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards. Where these standards conflict
with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern.
1. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI)
Z60.1 American Standard for Nursery Stock (Sponsor: American Association of
Nurserymen, Inc.)
2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM):
C136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregates.
E 11 Wire-Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes.
3. "Hortus Third", A Concise Dictionary of Plants Cultivated in the United States and
Canada, Cornell University, L.H. Bailey Hortorium, MacMillan Publishing Company,
New York, New York.
4. State of Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (FDACS),
Grades and Standards for Nursery plants, 2ND Edition, February 1998.
REFERENCES:
1.04
A. Certificate of inspection of plant material by State Authorities.
B. Samples: the following samples shall be submitted:
SUBMITTALS:
Commercial fertilizer
Material Sample Size or Quantity
Mulch 1 Cu. Ft.
Planting Soil 1 Cu. Ft.
Webbing Tape 1 yard
Topsoil from
Off-site Sources 1 Cu. Ft.
Weed Control Fabric 1 Sq. Ft.
Soil Moisturizer 8 oz.
C. Certificates: Labels from the manufacturer’s container certifying that the product meets the
specified requirements shall be submitted for the following materials:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-2
D. Test Reports: test reports from an approved testing agency indicating compliance with the
specifications shall be submitted for topsoil, peat, planting soil mixture, and any other materials
designated by the Landscape Architect.
E. If requested by Landscape Architect, submit a written schedule of sources or suppliers of all materials
for inspection and approval by Landscape Architect before they are delivered and installed on project.
F. Cocos nucifera:
1. Submit a letter indicating the sources or suppliers for all Cocos nucifera "Maypan" or
Cocos nucifera "Malayan" palms for approval by the A/E before they are delivered and
installed on the project.
2. Submit a letter from the approved sources or suppliers GUARANTEEING AND
CERTIFYING that all Cocos nucifera "Maypan" or Cocos nucifera "Malayan" are true to
their species.
1.05
PERMITTING:
A. Permits and Fees: Obtain all permits and pay required fees to any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the work. Inspection required by local ordinances during the course of
construction shall be arranged as required. On completion of the work, satisfactory evidence shall
be furnished to the Architect to show that all work has been installed in accordance with the
ordinances and code requirements.
1.06
A. Work shall be subject to inspection at all times by the Landscape Architect. The Owner reserves
the right to engage an independent testing laboratory in accordance with requirements of the
conditions of the Contract to analyze and test materials used in construction of the work. Where
directed by the Landscape Architect, the testing laboratory will make material analysis and will
report to the Landscape Architect whether materials conform to the requirements of this
specification. The Owner/ Landscape Architect reserves the right to engage and independent
expert to evaluate work conditions, installation and work product.
1. Cost of tests and materials analyses made by the testing laboratory shall be borne by the
Owner when they indicate compliance with the specification and by the Contractor when
they indicate non-compliance.
2. Testing equipment shall be provided by and tests performed by the testing laboratory.
Upon request by the Landscape Architect, the Contractor shall provide such auxiliary
personnel and services needed to accomplish the testing work.
OWNERS INSPECTION AND TESTING:
3. Gradation of granular material shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 136.
Sieves for determining material gradation shall be as described in ASTM E-11.
1.07
A. Testing analysis, and inspection required by the Contractor for his own information or guidance
shall be at his own expense.
B. The Contractor shall engage an independent testing agency, acceptable to the Landscape Architect,
to perform the following tests and analysis:
CONTRACTORS INSPECTION AND TESTING:
Material Tests and Analysis Required
Planting Soil Determination of pH, organic content, and nutrient content.
Recommendation shall be made by the testing agency as to the
type and quantity of soil additives required to bring nutrient
content and pH to satisfactory levels for planting.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-3
1.08
A. Identification of plant names shall be as in Hortus Third.
B. Selection of plant materials
1. Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect the names and locations of nurseries
proposed as sources of acceptable plant material, and inspect all nursery materials to
determine that the materials meet the requirements of this Section. Proposed materials
shall be flagged at the nurseries by the Contractor prior to viewing by the Landscape
Architect.
2. Contractor shall schedule with the Landscape Architect a time for viewing plant material
at the nursery. Trips to nurseries shall be efficiently arranged to allow Landscape
Architect to maximize his/her viewing time. A minimum of six weeks shall be allowed
for this viewing prior to the time that the plants are to be dug.
a. The Landscape Architect shall make up to two planting selection trips in connection
with the work specified in this Contract.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL:
b. Costs of any subsequent plant selection trips shall be borne entirely by the
Contractor. The cost of a planting materials selection trip shall include
reimbursable expenses such as the cost of transportation, meals, lodging and all
other ordinary and necessary costs associated with plant selection. The cost shall
also include inspection time to be charged at the rate of $85.00/hour. The
Contractor shall be billed for these expenses for each additional trip the Landscape
Architect must make in order to secure acceptable plant materials in conformance
with the requirements of this specification.
3. Landscape Architect may choose to attach his seal to each plant, or representative
samples.
4. Where requested by the Landscape Architect, photographs of plant material or
representative samples of plants shall be submitted.
5. Viewing and/or sealing of plant materials by the Landscape Architect at the nursery does
not preclude the Landscape Architect’s right to reject material at the site of planting.
C. Permits and Fees: Obtain all permits and pay required fees to any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the work. Inspection required by local ordinances during the course of the work
shall be arranged as required.
1.09
A. Before changes or substitutions can be made due to unavailability of plant material, Contractor
shall submit satisfactory evidence that he/she has advertised for one month in a trade journal such
as the "Landscape Information Services", with no response, or has undertaken other methods of
locating plant material satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. The Landscape Architect shall
approve all substitutions before they are delivered and installed. DO NOT DELIVER AND
INSTALL ANY MATERIAL, WHICH IS ANTICIPATED TO BE A SUBSTITUTE, BEFORE
IT HAS BEEN SUBMITTED IN WRITING AND APPROVED AS A SUBSTITUTE BY THE
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.
UNAVAILABILITY OF PLANT MATERIAL:
1.10
A. Digging Plant Material
1. Plants shall not be dug at the nursery or approved source until the Contractor is ready to
transport them from their original locations to the site of the work or acceptable storage
location.
2. Root-pruning of field-grown or collected plants shall be performed at least 4 to 6 weeks
prior to digging, as determined by industry standards for that species.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-4
B. Transportation of Plant Material
1. Plants transported to the project in open vehicles shall be covered with tarpaulins or other
suitable covers securely fastened to the body of the vehicle to prevent injury to the plants.
Closed vehicles shall be adequately ventilated to prevent overheating of the plants.
2. Plants shall be kept moist, fresh, and protected at all times. Such protection shall
encompass the entire period during which the plants are in transit, being handled, or are
in temporary storage.
3. Unless otherwise authorized by the Landscape Architect, Contractor shall notify the
Landscape Architect at least two working days in advance of the anticipated delivery date
of any plant material. A legible copy of the bill of lading, showing quantities, kinds, and
sizes of materials included for each shipment shall be furnished to the Landscape
Architect.
C. Storage
1. Unless specific authorization is obtained from the Landscape Architect, plants shall not
remain on the site of the work any longer than two days prior to being installed.
2. Plants that are not installed immediately shall be protected as follows:
a. Plants shall be stored in an area protected from high winds, extreme temperatures,
flooding, theft, vandalism, or other potential causes of damage.
b. Shade-grown plants shall be stored in a shaded location.
c. Rootballs shall be kept moist and intact.
d. Plants shall not be allowed to dry out.
3. Both the duration and method of storage of plant materials shall be subject to the
approval of the Landscape Architect.
D. Handling of Plant Materials
1. Exercise care in handling plant materials to avoid damage or stress.
1.11
A. Evidence of improper digging, transportation, storage, or handling of plant material shall be cause
for rejection.
B. Upon arrival at the temporary storage location or the site of the work, plants shall be inspected by
the Landscape Architect for damage or stress due to improper digging, transportation, storage, or
handling of plant material. Any plants which are damaged or stressed due to such causes shall be
rejected.
C. Contractor shall remove all rejected plants from the area of work and replace them with plants of
the same quantities, species, sizes, and qualities specified.
REJECTION OF MATERIALS:
1.12
PLANTING SEASON:
A. Planting shall be performed when weather and soil conditions are suitable for planting the material
specified, in accordance with locally accepted practice.
1.13
A. The Contractor shall at their cost, observe all safety regulations including: placing and display of
safety devices, provisions of police to control traffic, etc., as may be necessary in order to conduct
the public through the project area in accordance with FDOT’s “Manual of Traffic Controls and
Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations.”
TRAFFIC CONTROL:
1.14
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-5
A. Landscape Architect shall inspect all work for Substantial Completion following written notice of
completion from the Contractor, which must be received by the Landscape Architect at least ten
calendar days before the anticipated date of inspection.
B. Final Acceptance of plant material by the Landscape Architect shall be dependent upon general
conformance to specified size, character, and quality, and shall not diminish responsibility for full
conformance with the Contract Documents.
C. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals deemed necessary by the Landscape
Architect, the Landscape Architect shall recommend to the Owner that the work of this Section be
accepted as Substantially Complete.
D. Acceptance in Part
1. The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner’s best interest to
do so, and when permission is given to the Contractor in writing to complete the work in
parts.
2. Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of
this Contract.
1.15
A. Maintain plant material as described in PART 3 of this Section.
MAINTENANCE:
1.16
A. Plants shall be guaranteed for a period of one year after the date of Final Acceptance.
1. When the work is accepted in parts, the guarantee periods shall extend from each of the
partial acceptances to the terminal date of the last guarantee period. Thus all guarantee
periods terminate at one time.
B. Contractor shall make as many inspections as necessary during the guarantee period, at no
additional cost to the Owner, to evaluate the condition of all plant material. Contractor shall
submit a written report of each inspection to the Owner and the Landscape Architect outlining
corrective measures required in order to keep the guarantee valid.
C. At the end of the guarantee period plants shall be healthy, vigorous, and free of pests, diseases,
nutritional deficiencies, dieback, stress, or decline.
D. Contractor shall replace dead plants and all plants not in a vigorous, thriving condition, as
determined by the Landscape Architect, before the end of the guarantee period, without cost to the
Owner, as soon as weather conditions permit and within the specified planting period.
1. Replacements shall closely match adjacent plants of the same species. Replacements shall
be subject to all requirements stated in these specifications.
2. Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to surrounding areas caused by plant
replacement activities. Such repairs shall be performed at no additional cost to the
Owner.
3. The guarantee period for all replacement plants shall be extended for an additional one
year period from the date of their acceptance after replacement. In the event that a
replacement plant is not acceptable during or at the end of the said extended guarantee
period, the Owner may elect either one more replacement, without guarantee, or credit for
each item.
E. At the end of the guarantee period, and no less than five days prior to final inspection or as
approved by the Owner, all staking and guying materials, and tree wrap and ties shall be removed
from the site.
GUARANTEE:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-6
F. At the end of the guarantee period, Landscape Architect shall inspect all work for Final
Acceptance following written notice of completion from the Contractor, which must be received
by the Landscape Architect at least ten calendar days prior to the anticipated date for Final
Inspection.
G. Upon completion and re-inspection of full repairs or replacements deemed necessary by the
Landscape Architect at that time, the Landscape Architect shall recommend to the Owner that
Final Acceptance of the work of this Section be given.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Except as otherwise specified, all plant material shall conform to FDACS Grades and Standards
for Nursery Plants, 1998.
B. Plant material shall be Florida No. 1 quality or better. Plants shall have outstanding form;
symmetrical, heavily branched with an even branch distribution, densely foliated and/or budded,
and a strong, straight, distinct leader where this is a characteristic of the species. Plants shall
possess a normal balance between height and spread. Rootball size shall meet the requirements
specified for a Grade No. 1 specimen. The Landscape Architect shall be the final arbiter of the
acceptability of plant form.
C. Plants shall be healthy and vigorous, and free of disease, insects and pests and their eggs, and
larvae.
D. Plants shall have a well developed fibrous root system.
E. Plants shall be free of physical damage such as scrapes, broken or split branches, scars, bark
abrasions, sunscalds, fresh limb cuts, disfiguring knots, or other defects.
F. Plants shall meet the size requirements indicated on the plant list. Plants larger or smaller than
specified may be used only if accepted by the Landscape Architect.
G. Where a caliper or size range is specified, at least 50% of the material shall be closer to the top of
the range stated.
H. Plants shall not be pruned before or after delivery, except as required to correct minor damage
incurred during handling.
I. Plants indicated as "B&B" shall be balled and burlapped.
1. Unless otherwise permitted by the Landscape Architect plants shall be nursery grown, not
collected.
2. Plants shall be grown for at least two years under climatic conditions similar to those in
the locale of the project.
3. Nursery grown plants shall be properly root-pruned and freshly dug. No healed in plants
or plants from cold storage will be accepted unless otherwise permitted by the Landscape
Architect.
J. Container grown plants shall be well rooted and established in the container in which they are
growing. They shall have grown in the container for a sufficient length of time for the root system
to hold the planting medium when taken from the container, but not long enough to become root
bound. Container grown plants exceeding the sizes indicated in ANSI Z60.1 shall have containers
which are not less than 75% of the ball sizes for comparable B&B plant material. Circling roots
shall be severed or spread apart when the specimen is planted. Each container plant shall be
inspected and root pruned as needed.
PLANTS:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-7
1. Canes or Trunk(s) and Branches:
a. Very well formed and sturdy.
b. Branching plentiful and uniformly distributed to form a well
balanced plant.
c. Scars shall be free from rot and shall not exceed 1/4 the diameter of
the wood beneath in greatest dimension unless completely healed
(except pruning scars).
d. Pruning scars shall be clean cut leaving little or no protrusion from
the trunk or branch.
e. Graft union completely healed.
f. No mechanical or pest damage.
g. No extreme succulence.
2. Foliage
a. Densely supplied with healthy, vigorous leaves of normal size, color,
and texture.
b. No holes, cavities, or depressed areas caused by broken or dead
branches or insufficient foliage.
c. No chlorosis.
d. No more than 5% of total foliage affected by pest or mechanical damage.
3. Root system:
a. Sturdily established in container.
b. Shall not be rootbound except plants deliberately grown rootbound to produce a
dwarf plant or bonsai.
c. No large roots growing out of containers.
2.02
A. Sand: sand shall be a well-washed, medium to coarse grade sand free of silt and sludge. Cyclone
or builder’s sand is not acceptable.
B. Muck: Peat shall be peat material removed from areas marked "Florida Everglades Peat" on Soil
Conservation Service Soils Maps. Muck shall be suitable for plant growth, capable of sustaining
vigorous plant growth, and specifically pulverized for agricultural use. Florida peat shall be free of
deleterious materials that would be harmful to plant growth, shall be free of nematodes, shall be
uniform in quality, and shall have a pH of between 5.5 and 6.5 as determined by ASTM E70.
Muck shall be sterilized to make it free of all viable nut grasses and other undesirable weeds.
SOIL MATERIALS:
2.03
A Planting soil shall be a mixture of 60% sand and 40% muck, by volume, except for palms, which
shall be a mixture of 80% sand and 20% muck by volume.
B. Before planting materials are installed, test planting soil and amend planting soil as recommended
by the Testing Laboratory such that planting soil pH falls within the range of 6.5 to 7.5 ph and
have an Infiltration Rate (K-sat) of 8-16 inches/hour.
PLANTING SOIL:
2.04
BIOSTIMULANTS:
A. Biostimulants shall be Die Hard Transplant by Horticultural Alliance (800)628-6373 or approved
equal and shall contain miccorhizal fungi and water absorbing polymers.
1. Proportions: Planting soil shall be amended by the addition of Biostimulants in
accordance with the amounts recommended by the manufacturer.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-8
2. Biostimulants shall be mixed into the backfill planting soil. Placement shall be in the
upper 8-10 inches for trees/palms, and upper 4-6 inches for shrubs; making sure
Biostimulants mix is in contact with root ball.
2.05
A. Water shall be suitable for irrigation and shall be free of salts or other potentially phytotoxic
materials.
WATER:
2.06
A. Fertilizer content shall conform to the following:
COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER:
Constituent % Present by Weight
Nitrogen (N) 8 (at least 50% in slow release form)
Phosphorus (P) 4
Potassium (K) 12 (at least 50% in slow release form)
1. At least 50% of nitrogen shall be derived from slow-release (polymer coated) sulfur-
coated urea.
2. Available phosphorus shall be derived from super-phosphate, bone meal, or tankage.
3. At least 50% of potassium shall be derived from slow-release (polymer coated) sulfur-
coated potassium.
4. Product shall contain at least 4% magnesium sulfate, derived from Kieserite.
5. Product shall contain the micronutrients iron (chelated with EDTA), manganese sulfate,
copper, zinc, boron, and sulfur.
B. Fertilizer shall be delivered in manufacturer's standard container printed with manufacturer's
name, material weight and guaranteed analysis.
C. Controlled-release fertilizer shall be equal to the following:
2.07
Product Manufacturer
8-4-12 Palm Mix Atlantic F.E.C.
and General Fertilizer 18375 S.W 260 Street
Homestead, FL 33031
A. Mulch shall be shredded Grade "A" Eucalyptus mulch, manufactured by AAction Nursery
Products, Inc., Fort Myers, FL 33911, or approved equal.
MULCH:
2.08
GUYING AND STAKING MATERIALS:
A. Wood Stakes: Straight, sound, rough sawn lumber not less than 2 x 4 in. for large trees and 2 x 2
for small trees.
B. Black Webbing Tape: as supplied by Terra International, Inc., Miami, Florida, Landscape
Supplies, Miami, Florida or approved equal.
C. Deadmen: Sound, rough sawn lumber 2 x 4 in., 24 in. long or other material approved by the
Landscape Architect.
2.09 WEED CONTROL FABRIC:
A. Weed control fabric shall be Pro5 Weed Barrier by Dewitt or approved equal.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-9
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Prior to the work, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades and the site conditions and verify
that all such work and site conditions are complete to the point where this installation may properly
commence. Examine subgrade and rough grade before planting. Alert Landscape Architect about
unacceptable rough grading or subgrade.
B. Start of work shall imply acceptance of the site conditions.
C. Utilities (Overhead and Underground)
1. The work area may have existing utilities, such as, but not limited to, fuel, phone, electrical
and storm sewer. The locations of some of these existing utilities have been indicated on the
Plans. However, no guarantee is implied that the Plans are accurate or complete. It shall be
the responsibility of the Landscape contractor to verify the location of all such utilities,
structures, etc., by hand excavation or other appropriate measures before performing any work
that could result in damage or injury to persons, utilities, structures or property. The
Landscape contractor shall make a thorough search of the site for utilities, structures, etc.,
before work is commenced in any particular location.
2. The Landscape contractor shall take immediate steps to repair, replace, or restore all services
to any utilities or other facilities, which are disrupted due to his or her operations. Further, the
Landscape contractor shall engage any additional outside repairs on a continuous "around the
clock" basis until services are restored. He or she shall also provide and operate any
supplemental temporary services to maintain uninterrupted use of the facilities. All costs
involved in the repairs and restoring of disrupted service resulting from negligence on the part
of the Landscape contractor shall be borne by the Landscape contractor and he or she shall be
fully responsible for any and all claims resulting from the damage.
3. Should utilities, structures, etc., be encountered which interfere with the work the Landscape
Architect shall be consulted immediately in order for a decision to be made on the relocation
of the work so it will clear the obstruction, if the obstruction cannot be relocated.
4. The Landscape contractor shall not purposefully disrupt or disconnect any type of utility
whatsoever without first obtaining the written permission of the Owner. Requests for
disconnection must be in writing and received by the Owner at least 72 hours prior to the time
of the requested interruption.
3.02
EXAMINATION OF SUBGRADE:
3.03
DRAINAGE OF SOILS:
A. The Landscape contractor shall notify the A/E, in writing, of all soil or drainage conditions that he
considers detrimental to growth of plant material.
B. Subsurface Conditions: Some or all work areas may be compacted and/or contain existing material
such as limerock which may interfere with adequate vertical drainage and/or proper plant survival
and growth and therefore removal of this material is part of the scope of work for the project. The
Landscape contractor shall be responsible for insuring adequate drainage in these areas and shall
remove this existing material, as required, by such means as auguring, drilling or roto-tilling.
THEREFORE, THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR MAY BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM
ADDITIONAL EXCAVATION ON THE HOLES FOR ALL PALMS AND TREES. This
additional excavation shall be to a depth beyond the required excavation depth indicated below for
the holes, in order to insure proper vertical drainage necessary for plant survival and growth.
LAYOUT OF PLANTING AREAS:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-10
A. Individual tree and palm (as per plant list on the drawings) locations and outlines of shrub and
groundcover areas to be planted shall be staked by the Contractor in ample time to allow
inspection by the Landscape Architect.
B. Digging shall not begin until locations of trees and shrub beds are approved by the Landscape
Architect.
3.04
PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE:
A. Subgrade of planting areas shall be loosened or scarified to a minimum depth of 3 inches prior to
spreading planting soil. Subgrade shall be brought to true and uniform grade and shall be cleared
of stones greater than 2 inches, sticks, and other extraneous material.
3.05
A. Planting pits for trees, palms, shrubs and groundcovers shall be excavated to the depth and
dimension indicated on the Drawings. Planting pits shall be the same depth as the plant rootball
and at least two times as wide.
B. Excavation shall not begin until locations are approved by the Landscape Architect.
PLANTING PIT EXCAVATION:
3.06
A. Planting soil shall be spread and placed to required depths.
B. Surfaces shall be graded and smoothed, eliminating all sharp breaks by rounding, scraping off
bumps and ridges, and filling in holes and cuts.
SPREADING OF PLANTING SOIL:
3.07
A. Walls of planting pits shall be dug so that they are vertical and scarified.
B. Plants shall be set as indicated on Drawings. Final placement shall be such that the top of the
original rootball - with the first primary root visible at the soil surface - is located at or slightly
above (no more than 1 to 2 inches) final grade. If nursery-grown plants have excess soil covering
the original rootball (if the first primary root is not visible at the soil surface), excess soil should
be removed to that point. If fine roots have grown into excess soil, they should be removed prior
to installation.
C. Plants shall be turned to the desired orientation when required by the Landscape Architect.
D. Containerized plants shall be removed from container taking care not to damage roots. If circling
roots are present, they shall be severed or spread apart.
E. Planting shall be positioned in the center of the plant pit, set plumb, and rigidly braced in position
until all planting soil has been placed solidly around the ball.
F. All ropes or strings on top of balls shall be cut and pulled back. Burlap or cloth wrapping shall be
left intact around ball except that portions of wrap that are exposed on top of the ball shall be
turned under and buried. Non-biodegradable ball wrapping and support wire shall be totally
removed from ball and plant pit. There shall be no wrapping materials left on top of the rootball
or against/surrounding the stem or trunk.
G. Incorporate the specified quantity of soil moisturizer in the landscape soil mix and backfill around
the plant. Soil mix shall be worked carefully, and thoroughly watered in to fill voids and wash out
air pockets.
PLANTING:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-11
3.08
3.09
WEED CONTROL FABRIC:
A. Weed control fabric shall be installed as shown on details and as per manufacturer’s
recommendations.
A. Upon completion of plant installation, and prior to mulch applications, Contractor shall apply
granular fertilizer as specified in Section 2.07. It shall be evenly broadcast on the soil surface of
all shrub beds at the rate of 10 pounds per 1,000 square feet of surface area. It shall be evenly
distributed beneath trees and shrubs, but not allowed to accumulate against stems or trunks, or in
plant crowns. It shall be watered in immediately after installation.
B. Fertilizer shall be applied as specified in 3.09, A, above, one time each 3 months during the
guarantee period.
APPLICATION OF FERTILIZER:
3.10
A. Contractor shall stake or guy all trees and palms as needed, immediately after planting. Plants
shall stand plumb after staking or guying. (See drawings for staking details)
STAKING AND GUYING:
3.11
MULCHING:
A. Contractor shall apply mulch to a depth of 3 inches in all shrub bed areas and beneath individual trees
and palms as shown on details. It shall be evenly distributed and not allowed to accumulate directly
against stems or trunks, or over plant crowns.
3.12 WATERING :
A. Initially, water the plant material to develop uniform coverage and deep-water penetration of at least
six inches. Avoid erosion, puddling, and washing soil away from plant roots.
B. Provide continuous watering of plant material and sod after planting in order to achieve optimum
growth conditions to establish plants. Water shall be applied as necessary and the amount of water
and frequency of watering shall be based on the specific needs of each plant type, the time of year,
amount of rainfall and other environmental conditions it is exposed to. This watering shall begin after
the plant is planted, and continue until final acceptance or for a minimum of sixty (60) consecutive
calendar days, whichever is greater in time. ALL TREES AND PALMS SHALL BE HAND
WATERED, ONLY, DURING THIS PERIOD. DO NOT RELY ON THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM,
IF THERE IS ONE, TO ACHIEVE THIS TASK. It cannot deliver the volume of water required,
without flooding areas beyond where water is needed and/or over watering other landscape material.
Shrubs and ground cover may be watered by using the irrigation system.
C. If there is no source for water available at the project, such as a hose bib(s) or fire hydrant(s) if
approved for use, then the Landscape contractor shall be responsible for supplying water for hand
watering by means of a truck or tank.
3.13
3.14
PRUNING:
A. Contractor shall prune each tree and shrub as needed to remove dead or damaged branches.
B. Pruning shall be done with sharp, clean tools. Bypass clippers are preferred over anvil-type.
C. Cuts shall be made at appropriate nodes or laterals, leaving no stubs. No pruning paint shall be
used.
MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER 02950-12
A. Contractor shall provide landscape maintenance, which shall begin immediately after each plant is
planted and continue until Final Acceptance.
B. Landscape maintenance shall consist of pruning, watering, cultivating, weeding, mulching,
removal of dead material, repairing and replacing tree stakes, tightening and repairing guys,
resetting plants to proper grades and upright position, and furnishing and applying such treatments
as are necessary to keep plants free of insects and disease, and in a healthy growing condition.
C. Contractor shall promptly replace Impaired or dead plants and shall not wait until the end of the
guarantee period to replace plants which have become unacceptable.
3.15
A. Contractor shall fill all pits and depressions in holding area and rough grade to meet surrounding
elevations. Remove any debris resulting from the planting process.
B. Contractor shall sweep and wash all paved surfaces.
CLEANING:
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100-1
SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Formwork for concrete repairs, with shoring, bracing and anchorage.
B. Form accessories.
C. Form stripping.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
B. Section 03300 - Cast-ln-Place Concrete.
C. Section 03732 - Concrete Repair.
1.03 REFERENCES:
A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork.
D. Florida Building Code.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code
requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW:
A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and
ties.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 347, 301 and 318, and Florida Building Code standards.
Maintain one copy of each document on site.
B. Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this
work and licensed in the State of Florida.
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100-2
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION:
A. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIALS:
A. Wood Form Materials: Site fabricated plywood with wood reinforcement.
B. Circular Column Form Materials: Sonotube.
2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES:
A. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture, or
impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete.
B. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and
character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION:
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree
with drawings and/or original dimensions.
3.02 ERECTION – FORMWORK:
A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with
requirements of ACI 301.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to over
stressing by construction loads.
C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete
during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores.
D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
E. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over
reinforcement, before proceeding, request instructions from Engineer.
3.03 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT:
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive applied coverings which are
effected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated
prior to placement of concrete.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100-3
3.04 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS:
A. Provide formed openings where required for items passing through concrete work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb.
Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
D. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and
inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain.
E. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly
fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
F. Install block-outs in balcony slab edge repair concrete for reinstallation of railing system.
3.05 FORM CLEANING:
A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter.
Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
3.06 FORMWORK TOLERANCES:
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Section 01001 - Basic Requirements: Field inspection.
B. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with
formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.
3.08 FORM REMOVAL:
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to
carry its own weight and imposed loads.
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete
surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
3.09 SCHEDULES:
A. Concrete Member Repairs: Site fabricated plywood with 2x bracing. Steel post shores and/or
shoring towers for support as necessary.
B. Circular Column Repairs: Sonotube supported and braced as necessary.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-1
SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to provide and proper place all concrete
reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in the reinforced
concrete and masonry construction and all appurtenant work, including all the wires, clips, supports,
chairs, spacers, and other accessories as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The following standard specifications shall apply to the Work of this
section:
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
2. ACI SP-66 Detailing Manual
B. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 82 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
2. ASTM A 185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete
3. ASTM A 615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement
4. ASTM A 775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars
C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI):
1. Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars
D. Florida Building Code, Latest Edition
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit the following:
A. Mill Certifications of Grade 60 reinforcing steel.
B. Complete bar schedule, bar details and erection drawings in conformance with ACI SP-66.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES: INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
1.07 FACTORY TESTING: INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
1.08 CERTIFICATIONS: INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-2
1.09 INSPECTION COORDINATION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide sufficient notice and opportunity to the Engineer to review the
placement of the reinforcing steel before the concrete is placed. The CONTRACTOR shall provide
access to the WORK for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide 48 hours notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 REINFORCING BARS:
A. Metal reinforcement shall be deformed type bars conforming to ASTM A 615, Specifications for
Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Grade 60. Reinforcing steel shall
be fabricated for the shapes and dimensions indicated on the Drawings and in compliance with ACI
318. All bars shall be bent cold.
B. Replace all reinforcement with bends and kinks not shown on fabrication shop drawings. Remove
from job site all such reinforcing and replace with new fabricated steel. Field bending of
reinforcement at the work site is prohibited.
C. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 185, and the details
indicated. Do not use fabric that has been rolled. Install flat sheets only.
D. Spiral reinforcement shall be cold-drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 82.
2.02 ACCESSORIES:
A. All chairs and bolsters shall conform to ACI SP-66 and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practices and
shall have galvanized or plastic legs.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT AND ANCHORAGE:
A. Bar supports shall be spaced in accordance with CRSI.
1. Reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spacers or metal
hangers that are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel.
Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) shall be
used in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such
support be continuous. Concrete blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the
steel with wire ties that are embedded in the blocks. For concrete over formwork, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide concrete, metal, plastic, or other acceptable bar chairs and
spacers.
2. Limitations on the use of bar support materials shall be as follows.
a. Concrete Dobies: permitted at all locations except where architectural finish is required.
b. Wire Bar Supports: permitted only at slabs over dry areas, interior non-hydraulic wall
surfaces, and exterior wall surfaces.
c. Plastic Bar Supports: permitted at all locations except on grade.
B. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in accordance with the Drawings and shall be adequately
secured in position with not less than 16-gauge annealed wire. The placement tolerances shall be in
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-3
accordance with ACI 318, paragraph 7.5, Placing Reinforcement and the CRSI Manual of Standard
Practices.
C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the required concrete coverage.
D. Bars additional to those indicated which may be found necessary or desirable by the CONTRACTOR
for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at its
own expense.
E. Additional Reinforcement Around Openings:
1. Place an equivalent area of steel around pipe or opening and extend on each side and top and
bottom sufficiently to develop bond in each bar.
2. Refer to details on Drawings for bar extension length on each side of opening.
3. Where welded wire fabric is used, provide extra reinforcing using fabric or deformed bars.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits in Section 7.5 of
ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the Building Code.
G. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel continuously
across the entire width of the reinforcement mat, and shall support the reinforcement mat in the plane
indicated.
H. Welded wire fabric placed over the ground shall be supported on wired concrete blocks (dobies)
spaced not more than 3 feet on centers in any direction. Welded wire fabric shall not be placed on the
ground and hooked into place in the freshly placed concrete.
3.02 CONCRETE COVER:
A. The concrete cover over reinforcement shall conform to ACI 318, paragraph 7.7, Concrete Protection
for Reinforcement, unless otherwise indicated. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to
provide the required concrete coverage.
3.03 SPLICING
A. All lap splices of bar reinforcement shall be as indicated and conform to Chapter 12 of ACI 318 or as
otherwise approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, dowels shall match the size and
spacing of the spliced bar.
B. Laps of welded wire fabric shall be in accordance with ACI 318. Adjoining sheets shall be securely
tied together with No. 14 tie wire, one tie for each two running feet. Wires shall be staggered and tied
in such a manner that they cannot slip.
C. Splices in column spiral reinforcement, when necessary, shall be made by a lap of 1-1/2 turns.
D. Reinforcing shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner which will injure the material. Bars shall
be bent or straight as indicated. Do not use bends different from the bends indicated. Bars shall be
bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. No bars partially embedded in concrete
shall be field-bent except as indicated or specifically permitted by the ENGINEER.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-4
E. Couplers which are located at a joint face shall be a type which can be set either flush or recessed from
the face as indicated. The couplers shall be sealed during concrete placement to completely eliminate
concrete or cement paste from entering. Couplers intended for future connections shall be recessed a
minimum of 1/2 inch from the concrete surface. After the concrete is placed, the coupler shall be
plugged with plastic plugs which have an O-ring seal and the recess filled with sealant to prevent any
contact with water or other corrosive materials. Threaded couplers shall be plugged.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Unless indicated otherwise, mechanical coupler spacing and capacity shall match the spacing and
capacity of the reinforcing indicated for the adjacent section.
B. Reinforcement shall be free of all materials that will reduce bond.
C. Reinforcement steel shall at all times be protected from conditions conducive to corrosion until
concrete is placed around it.
D. The surfaces of reinforcement steel and other metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances
immediately before the concrete is placed. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement
shall be re-inspected and, if necessary, re-cleaned or sandblasted.
E. Properly cap all vertical reinforcement steel if area is subject to having workers above the
reinforcement area.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1
SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Cast-in-place concrete for large volume, full depth and edge repair areas.
1.02
RELA TED SECTIONS:
A. Section 03100- Concrete Formwork.
B. Section 03200- Concrete Reinforcement.
C. Section 03732- Concrete Repair.
1.03
UNIT PRICE -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
A. Concrete Repairs: By the square or linear foot. Includes concrete, reinforcing bars, placement,
accessories, formwork, doweling, consolidating and leveling, troweling and curing.
B. Unit cost for repair shall include the application of a painted stucco finish to match adjacent
surfaces.
1.04
REFERENCES:
A. ACI 211.1 -Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
B. ACI 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings.
C. ACI 302- Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
D. ACI 304- Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
E. ACI 305R -Hot Weather Concreting.
F. ACI 308 -Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
G. ACI 318- Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
H. ASTM C33 -Concrete Aggregates.
I. ASTM C94 -Ready-Mixed Concrete.
J. ASTM C 150 -Portland cement.
K. ASTM C260 -Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
L. ASTM C494 -Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
1. Florida Building Code.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2
1.05
SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW:
A. Section 01300- Submittals: Procedures for submittals.
B. Mix Design: Provide mix design from concrete supplier.
1.06
SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT:
A. Section 01700- Contract Closeout: Procedures for submittals.
B. Accurately record actual locations of structural reinforcement repairs, type of repair, and
dimensions of repair.
C. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed
from view.
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and Florida Building Code standards.
B. Maintain one copy of document on site.
C. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
D. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
CONCRETE MATERIALS:
A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1- Normal.
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33.
C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
2.02 ADMIXTURES:
A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.
B. Chemical: ASTM C494 Type A- Water Reducing, Type B- Retarding, Type D -Water Reducing
and Retarding, Type F -Water Reducing, High Range.
C. Calcinated Pozzolan: ASTM C618 Class MB SF, Microsilica.
D. Corrosion Inhibitor: Rheocrete 222+ manufactured by Master Builders, Inc. or DCI manufactured
by W. R. Grace, Inc.
2.03
ACCESSORIES:
1. A. Curing Compound: Compatible with any paint or coating system anticipated by the Owner.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3
2.04
CONCRETE MIX:
A. Mix concrete in accordance with ACI 304. Deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.
B. Provide concrete to the following mix design:
Unit Measurement
Compressive Strength (7 day) 3,000 psi Compressive Strength (28 day) 5,000 psi
Water/Cement Ratio (maximum) 0.40 by weight Aggregate Size (maximum) 3/8 inch
Air Entrained 4 percent
Admixture ASTM C-260
Admixture ASTM C-494,B/D Admixture ASTM C-494,A/F Corrosion Inhibitor As
recommended Micro silica Content 75 Ibs./yd. Slump- Plus or minus 1 inch 8 inches
C. Do not use calcium chloride.
D. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION:
A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 01039.
B. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
C. Verify that block-outs, anchors, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are
accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.
3.02 PREPARATION:
A. Prepare previously placed concrete by sandblasting and cleaning by water blasting.
B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert
steel dowels and pack solid with epoxy adhesive.
C. Apply bonding agent to all exposed existing concrete surfaces to be bonded in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer, at his sole discretion, may
decide to omit the bonding agent.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE:
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 318, and ACI 304.
B. Notify Engineer minimum 48 hours prior to commencement of operations.
C. Ensure reinforcement, block-outs, inserts and embedded parts are not disturbed during concrete
placement.
D. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test
samples taken.
E. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4
F. Screed floors or to match slopes, maintaining surface flatness of maximum % inch in 10 ft.
3.04
CONCRETE FINISHING:
A. Provide formed concrete surfaces to be left exposed with smooth rubbed finish.
B. Provide floor surfaces with steel trowel finish.
3.05
CURING AND PROTECTION:
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot
temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period
necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Cure concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308.
D. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet for 7 days.
E. Curing Compound: Apply curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's instruction as an
alternate to spraying. Confirm that curing compound is compatible with any subsequent paint or
coating.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Section 01400- Quality Assurance: Field inspection and testing.
B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
C. Four concrete test cylinders will be taken per concrete delivery.
D. One slump test will be taken per concrete delivery.
3.07
PATCHING:
A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.
B. Shrinkage cracking, honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete shall be considered defective
concrete.
C. Patch imperfections as directed. Repair shrinkage cracks with pressure- injected or gravity-feed
epoxy adhesive as directed by the Engineer.
3.08 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE:
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or
specified requirements.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of
Engineer for each individual area.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5
3.09
SCHEDULE -CONCRETE TYPES AND FINISHES:
A. Large Volume, Full Depth and Edge Repair Areas: 5,000 psi 28 day pump -mix concrete, rubbed
finish at formed surfaces and trowel finish at floor top surface. Apply a painted stucco finish to
match adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03732-1
SECTION 03732 - CONCRETE REPAIRS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Preparation of concrete and application of repair materials. B. Repair of concrete internal
reinforcement.
B. Removal of precast anchors.
C. Removal and reinstallation of hurricane shutters, screen enclosures and glass enclosures.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork.
B. Section 03200 -Concrete Reinforcement.
C. Section 03300- Cast-in-Place Concrete.
1.03
UNIT PRICE -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
A. Repair Surfaces: By the square or linear foot. Includes surface preparation, repair, material,
reinforcing bars, formwork, doweling consolidating and leveling, finish and curing.
B. Unit cost for repair shall include the application of a painted stucco finish to match adjacent
surfaces.
1.04
REFERENCES:
A. ASTM A615/A615M -Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
B. ASTM C882 -Bond Strength of Epoxy Resin Systems Used with Concrete.
C. Florida Building Code.
D. International Concrete Repair Institute.
E. ACI 546- Concrete Repair Guide.
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
:
A. Section 01300- Submittals: Procedures for submittals.
B. Product Data: Indicate product standards, physical and chemical characteristics, technical
specifications, limitations, maintenance instructions, and general recommendations regarding each
material.
1.06
SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT:
A. Section 01700- Contract Closeout: Procedures for submittals.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03732-2
B. Accurately record actual locations of structural reinforcement repairs, type of repair, and
dimensions of repair.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Perform concrete repair work in conformance with the International Concrete Repair Institute and
Florida Building Code Standards.
B. Materials Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
Section with minimum ten years documented experience.
C. Applicator: Company specializing in concrete repair with minimum five years documented
experience and approved by manufacturer. State certified general contractor.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION:
A. Section 01600- Material and Equipment: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
B. Comply with instructions for storage, shelf life limitations, and handling.
1.09
WARRANTY:
A. Provide five-year warranty under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Warranty: Include coverage for cracking and spalling of repair areas. Include repair of
waterproofing and finish systems damaged by warranty work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers:
1. Euclid Chemical Company
2. Harris Specialty Chemicals, Inc.
3. Master Builders, Inc.
4. Sika Corporation
5. Sonneborn/ChemRex, Inc.
6. Sto Construction Restoration Division
7. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
2.02 PATCHING MATERIALS:
A. Epoxy Adhesive: Two-component, 100% solids, moisture insensitive, structural epoxyadhesive.
B. Bonding Agent: Multi-component, moisture tolerant, epoxy-modified, cementitious bonding
agent.
C. Cementitious Mortar: One or two-component, polymer modified, cementitious mortar.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03732-3
D. Post Anchoring Grout: Non-shrink, non-metallic exterior grout.
E. Curing Compound: As recommended by repair mortar manufacturer. Compatible with subsequent
waterproof membranes, coatings and finishes.
F. Sealant: One-part, polyurethane sealant.
2.3 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS:
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade billet-steel deformed bars, unfinished with
rust-inhibitive coating.
B. Rust-Inhibitive Coating: Multi-component, moisture tolerant, epoxy-modified, cementitious rust-
inhibitive coating.
2.04 MIXING EPOXY ADHESIVES
:
A. Mix epoxy adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended .
B. Mix components in clean equipment or containers. Conform to pot life and workability limits.
2.05 MIXING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS:
A. Mix cementitious mortar in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION:
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work.
B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces.
3.02 HURRICANE SHUTTER AND SLIDING GLASS DOOR REMOVAL AND REI NSTALLATION:
A. Inspect the hurricane shutters and sliding glass doors with the Owner and Engineer and record the
appearance and operating condition of the shutters and tracks.
B. Remove the hurricane shutters and sliding glass doors with care so as not to damage same.
C. Store on site as directed by the Owner. Tag shutters, tracks, doors and frames as necessary for
identification if not stored inside apartments. Protect from weathering and damage. Storage areas
will be on paved parking areas unless Owner and individual apartment owner permits storage
inside apartment.
D. Upon completion of the Work, reinstall hurricane shutters and sliding glass doors using stainless
steel fasteners with a one-part urethane sealant in pre- drilled holes.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03732-4
E. Inspect the completed installation with the Owner and Engineer to confirm that the hurricane
shutter and sliding glass door appearance and operation are the same as prior to the Work.
F. Repair any damage to the hurricane shutters, sliding glass doors, frames, tracks and apartment
floor, wall and/or ceiling finishes caused by the Work at no cost to the Owner.
3.03 PREPARATION -SPALL REPAIR:
A. Clean concrete surfaces of dirt, laitance, corrosion, or other contamination; sandblast; rinse surface
and allow to dry.
B. Remove deteriorated or unsound concrete by chipping hammer where directed by the Engineer.
Removal of concrete shall extend 2" to 4" beyond the outer boundary mark of unsound concrete.
Areas removed shall be rectangular shaped.
C. The edges of the patch area shall be perpendicular or slightly undercut between 3/8" and 1/2'1
deep. Feather edges will not be permitted.
D. Concrete shall be removed completely around exposed corroded reinforcing steel such that a 3/4"
clearance from the existing concrete is obtained.
E. Removal of concrete shall be performed by using chipping hammers not in excess of 3O-lb. rating.
F. Remove loose concrete from the patch area and leave said area boom clean.
G. Sandblast to clean the exposed reinforcement steel surfaces. Mechanically cut away damaged
portions of bar.
H. Apply brush coating of rust-inhibitive coating to exposed reinforcement steel.
3.04 PREPARATION -CRACK REPAIR:
A. Flush out cracks and voids with water to remove laitance and dirt.
B. Provide temporary entry ports spaced to accomplish movement of fluids between ports; no deeper
than the depth of the crack to be filled or port size diameter no greater than the thickness of the
crack. Provide temporary seal at concrete surface to prevent leakage of adhesive.
3.05
REPAIR WORK:
A. Repair exposed structural cracks of concrete by the epoxy injection method. B. Repair spalling.
Fill voids flush with surface.
B. Repair reinforcement as directed by Engineer.
C. Apply painted or painted stucco finish to match adjacent surfaces.
3.06
INJECTION- EPOXY RESIN ADHESIVE:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03732-5
A. Inject adhesive into prepared ports under pressure using equipment appropriate for particular
application.
B. Begin injection at port located at one end of crack and continue until adhesive appears in adjacent
entry port. Continue from port to port until entire crack is filled.
C. Remove temporary seal, entry ports and excess adhesive. Grind surface smooth.
D. Clean surfaces adjacent to repair and blend finish.
3.07 APPLICATION -CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR:
A. Apply scrub coat of neat mortar to SSD concrete surfaces. Provide full surface coverage.
B. Apply cementitious mortar by steel trowel to an average thickness of one inch. Tamp into place
filling voids at spalled areas. Work mix into honeycomb. Apply additional lifts as necessary.
C. Alternately, install forms and place cementitious mortar by pouring. Vibrate as necessary to
consolidate.
D. Damp cure cementitious mortar for four days or as per manufacturer's instructions. Alternatively,
apply curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Section 01400- Quality Control: Field inspection.
3.09 SCHEDULE
:
A. Concrete Member Spalls: Cementitious mortar with smooth trowel finish. Apply
painted stucco finish to match adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles Beach
Technical Specifications
REINFORCING STEEL 032100 - 1
SECTION 032100 - REINFORCING STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Reinforcing steel bars and accessories for concrete repairs.
1.02
RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.
B. Section 03300 - Cast-ln-Place Concrete.
C. Section 03732 - Concrete Repair.
1.03
REFERENCES:
A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual.
D. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
E. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
F. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute - Manual of Practice.
G. Florida Building Code.
1.04
SUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW:
A. Section 01300 - Submittals. Procedures for submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations. and quantities of reinforcing steel, bending
and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301, ACI SP-66, ACI 318, CRSI and Florida Building
Code standards. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
REINFORCEMENT:
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, unfinished.
2.02
ACCESSORIES:
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles Beach
Technical Specifications
REINFORCING STEEL 032100 - 2
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of
reinforcement during concrete placement conditions, plastic coated steel.
C. Rust-Inhibitive Coating: Corr-Bond manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company, Emaco P22
manufactured by Master Buildings, Inc., Tho Roc zincrich Rebar Primer manufactured by Harris
Specialty Chemicals, Inc., Armatec 110 manufactured by Sika Corporation, Sonoprep
manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products, or Sto Bonding and Anti-Corrosion Agent
manufactured by Sto Concrete Restoration Division.
2.03
FABRICATION:
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 and CRSI Manual of Practice.
B. Locate reinforcing splices as directed by Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PLACEMENT:
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required
position.
B. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as follows: Item Coverage, Supported Slabs 1-1/2
inches Walls 1-1/2 inches, Columns 1-1/2 inches
C. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
D. Lap splice reinforcing bars 48 bar diameters unless indicated otherwise by Engineer.
3.02
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Section 01001 - Basic Requirements: Field inspection.
B. Inspect for acceptability. Obtain Engineer's approval prior to placing repair concrete.
3.03
SCHEDULES:
A. Reinforcement for Structural Concrete Repairs: Deformed bars with rust- inhibitive coating.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIR MORTARS 033123-1
SECTION 033123 - CONCRETE REPAIR MORTARS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete.
- Provide repair mortar for vertical or overhead patch and repair of existing substrate. Related Sections:
Other specification sections which relate directly to the work of this section include the following:
1.02 SUBMITTALS
- Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used. Include manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets.
1.03
ASTM C 109, Compressive Strength
REFERENCES
ASTM C 882, Bond Strength
ASTM C 78, Flexural Strength
ASTM C 469, Modulus of Elasticity
ASTM D 4541, Direct Tensile Bond
ASTM C 496, Splitting Tensile Strength
ASTM C 157, Drying Shrinkage
ASTM C 1202, Chloride Permeability
ASTM C 309, Specification for Curing Compounds
ICRI Technical Guideline No. 03732 Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and
Polymer Overlays
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
- Manufacturer's Qualifications: The manufacturer shall be a company with at least
five years experience and regularly engaged in the manufacture and marketing of products specified herein. The
manufacturer shall have an ISO 9001 certified quality system.
Installer's Qualifications: The contractor shall be qualified to perform the work specified by reason of experience.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
identification, manufacturer, batch number and shelf life. Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained
between 50 and 85 degrees F (10 and 29 degrees C). Protect from direct sunlight. Handle products in accordance with
manufacturer's printed recommendation.
- Deliver products in original packaging, labeled with product
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
Manufacturer: CR702 Sto Overhead Mortar as manufactured by Sto Corp., or approved equal.
- Overhead repair mortar: Single-component, polymer-modified, cement-based repair mortar,
containing Portland cement, graded specialty aggregates, dry acrylic polymer and admixtures. Comply with the
following:
Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 73 degrees F (23
degrees C) and 50 percent relative humidity:
Application:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIR MORTARS 033123-2
Working Time: 25 – 60 minutes.
Compressive Strength: 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) at 1 day, 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) at 3 days, 5,000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 7 days,
6,500 psi (44.8 MPa) at 28 days, ASTM C109.
Bond Strength: 1,000 psi (6.9 MPa) at 1 day, 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) at 7 days, 2,200 psi (15.2 MPa) at 28 days, ASTM
C882, modified.
Flexural Strength: 500 psi (3.5 MPa) at 1 day, 1,200 psi (8.3 MPa) at 7 days, 1,500 psi (10.4 MPa) at 28 days, ASTM
C78.
Modulus of Elasticity in Compression: < 3.2 x 106 psi (2.21 x 104 MPa) at 28 days, ASTM C469, modified.
Splitting Tensile Strength: 300 psi ((2.1 MPa) at 1 day, 500 psi (3.5 MPa) at 7 days, 750 psi (5.2 MPa) at 28 days,
ASTM C496, mortar.
Shrinkage: Less than 0.025% at 1 day, less than 0.05%at 7 days, less than 0.08%at 28 days, ASTM C157, air cured.
Rapid Chloride Permeability: Less than 500 Coulombs, at 28 days, ASTM C1202.
Low -slump, non-sagging.
Color: Concrete gray
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF OVERHEAD REPAIR MORTAR:
Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protect adjacent areas and
landscaping from contact due to mixing and handling of materials.
Examine substrates and conditions under which
materials will be installed. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
Surface Preparation: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following.
Remove loose and deteriorated materials from surfaces to be patched, to obtain an ICRI concrete surface profile CSP
4 or greater
Use mechanical chipping, sand-blasting or hydrodemolition.
Provide right-angle cuts at perimeter of repair by saw-cutting or chipping; do not feather edge.
Clean surfaces of bond-inhibiting materials including oil, dust and dirt, laitance and standing water.
Mixing: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following.
Precondition components to temperature of 70 plus or minus 5 degrees F (21 plus or minus 2.5 degrees C) prior to
mixing.
Add 6 to 6.5 pints (2.8 to 3.1 L) of clean, potable water per 60-pound bag.
Mix using a mechanical mixer to a uniform, lump-free consistency. Avoid over-mixing.
Do not add water beyond manufacturer’s instructions. Do not add additional powder.
Application: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following.
Apply when ambient and surface temperatures are 45 degrees F (7.5 degrees C) and rising.
Do not apply in freezing conditions or during precipitation.
Comply with manufacturer’s guides for hot and cold weather application.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE REPAIR MORTARS 033123-3
Dampen substrate to fill concrete pores with water. Remove ponding, glistening, or surface water (saturated surface
dry).
Apply scrub coat of repair mortar into substrate to ensure intimate contact and establish bond.
Apply mortar while scrub coat is wet. Consolidate and trowel to the desired finish, with a minimum thickness of 1/4
inch.
For application depths greater than 2 inches, apply in successive lifts, per manufacturer’s instructions.
Apply first lift and scratch surface to promote mechanical bond to subsequent lifts.
Apply second lift as soon as initial lift has hardened sufficiently to receive additional material. A scrub coat is not
required between successive lifts.
If more than three lifts of material are required, allow at least 24 hours of curing between each third lift and the next
application.
Curing
Keep surface damp for 48 hours with continuous light water-fogging.
If no coating or sealer is to be applied, a water-based curing compound meeting ASTM standard C309 may be used.
Do not use solvent-based curing compounds.
Cleaning: Remove excess material before material cures. If material has cured, remove using mechanical methods
which will not damage substrate.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-1
SECTION 040500 - UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01
RELA TED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section.
1.02
SCOPE:
A. This Section includes all labor, material, equipment and accessories as necessary to furnish and
install unit masonry, including, but not limited to the following:
1. Concrete unit masonry and accessories
2. Embedded flashing materials
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
: Division 4 Section "Mortar" for setting materials
A. Division 7 Section "Flashing & Sheet Metal" for exposed and unexposed sheet metal flashing
installed in masonry
B. Products installed, but not furnished under this Section, include the following:
1. Steel lintels, bolts, and anchors are specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications"
2. Wood nailers and blocking built into unit masonry are specified in Division 6 Section
"Rough Carpentry"
3. Reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing are specified in Division 7 Section "Flashing
and Sheet Metal"
4. Hollow metal and aluminum frames in unit masonry openings are specified in Division 8
Sections
1.04
REFERENCES:
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM C91 -Specification for Masonry Cement
2. ASTM C94 -Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
3. ASTM C140 -Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related
Units
4. ASTM C143 -Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
5. ASTM Cl44 -Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
6. ASTM C150 -Specification for Portland Cement
7. ASTM C207 -Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
8. ASTM C270 -Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry
9. ASTM C404 -Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout
10. ASTM C4 76 -Specification for Grout for Masonry
11. ASTM C1019 -Method for Sampling and Testing Grout
12. ASTM Cl142 -Specification for Ready Mixed Mortar for Unit Masonry
13. ASTM C 1329 -Specification for Mortar Cement
B. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council (IMIAC): Recommended Practices and
Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction; and Recommended Practices and
Guide Specifications for Hot Weather Masonry Construction
C. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) Technical Guideline
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-2
1.05
SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division I
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, reinforcement, and other manufactured
products including certification that each type complies with specified requirements, including fire
rating.
C. Shop Drawings for reinforcing detailing, fabrication, bending, and placement of unit masonry
reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing" showing
bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of masonry reinforcement.
D. Samples for verification purposes of the following:
1. Submit two (2) full-size units for each different exposed masonry unit required showing
full range of exposed color, texture, and dimensions to be expected in completed
construction.
E. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificates indicating full compliance with these
Specifications.
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to
those of assemblies whose fire resistance has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and
inspecting organization, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Single-Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture
and color, or a uniform blend within ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one
manufacturer for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related
surfaces.
C. Masonry Construction shall conform to ACI 530.1 Specification and requirements of the National
Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA).
D. Field-Constructed Mock-Ups: At least 60 days prior to installation of unit masonry, erect sample
wall panels representative of completed unit masonry work required for the project with respect to
qualities of appearance, materials and construction. Erect panels using coursing and tooling of
joints shown or specified. Obtain Architect acceptance of mock-up wall panel prior to beginning
work.
1. Build mock-ups for the following types of masonry in sizes of approximately 4 ft (1.2 m)
long by 4 ft (1.2 m) high by full thickness, including face and backup wythes as well as
accessories.
a. Each exterior type with substrate
b. Each interior type with substrate
2. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mock-ups will be
erected.
3. Protect mock-ups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane
4. Retain and maintain mock-ups during construction in undisturbed condition as standard
for judging completed unit masonry construction. When directed by Architect, demolish
and remove mock-ups from Project site.
5. No work shall be started on the building walls until the Owner and Architect have
approved sample wall.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-3
E. Story Pole: Before commencing any masonry, make and keep on the Project a carefully laid out
"Master" Story Pole. Pole shall be subject to approval. Markings on the pole shall be clearly
indicated and of a permanent type. The pole will be used for checking masonry construction. Such
other poles as are required for construction of masonry shall be true copies of the master pole.
1.07
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition.
B. Store and handle masonry units off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their
deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other
causes. If units become wet, do not place until units are in an air-dried condition.
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided. Prevent exposure to excessive moisture.
D. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and
oil. Protect from exposure to the elements.
1.08
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Protection of Macomb: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof
sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in
progress.
1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place.
2. Where one Wythe of multi-Wythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other
wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe
and hold cover in place.
B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 24 hours and concentrated loads for at least 5
days after building masonry walls or columns.
C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left
exposed or painted. Remove immediately any grout, mortar, and soil that comes in contact with
such masonry.
1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings
spread on ground and over wall surface.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
3. Protect surfaces of window and doorframes, as well as similar products with painted and
integral finishes from mortar droppings.
D. Cold-Weather Construction:
1. Do not lay masonry units that are wet or frozen.
2. Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions.
3. Perform the following construction procedures while masonry work is progressing within
the temperature ranges listed below:
a. Above 40°F: Normal masonry procedures. Cover walls with
plastic or canvas at end of work day.
b. 40°F -32°F: Heat mixing water to produce mortar
temperatures between 40°F -IOO°F. Completely cover walls
and materials to prevent wetting and freezing with plastic or
canvas for 24 hours after construction.
c. 32°F -25°F. Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar
between 40°F –l00°F. Maintain mortar above freezing until
used in masonry. With wind velocities over 15 mph provide
windbreaks during the work day. Completely cover walls and
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-4
materials to prevent wetting and freezing using auxiliary heat
of insulated blankets for 24 hours after construction.
d. 25°F -20°F: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar
between 40°F -100°F. Maintain mortar above freezing.
Enclose work area and provide heat, sources on both sides of
walls under construction. Completely cover walls and
materials to prevent wetting and freezing using auxiliary heat
or insulated blankets for 48 hours after construction.
e. 20°F and Below: Heat mixing water and sand to produce
mortar between 40°F -100°F . Heat masonry units to 40°F
minimum. Use heat sources on both sides of walls under
construction. Provide enclosure and heat to maintain
temperatures above 32°F within enclosure. Maintain
temperatures above 32°F within the enclosure for 48 hours
after construction.
E. Hot- Weather Construction (Refer to applicable Section of the Code):
1. Perform the following construction procedures while masonry work is progressing within
the temperature ranges listed below.
a. 100°F -40°F: Normal masonry procedures. Cover walls with plastic or canvas at end of work day.
b. Above 100°F or 90°F with 8 mph or greater wind velocity: Maintain mortar temperature between 70°F -100°F. Limit spread of mortar bed to 4 ft, and place units within one minute of spreading mortar. Fog spray and/or cover with plastic or canvas partially or newly completed walls to prevent moisture evaporation.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MA TERIALS, GENERAL:
A. Comply with referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements specified in this Section as
applicable to each material indicated.
1. Masonry construction shall conform to ACI 530. 1 specification, latest edition
2. Masonry unit strength (Pm) shall be 1500 psi at 28 days
2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS:
A. General: Comply with requirements indicated below as applicable to each form of concrete
masonry unit required.
1. Provide special shapes where required for lintels, comers, jambs, sash, control joints,
headers, bonding, and other special conditions.
2. Provide square-edged units for outside comers, except where indicated
B. Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Grade N and as follows.
1. Size: Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 inches long by 8
inches high (15-5/8" x 7-5/8" actual) by thickness indicated.
2. Weight Classification: As listed to receive UL rating of 2-hour minimum, 4-hour
maximum.
3. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Hollow Non-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 120, Grade N and as follows:
3. Size: Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 inches long by 8
inches high 15-5/8" x 7-5/8" actual) by thickness indicated.
4. Weight Classification: As listed to receive UL rating of 2-hour minimum, 4-hour
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-5
maximum.
5. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Grade N and as follows:
1. Size: Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 inches long by 8
inches high 15-5/8" x 7-5/8" actual) by thickness indicated.
2. Weight Classification: As listed to receive UL rating of 2-hour minimum, 4-hour
maximum.
3. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, center scored and split face
block.
E. Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I moisture-controlled
units, and as follows:
1. Size: Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face din1ensions of 16 inches long by 8
inches high (15%" x 75!8" actual) by thickness indicated, At some areas, as indicated,
provide units that are "half' height units (35!8" actual),
2. Weight Classification: As listed to receive UL rating of 2-hour minin1um, 4-hour
maxin1um.
3. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated.
2.03
CONCRETE BLOCK (CMU) INSULA TION:
A. Furnish foamed-in-place block insulation to completely fill all cavities in single wythe concrete
masonry exterior walls that do not contain grout and at interior concrete masonry walls as
indicated and where required to achieve 3-hour or other fire ratings.
B. Foam material requirements: Non-combustible with the following characteristics: Flame Spread =
0; Smoke Developed = 5; Fuel Contribution = 0.
C. Thermal Values Requirements:
1. 8" CMU bock/ 60 lbs. Density R=14.2
U=0.07
2. 8" CMU block/ 100 lbs. Density R=9.1
U=0.10
2. 12" CMU block/ 60 lbs. Density R=20.0
U=0.05
3. 12" CMU block/ 100 lbs. Density R=12.5
U=0.08
D. Provide insulation where noted herein and as shown on Drawings.
1. Single wythe exterior walls, one side exposed to weather.
2. Single wythe interior walls that may extend above the roof, one or both sides exposed to
the weather. Install only at and above point of roof insulation. "
2.04 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Billet steel complying with ASTM A615, Grade 60
B. Plain Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185
2.05
JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Provide joint reinforcement, wall ties, and anchors complying with requirements of this
article, formed from the following:
1. At exterior masonry walls and at locations where masonry is in contact with the earth use
hot-dip galvanized (1.50 oz. psf) steel wire, ASTM A153, Class B-2 for zinc coating
applied after prefabrication of units.
2. At interior locations not in contact with the earth use mill galvanized steel wire, ASTM
A641, Class I.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-6
B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross
rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and
complying with requirements indicated below:
1. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1483 inch (9 gage)
2. Wire Diameter for Cross Rods: 0.1483 inch (9 gage)
3. For single-wythe masonry provide type as follows with single pair of side rods:
a. Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c.
b. Dur-O-Wall D/A Truss or equal
4. For multi-wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods:
a. Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 8 inches o.c. with adjustable wall tie eye sections welded at 16" centers.
b. Dur-O-Wall D/A 370 Dur-O-Eye or equal.
C. Manufacturers: Subject to full compliance with all requirements, provide joint reinforcement by
one of the following:
1. Dur-O-Wal, Inc.
2. Heckrnann Building Products, Inc.
3. Hohrnann & Bamard, Inc.
2.06
TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL:
A. General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with requirements
for metal finishes of this article. Screws used shall be stainless steel.
B. Galvanized Steel Wire: As follows:
1. At exterior masonry walls or at locations where masonry is in contact with the earth, use
hot-dip galvanized (1.50 oz. psi) steel wire, ASTM A153, Class B-2 for zinc coating
applied after prefabrication of units.
2. At interior locations not in contact with the earth, use mill galvanized steel wire, ASTM
A64 I, Class 1.
C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: As follows:
1. ASTM A526 ( commercial quality), Coating Designation G60, steel sheet zinc-coated by
hot-dip process on continuous lines prior to fabrication, for sheet metal ties and anchors
completely embedded in mortar.
2. ASTM A366 (commercial quality) cold-rolled carbon steel sheet hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication to comply with ASTM A153, Class B2 (for unit lengths over 15 inches) and
Class B3 (for unit lengths under 15 inches), for sheet metal ties and anchors exposed to
the weather and not completely embedded in mortar and grout.
D. Manufacturers: Subject to full compliance with all requirements in subsequent articles, provide
products by one of the following:
1. Dur-O- Wal, Inc.
2. Heckrnann Building Products, Inc. 3. Hohrnann & Bamard, Inc.
2.07 BENT WIRE TIES AT MULTI-WYTHE MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
:
A. Adjustable 3/16 inch diameter two-pronged pintle-type hook tie for use with reinforced wall tie
eye sections. Tie to allow for maximum joint misalignment of I ~ inch.
2.08
ADJUST ABLE ANCHORS FOR CONNECTING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-7
A. General: Two-piece assemblies, as described below, allowing vertical or horizontal differential
movement between wall and framework parallel to plane of wall, but resisting tension and
compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall.
B. For anchorage to concrete framework, provide manufacturer's standard with dovetail anchor
section formed from minimum 12 gage sheet metal and 0.1875 inch diameter triangular-shaped
wire tie section sized to extend within I inch of masonry face.
C. For anchorage to steel framework, provide manufacturer's standard anchors with crimped ~ inch
diameter wire anchor section for welding to steel and 0.1875 inch diameter triangular-shaped wire
tie section sized to extend within I " of masonry face.
2.09 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS:
A. Unit Type Masonry Inserts in Concrete: Cast iron or malleable iron inserts of type and size
indicated
B. Dovetail Slots: Furnish dovetail slots, with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from
0.0336-inch (20 gage) hot-dip galvanized sheet metal.
C. Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A; with ASTM A563 hex nuts and
where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A153, Class C; of
diameter; and length indicated
2.10 POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS:
A. Anchors as described below, with capability to sustain, without failure, load imposed within
factors of safety indicated, as determined by testing per ASTM E488, conducted by a qualified
independent testing laboratory.
1. Type: Expansion anchors
2. Corrosion Protection: Carbon steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B633,
Class Fe/Zn 5 (5 microns) for Class SC I service condition (mild)
3. For cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in concrete: Capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to 4 times loads imposed by masonry
4. For post-installed anchors in grouted concrete masonry units: Capability to sustain,
without failure, a load equal to 6 times loads imposed by masonry
2.11
EMBEDDED FLASHING MA TERIALS:
A. Copper-Fabric Flashing:
1. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry
2. Material: Minimum 5 oz. per square foot (1525g1sq.m) copper sheet laminated on both
sides with treated glass fabric then bonded together with a flexible asphaltic material for
moisture protection
3. Products: Subject to full compliance with all requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Advanced Building Products, Inc. -Advanced Copper Fabric
Flashing
b. AFCO Products, Inc. -AFCO Copper Fabric
c. Polytite Manufacturing Corp. -Copper Fabric Flashing
d. Sandell Manuf. Co., Inc. -Copper Fabric
e. York Manufacturing, Inc. -Copper Fabric Flashing
B. Stainless Steel Flashing:
1. Application: Use for thru-wall flashing, corner reinforcement and end dams; use at
exposed flashing conditions, semi-exposed conditions or where otherwise indicated on
Drawings
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-8
2. Material: Minimum 0.015" thick Type 304 stainless steel with mill [mish fabricated with
3/8" hemmed drip edge where exposed, turning up approximately 8" against backup wall
and penetrating wall surface; provide stainless steel termination bar as required if not
reglet is possible
3. Products: Subject to full compliance with all requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Cheney Flashing Company -Two-way Spando Design -Thru- Wall Flashing b.
b. Heckmann Building Products, Inc. -Sheet Metal Flashings 1000 Series
C. Stainless Steel Edge Flashing:
1. Application: Use where flashing extends past face of masonry or is partially or fully exposed;
use to reinforce outside or inside corners of thru-wall flashing and provide end dams
2. Material: Minimum 0.015" thick Type 304 stainless steel with mill finish fabricated with 3/8"
hemmed drip edge where exposed and turning up approximately I Y2" at back against backup
wall; adhere thru-wall flashing to edge flashing
3. Products: Subject to full compliance with all requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Dur-O-Wal, Inc. -Dur-O-Wal Full Edge Stainless Steel Edge
Flashing
b. Heckrnann Building Products, Inc. -Sheet Metal Flashings
IOOO Series
c. Hohmann & Bamard, Inc. -#MFL Flashing
D. Adhesive for Flashings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use
indicated
E. Primer: As recommended by manufacturer for surface intended to allow full bond or adhesion of
flashing material
F. Sealant: As recommended by manufacturer to seal edges, penetrations and joints in flashing.
Sealant shall be fully compatible with flashing material, substrate, anchors and other items that
may come in contact with the sealant.
2.12 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Preformed Control Joint Gaskets: Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Compound: ASTM D2000,
Designation
1. 2AA-805, designed to fit standard block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size
and configuration as indicated.
B. Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, Type I
(No.15 asphalt felt).
C. Cavity Protection: Provide material designed to maintain base of open cavities free of mortar
droppings or other items that may clog weepholes.
1. Masonry Technology, Inc. -MTI "Trash Mortar Diverter"
2. Mortar Net USA, Ltd. -Mortar Net
3. Polytite Manuf. Corp. -Mortarstop (1 " x 16")
D. Weepholes: Provide 100% cotton sash cord wicking material in length required to produce 2-inch
exposure on exterior and 18-inch in cavity between wythes. Trim cord flush with mortar joint.
E. Fiber Glass mesh: Resin coated mesh conforming to ASTM D 1668-73, Type 207 Designed to
control the amount of loose fill insulation or grout that is used in partially filled walls.
F. Two -Piece Masonry Reglet: Utilize Type "B" Cheney Reglet with V." horizontal slot, 1-1/8" deep
galvanized steel to receive base flashing at low canopy roof and at main roof.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-9
2.13 MASONRY CLEANERS:
A. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Consult blocks manufacturer and mortar manufacturer to receive
recommendation.
2.14
FIRE RATINGS:
A. At fire rated concrete masonry walls, if units are not supplied to meet the fire-rating requirement,
fill all open cells with fire resistant material.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION:
A. Masonry Installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed
and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Beginning installation indicates acceptance of conditions and responsibility for performance of
installed work.
C. Masonry Installer shall examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations prior
to installation.
3.02
INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
A. Thickness. Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness
shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of
nominal thickness indicated.
B. Build chases and recesses as shown or required to accommodate items specified in this and other
Sections of the Specifications. Provide not less than 8 inches of masonry between chase or recess
and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses.
C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installation of
equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening.
D. Cut masonry units with motor driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as
required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-size units without
cutting where possible.
E. Do not wet concrete masonry units.
F. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen
work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing.
G. Do not use chipped or broken units. Such units discovered as part of the finished work shall result
in immediate removal and replacement at no cost to the Owner.
H. Reject, and do not place any split-face block which has a surface variation greater than or
less than one inch (1") than the average thickness of the wall.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-10
A. Maximum Variation from Plumb in Vertical Lines and Surfaces of Columns, Walls and Arises:
1/4 in. (6.4 mm) in 10 ft. (3 m); 3/8 in. (9.6 mm) in a story height not to exceed 20 ft. (6 m); 1/2
in. (12.7 mm) in 40 ft. (12 m) or more
B. Maximum Variation from Plumb for External Corners, Expansion Joints and Other Conspicuous
Lines: 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) in any story or 20 ft. (6 m) maximum; 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) in 40 ft. (12 m) or
more
C. Maximum Variation from Level of Grades for Exposed Lintels, Sills, Parapets, Horizontal
Grooves and Other Conspicuous Lines: 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) in any bay or 20 ft. (6 m); 1/2 in. (12.7
mm) in 40 ft. (12 m) or more
D. Maximum Variation from Plan Location of Related Portions of Columns, Walls and Partitions: 1/2
in. (12.7 mm) in any bay or 20 ft. (6 m); 3/4 in. (19 mm) in 40 ft. (12 m) or more
E. Maximum Variation in Cross-sectional Dimensions of Columns and Thicknesses of Walls from
Dimensions Shown on Drawings: 1/4 in. (6.4 mm)
3.04 LAYING MASONRY W ALLS:
A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths
and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of
less- than-half-size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other locations.
B. Lay up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and
coordinated with other construction.
C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not
use units with less than nominal4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners at jambs.
1. Block: One-half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses
above and below.
D. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less
than 2 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at comers. Do not use units with less
than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at comers or jambs.
E. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back ½-unit length for one-half running; do
not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly (if required), and
removed loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
F. Built-In Work: As construction progresses, build-in items shown on Drawings specified under this
and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry and mortar around built-in
items.
1. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise
indicated
2. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 3 courses (24 inches) under bearing
plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Load bearing walls shall have reinforced, concrete filled lintel blocks or 3 courses of concrete
brick at point of structural member bearing to distribute load, unless otherwise indicated.
H. At all walls to receive an applied roof membrane or waterproofing membrane, all joints shall be
flush struck.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-11
I. At all locations where window frames or hollow metal door frames butt split-faced masonry block,
Contractor shall provide proper transition to smooth faced concrete block for proper joint
conditions.
3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING:
A. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient
mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints.
B. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face
shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and
pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or to be filled with grout. For
starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed including areas
under cells.
C. Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. Do
not exceed joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. If not shown, lay walls
with 3/8 inch (9.6 mm) joints.
D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, unless
otherwise indicated.
E. Tool exposed joints as follows:
1. Concrete Block: Tool slightly concave using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless
otherwise directed by Architect. Consult Architect prior to starting work.
F. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and reset in fresh mortar. Do not pound
corners or jambs to shift adjacent stretcher units, which have been set in position. If adjustments
are required, remove units, clean off mortar and reset in fresh mortar.
3.06
CAVITIES/AIR SPACES:
A. Keep cavities/air spaces clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike
joints facing cavities/air spaces flush. Place prefabricated cavity protection devices at base of open
cavities to prevent clogging of weepholes. Follow manufacturer's directions for installation of
cavity protection material.
B. Tie exterior wythe to backup with individual metal ties. Stagger alternate courses.
C. Cavities and air spaces found not to be clean by the Architect shall be cleaned by the Contractor at
no additional cost to the Contract, even if masonry is required to be removed and then replaced.
3.07 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT:
A. General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated. Install longitudinal side
rods in mortar for their entire length. Longitudinal side rods shall engage outer face shell of unit
by at least ~ inch. Wire wall ties shall be embedded at least 1- ½ inches into the mortar bed of
solid masonry units or solid grouted hollow units. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches.
B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L " and "T" section.
Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets,
column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-12
D. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows:
1. For multi-wythe walls (solid or cavity) where continuous horizontal reinforcing also acts as
structural bond or tie between wythes, space reinforcing as required by code, but not less than
16 inches o.c. vertically.
2. For single-wythe walls space reinforcing at 8 inches o.c. vertically, unless shown otherwise.
3. Install reinforcing in the two courses immediately above and below all openings.
3.08
ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS:
A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to
comply with the following:
1. Provide an open space not less than 1-inch in width between masonry and structural member,
unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials.
2. Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry joints and
attached to structure.
3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16" o.c. vertically and 32" o.c. horizontally.
3.09 MOVEMENT (CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS):
A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated and as required by
Code. Build in related items as the masonry progresses. Do not form a continuous span through
movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition
movement. If no joints are indicated, follow guidelines of BIA or NCMA. Verify all locations
with Architect.
B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows.
1. Install preformed control joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. Keep head joints
free and clear of mortar or rake joint.
2. Locate joints as recommended by NCMA or as shown on Drawings. Do not exceed 25'
between joints or change of plane in wall surface.
C. Form expansion joints in brick made from clay or shale as follows:
1. Form continuous open joint of size indicated (typically 1/2 inch) but not less than 3/8 inch for
installation of sealant and backer rod. Maintain joint free and clear of mortar.
2. Locate joints as recommended by BIA or as shown on Drawings. Do not exceed 25 ft.
between joints or change of plane in wall surface.
D. Build in horizontal pressure-relieving joints where indicated; construct joints by either leaving an
air space or inserting pressure relieving pads of width required to permit installation of sealant and
backer rod.
1. Locate horizontal pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry veneer
and attached to structure behind masonry veneer.
E. Align control joints and expansion joins in multi-wythe construction.
3.10
LINTELS:
A. Install steel lintels where indicated.
B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1 '-0" for brick size
units and 2 '-0" for block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels.
Provide precast or formed-in-place masonry lintels. At exposed walls, utilize U-blocks cast with
concrete and reinforcing bars, fabricated to match size and [mish of exposed masonry .Cure
precast lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed-in-place lintels for a
minimum of 72 hours or until cured enough to hold applied loads.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-13
C. Split faced concrete masonry unit lintels shall be formed with a "Form Block" lintel block, filled
with 5,000 psi concrete and reinforced as shown on Structural Drawings. For 8" thickness walls,
spans up to 8 '-0" may be supported with a 16" deep lintel consisting of a lintel block with a form
block above, reinforced with one #7 bar top and bottom and full height 5,000 psi concrete fill.
3.11
FLASHING/WEEP HOLES:
A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at finish floor, shelf angles, lintels,
ledges, other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated on
Drawings.
B. Prepare masonry surfaces so that they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture
flashing. Place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar .Seal
penetrations in flashing with adhesive/sealant/tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer .
Tumed -up and sealed end dams shall be provided at all flashing terminations. All laps and
terminations must be fully sealed, minimum lap of 2 inches.
C. Install flashings as follows:
1. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 4 inches upward into masonry at
each end to forma dam. Extend flashing from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry,
through the outer wythe, turned up in the cavity a minimum of 8 inches, and then through the
inner wythe to within 1/2 inches of the interior face of the exposed masonry wall. Where
interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely through the
inner wythe and turn up approximately 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
2. At heads and sills, extend flashing as specified above unless otherwise indicated, but turn up
ends not less than 2 inches to form a pan.
3. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashings by overlapping ribs not less than 1- ½
inches or as recommended by flashing manufacturer and seal lap with elastomeric sealant.
D. Install weep holes in the sill and head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry
immediately be]ow and above embedded flashings. Space weep holes per Drawings or 16 inches
o.c. unless shown otherwise.
E. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where shown to be built into
masonry.
F. Do not cross bed mortar at flashing areas.
3. 12 FILLING CELLS:
A. Where indicated at reinforced cells, fill cavities full height with concrete or grout. Install grout in
lifts not to exceed 48 inches. Ensure complete filling of cells and proper clearances of
reinforcement is maintained. Confirm that all cells are filled from top to bottom.
B. Where required for fire rating of concrete masonry units, install fire-resistant material to
completely fill open cells full height of wall, or to a minimum height of 36" above the adjacent
roof height. Provide verification openings at bottom of cells to ensure material fills cells
completely from top to bottom. Plug cells upon confirmation of material filling using a material
compatible with the fire rating of the wall.
C. Where concrete masonry units are used as backup for exterior wall, fill all open cells with foamed-
in- place block insulation. App]y in lifts not to exceed 12 ft., providing confirmation that all
cavities are filled from top to bottom.
3.13 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT MASONRY 040500-14
A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged
or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units and in fresh
mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and
completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints including corners, openings, and adjacent
construction to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared for application of sealants.
C. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non-metallic scrape hoes or
chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave the panel uncleaned for comparison
purposes.
3. Protect adjacent non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with
liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape.
4. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by
rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean brick by means of bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA "Technical
Note No.20 Revised" using the following masonry cleaner.
a. 1ob-mixed detergent solution or proprietary acidic cleaner if cceptable to
masonry manufacturer and mortar supplier. If acidic cleaner used, apply in
compliance with manufacturer's directions and BIA Technical Note No.20.
6. Clean concrete masonry by means of cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 45 applicable
to type of stain present on exposed surfaces.
7. High-pressure power washing is forbidden.
D. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer,
that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MORTAR 040516-1
SECTION 040516 - MORTAR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division] Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section.
1.02
SCOPE:
A. The work required under this Section consists of furnishing and installing all mortar and grout, including
admixtures, for masonry work under various Sections of these Specifications.
1.03
RELATED WORK:
A. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for block construction
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit manufacturer's product data on each mortar to be used.
B. Submit ribbon samples of mortar for selection by Architect.
C. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
D. Mortar Mix Design: Independent testing laboratory test reports for mortar and grout for each type to be
used.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Masonry construction shall conform to ACI 530.1 / ASCE 6 specifications.
B. References:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
a. ASTM C91 -Specification for Masonry Cement
b. ASTM C94 -Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
c. ASTM CI43 -Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
d. ASTM CI44 -Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
e. ASTM CI50 -Specification for Portland Cement
f. ASTM C207 -Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
g. ASTM C270 -Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry
h. ASTM C404 -Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout
i. ASTM C476 -Specification for Grout for Masonry
j. ASTM CI019 -Method for Sampling and Testing Grout
k. ASTM CI142 -Specification for Ready Mixed Mortar for Unit Masonry
l. ASTM C1329 -Specification for Mortar Cement
2. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council (IMIAC): Recommended Practices and
Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction; and Recommended Practices
and Guide Specifications for Hot Weather Masonry Construction
3. Brick Industry Association (BIA) Guidelines and Technical Notes
4. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) Technical Guidelines
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MORTAR 040516-2
C. Mock-Up: Before starting exterior masonry work, construct sample panel, minimum "48" (1.2 m) L x 48"
(1.2 ill) H in size, incorporating typical back-up construction and all components of the masonry wall
system. Architect shall review panel for acceptability before actual work begins.
1.06
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Mortar materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled to prevent damage, deterioration, or
contamination. Mortar materials shall be stored under cover in a dry place and in original packaging. Do
not place mortar materials directly on the ground or any floor slab.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Subject to full compliance with all requirements, the following manufacturers offer products that may be
incorporated into the work:
1. Masonry Cement:
a. Holcim, Inc. (formerly Holnam, Inc.)
b. Lehigh Portland Cement Co.
c. Quikrete Co.
d. Southdown, Inc.
e. Southern Grouts and Mortars, Inc.
2. Integral Masonry Mortar Water-Repellant:
a. Addiment, Inc. -Mortar Tite
b. Grace Construction Products -Dry Block Mortar Admixture
c. Master Builders, Inc. -Rheopel Mortar Admixture
d. Sonneborn, ChemRex, Inc. -Hydrocide Powder
2.02
MATERIALS:
A. Water: Clean, potable and free of deleterious materials, complying with ASTM C94
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, normal, Type I
C. Masonry Cement ASTM C91, Type II
D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type "S" or "M"
E. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, Type "N" for above grade, Type "S" for below grade unless
specified otherwise on Structural Drawings
F. Sand: ASTM: C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
G. Grout: ASTM C404, Aggregate for Masonry Grout
H. Waterproofing Admixture" Provide a waterproofing admixture that is mixed with the masonry mortar to
reduce the water absorption characteristics of the mortar. Acceptable products include Sonneborn
"Hydrocide Powder"; Master Builders "OM" or AC Horn "Hydrate Plus"; W.R. Grace "Dry-Block".
1. Admixture shall not reduce flexural bond strength when added to mortar mix as tested
following ASTM C1357.
2. Reduction of mortar compressive strength shall not exceed 5% when tested according to
ASTM C1314.
3. A maximum of 5% increase in dry shrinkage shall occur upon use of admixture when tested
according to ASTM CI 148.
I. Block Mortar Color: Natural Color/Standard Gray
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MORTAR 040516-3
2.03 GROUT:
A. Grout shall consist of mortar to which sufficient additional water is added to cause the material to flow.
Comply with the requirements of ASTM C476 and CAI 530.1.
B. Non-shrink grout used for grouting column base plates, and elsewhere as indicated, shall be pre-mixed
Embeco Grout as manufactured by Master Builders, or approved equal.
C. Grout compressive strength shall be 2500 psi at 28 days.
D. Block cells and cavities below grade shall all be filled with concrete or grout.
E. Utilize fine grout when grout space is smaller than 4" in either direction.
2.04 ADMIXTURES:
A. No antifreeze liquids, salts, or other substances shall be used in the mortar in an attempt to lower the
freezing point.
B. Accelerators or other admixtures will be permitted only after consultation with the Architect as to method
and products to be used, and approval of the Architect is obtained
C. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used.
D. Water repellent mortar admixture should only be used in mortar for joints in exterior brick or stone.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
MORTAR TYPE:
A. Mortar for Masonry in contact with earth: Mortar shall be type "M" mixed in the proportions of 1 part
Portland Cement, 1/4 part hydrated lime or lime putty and between 2-1/4 and 3 parts sand, by volume.
At the option of the Contractor, mortar may be mixed in the proportions of 1 part Portland Cement, I
part masonry cement, Type 11, and between 4-1/2 and 6 parts of sand by volume.
B. Mortar for all unit masonry not specified otherwise: Mortar shall be Type "S", mixed in proportions of I
part Portland Cement, 1/4 to 1/2 parts hydrated lime or lime putty and 2-1/4 to 3 parts of sand by vol- ume.
At the option of the Contractor, mortar may be mixed in the proportions of 1/2 part Portland Cement, 1
part Masonry Cement, Type II and 2-1/4 to 3 parts of sand by volume.
C. Masonry grout shall be used for setting all pre-cast items except lintels. D. The exact mix proportions to be
used shall be submitted for approval.
3.02 MIXING:
A. Follow recommendations of manufacturer and as herein indicated.
B. Mix all cementitious materials and sand in a mechanical batch mixer for a minimum of 5 minutes,
maximum of 10 minutes. Adjust the consistency of the mortar to the satisfaction of the mason, but add
only as much water as is compatible with convenience in using the mortar. If the mortar begins to
stiffen from evaporation or from absorption of a part of the mixing water, retemper the mortar
immediately by adding water, and remix the mortar.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MORTAR 040516-4
C. Mortar for all exterior walls shall have water-repellent admixture added in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Use only for mortar at exterior exposed masonry, not on masonry that is
not exposed to the exterior, nor on interior masonry.
D. Addition of admixtures or retempering of mortar at the mixer to extend its use will not be permitted.
3.03 RETEMPERlNG:
A. All mortar and grout shall be used within 2Y2 hours of initial mixing and no mortar or grout shall be
used after it has begun to set. Retempering of mortar in which setting has occurred will not be
permitted. However, mortar shall be retempered, except as above qualified, as necessary to keep it
plastic, and only in accordance with ASTM C270.
3.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
:
A. Cold- Weather Construction:
1. Do not lay masonry units that are wet or frozen.
2. Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions.
3. Perform the following construction procedures while masonry work is progressing within the
temperature ranges listed below:
a. Above 40°F: Normal masonry procedures. Cover walls with plastic or canvas at
end of workday
b. b 40°F -32°F: Heat mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40°F -
100°F until placed. Completely cover walls and materials to prevent wetting and
freezing with plastic or canvas for 24 hours after construction.
c. 32°F -25°F: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar between 40°F -100°F.
Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry. With wind velocities over
15 mph provide windbreaks during the workday. Completely cover walls and
materials to prevent wetting and freezing using auxiliary heat or insulated
blankets for 24 hours after construction.
d. 25°F -20°F: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar between 40°F -100°F
.Maintain mortar above freezing. Enclose work area and provide heat sources on
both sides of walls under construction. Completely cover walls and materials to
prevent wetting and freezing using auxiliary heat or insulated blankets for 48
hours after construction.
e. 20°F and Below: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar between 40°F -
100°F. Heat masonry units to 40°F minimum. Use heat sources on both sides of
walls under construction. Provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures
above 32°F within enclosure. Maintain temperatures above 32°F within the
enclosure for 48 hours after construction.
B. Hot-Weather Construction:
1. Perform the following construction procedures while masonry work is progressing within the
temperature ranges listed below:
a. 100°F -40°F: Normal masonry procedures. Cover walls with plastic or canvas at end of workday. b. Above 1oo°F or 90°F with 8 mph or greater wind velocity: Maintain mortar temperature between 70°F -100°F. Limit spread of mortar bed to 4 feet, and place units within one minute of spreading mortar. Fog spray and/or cover with canvas or plastic partially or newly completed walls to prevent moisture evaporation.
3.05
INSTALLATION:
A. General: Follow recommendations of Brick Industry Association, National Concrete Masonry Association,
and the Building Stone Institute for installation ofmortar as appropriate.
B. Fill head and bed joints for full thickness of the faceshells.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MORTAR 040516-5
C. Tooling Joints:
1. Strike mortar joints concave at exterior masonry
2. Strike mortar joints concave at interior conditions
D. Keep cavities clear of excessive mortar or other debris. Utilize prefabricated material to prevent mortar
droppings from clogging weepholes as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry".
E. Cleaning:
1. Remove "primary" efflorescence from masonry walls exposed in the finished work. Follow
recommendations of Masonry Industry Associations and manufacturers.
2. Remove dirt or stains from masonry walls exposed in the finished work in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and the applicable industry association guidelines.
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION
:
A. Clean all masonry surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure that cleanino "'
solution does not stain or soil adjacent construction.
B. Remove all excess materials, debris, trash, waste and equipment from project work site, and leave area
ready for next trade.
C. Remove sample panels after each portion of the masonry construction is completely installed and accepted
by the Owner and Architect.
D. Protect all installed masonry construction from damage, stains, soil, or other deleterious conditions until
acceptance of building by the Owner and Architect.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-1
SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
1.
SECTION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Submittals: Shop Drawings.
B. Comply with AISC-13th
Edition “Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress
Design and Plastic Design", RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A
490 Bolts," and AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
STRUCTURAL STEEL AND ACCESSORIES
A. Structural-Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36 (Hot-Dip Galvanized G-185 minimum).
B. Structural-Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, GRADE B (Hot-Dip Galvanized G-185 minimum).
C. Anchor Rods (Hooked, Headed, Threaded & Nutted): ASTM F1554, Grade 36 (Hot-Dip
Galvanized G-185 minimum).
D. Bolts: ASTM A 325 headed bolts, Type 3, Corrosion Resistant.
E. Nuts: ASTM A563 (Hot-Dip Galvanized G-185 minimum)
F. Washers: ASTM F436 (Hot-Dip Galvanized G-185 minimum)
E. Corrosion Resistant Primer: ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized
G-185 minimum) Coating on Iron and Steel Products.
F. Grout: ASTM C 1107, nonmetallic, shrinkage resistant, premixed.
2.02
A. Fabricate structural steel according to AISC-13
FABRICATION:
th
limits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for
Edition specifications and tolerance
structural steel.
B. Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces according to ASTM A123/A123M-02, Standard Specification for
Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized G-185 minimum) Coating on Iron and Steel Products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Erect structural steel according to AISC-13
ERECTION
th
Edition specifications and within erection tolerances
of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
B. Set base and bearing plates on wedges, shims, or setting nuts. Tighten anchor bolts, cut off
wedges or shims flush with edge of plate, and pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and
plates.
C. Bolted Connections: Install and tighten non-high strength bolts. Snug tighten high-strength bolts
according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM 325 or A 490 Bolts."
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-2
D. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
JOINT SEALANT 079200-1
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY
A. Provide labor, materials, and installation required to complete the Project.
1.02
RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions
B. Supplementary Conditions
C. Special Conditions
1.03
STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
A. The following codes and standards shall govern workmanship and materials unless modified more
stringently hereinafter.
1. Standard Building Code (SBC).
1.04
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement and payment will be included in the lump sum and unit cost prices for the appropriate work
items, as shown in the Bid Schedule as required for those items for the completion of the work which price
and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnishing materials and performing work in connection
herewith and as specified in the scope of work under this section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A. Caulking Compounds - Silicone, polysulfide, and acrylic polymer sealants are optional, except where use
of one or the other is specifically called for in these documents or where one or the other is not
recommended for use by the manufacturer.
1. Silicone: Dow Corning 780, G.E. 1200 or 1300.
2. Polysulfide: Thiokol, Pecora, U.S. TT-S-00230.
3. Acrylic: Tremco, Pecora, U.S. TT-S-00230.
B. Sealant Backup - Polyethylene Foam - Dow Ethafoam S.B., Tremco, and Pecora.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION
A. Provide application conforming to the manufacturers recommendations.
1. Use sealant manufacturer’s primers, solvents, and thinners.
2. Clean and prepare surfaces as recommended.
3. Tool joints with OWNER selected color and remove excess sealant.
B. Provide caulking where indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, and as listed below:
1. Joints subject to weather and/or air infiltration.
2. At perimeter of items set in exterior walls.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
JOINT SEALANT 079200-2
3. At exposed surface joints of dissimilar materials and manufactured items permanently incorporated
into the work.
a. This includes, but is not limited to, hollow metal frames, windows, stools, casework, plumbing
fixtures, corner guards, and thresholds.
4. Where required for fire rating, such as the perimeter of partitions, and around pipe and duct
penetrations in same.
5. Where required for sound control to maintain code required S.T.C. rating.
6. At building expansion joints.
7. At metal flashing.
8. At juncture between dissimilar materials, except concrete poured against block.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
FINISH HARDWARE 087111-1
SECTION 087111- FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
:
A. This Section includes hardware for the proper installation, operation, and control of doors.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere Requiring Coordination with this Section:
1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: SECTION 08110
1.02 REFERENCES
:
A. Applicable Standards:
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
a. A115 Series - Door and Frame Preparation.
b. A156 Series - Hardware.
2. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA):
a. 1301 Materials and Finishes.
3. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI):
a. Architectural Hardware Scheduling Sequence and Schedule Format.
b. Abbreviations and Symbols.
c. Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
d. Recommended Procedure for Processing Hardware Schedules and Templates.
B. Acceptable Products: Articles of hardware are specified in the Hardware Sets with reference to ANTI
A156 Series designations. Articles meeting minimum requirements are acceptable.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
:
A. Submit as specified in SECTION 01300.
B. Includes, but not limited to, the following:
1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical product data for each item of hardware. Include
information necessary to show compliance with requirements, including instructions for installation
and maintenance of operating parts and finish.
2. Hardware Schedule: See hardware schedule on sheet A-6.
a. Schedule all hardware on the vertical format with a horizontal summary conforming to DHI
standard, following the prescribed scheduling sequence and supplying door descriptions and
keying designations where applicable.
b. For every article in which the complement of fasteners, the hand, size, finish, or the
incorporation of accessories represents a differential, enter each such article on the quantity
summary as a separate item. Make each entry on the quantity summary complete and
accurate, showing that all materials necessary to the finished installation are included.
c. The use of abbreviations and symbols is limited to those prescribed in the DHI standard and
to those incorporated in the product numbers normal to manufacturer's procedures.
d. Door numbers used in the schedule shall be the same as those used here in and on the
drawings.
e. Maintain the sheets of instruction, layout templates, and any supplementary literature
regarding hardware in a readable condition. Transmit to the District all such matter together
with all spare parts, specialized tools, and other accessories supplied with the hardware.
Also, transmit to the District a copy of the approved hardware schedule. Notify the Engineer
in writing that such transmittal has occurred.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
FINISH HARDWARE 087111-2
1.04 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
:
A. Mark each article in a manner corresponding to the hardware schedule.
B. Package articles of hardware complete with manufacturer's instructions and accessories as normally
provided, and carton securely.
C. Provide a complete copy of the approved schedule with each lot of delivery, marked in such a manner as to
indicate the contents of the delivery.
D. Provide a safe and secure location for jobsite storage to give reasonable assurance against loss or damage.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
:
A. Coordinate hardware with other work.
B. Furnish templates and other detail matter as required to each fabricator of doors and frames, and to other
work to be prepared for the installation of hardware.
C. Where modifications to this specification are required due to unanticipated conditions, make
recommendations of alternative procedures to the Engineer for his consideration and approval.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
:
A. Hardware shall meet the respective applicable standards specified in 1. GENERAL.
B. Provide hardware complete with all fasteners, anchors, instructions, layout templates, and any specialized
tools as required for satisfactory installation and adjustment.
C. Provide manufacturer's standard products meeting the design intent of this specification, free of
imperfections affecting appearance or serviceability.
2.02 HARDWARE SETS
: Refer to the drawings on sheet A-6
2.03 KEYING
:
A. Description of Key System: Existing requirement by District's key system is in effect. Material supplier
under this section shall provide locksets less cylinders. Contractor shall verify keying requirements and
obtain, and arrange keying for, correct cylinder types from a local bonded locksmith.
B. Provide keys as directed by District.
PART 3 - PERFORMANCE
3.01 PREPARATION
:
A. Check all frames and doors for proper hardware cut-outs and reinforcements.
B. Except as specified otherwise, install articles of hardware after finishes have been completed on the
substrate. Note all requirements for coordination with protective coating applications.
C. Install hardware at such a time in the project schedule so as to minimize the possibility of damage from the
activity of other trades prior to acceptance.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
FINISH HARDWARE 087111-3
D. Check the installation directions of related work specified elsewhere before proceeding.
3.02 INSTALLATION
:
A. Mount articles of hardware at locations and in the manner prescribed in the respective DHI standards
specified in 1. GENERAL, unless otherwise specified.
B. Conform to manufacturer's instructions.
C. All field preparations, such as drilling, cutting, tapping, and countersinking shall be accurately executed to
assure precise fitting and adjustment.
D. Use fasteners of correct size and type with anchoring devices as required by construction conditions, suited
to the nature of the attachment substrate and the duty performance required.
E. In the course of installation, avoid damage to hardware mechanisms, finished, and surrounding surfaces,
smearing of paints, sealants, and lubricants onto surfaces not intended to receive them, and the admission
of foreign matter into chassis and cases of units and their associated preparations.
F. Seal weather protection components attached to the exterior sides of doors and frames, such as drip caps, in
place with clear silicone caulk in such a manner as to ensure a continuously filled seam throughout the
joinery.
G. At exterior doors, obtain satisfactory operation of the installation, then apply a thin layer of clear silicone
caulk under hinge leaves, both door and frame. Remove excess caulk after torquing fasteners.
3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
:
A. Carefully adjust and check the operation of each unit.
B. Lubricate units only as recommended by their manufacturers.
C. Remove excess sealants, lubricants, and any other foreign substances and protect all installations from
subsequent damage.
D. Clean units just prior to final acceptance and only with materials and procedures recommended by their
manufacturers.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 092423-1
SECTION 092423 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Portland cement plaster system (stucco) to be installed at concrete and
masonry repair areas and where existing stucco has become delaminated.
1.02
RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 03732 - Concrete Repair.
1.03
REFERENCES:
A. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
B. ASTM C926 - Application of Portland Cement Based Plaster.
C. Florida Building Code.
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Provide data on plaster materials, characteristics and limitations
of products specified.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C926 and Florida Building Code
Standards.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
1.06
QUALIFICATIONS:
A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum five years documented experience.
1.07
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is less than 50
degrees F nor more than 80 degrees F.
B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of
plaster and until cured.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS:
A. Rinker Stucco Mix.
B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 092423-2
2.02 CEMENT PLASTER MIXES
:
A. Cement Plaster: Premix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use
bonding agent as mixing liquid as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Mix only as much plaster as can be used prior to initial set.
C. Mix materials dry, to uniform color and consistency, before adding mixing liquid.
D. Protect mixtures from contamination and evaporation.
E. Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION:
A. Verify surfaces and site conditions under provisions of Section 01039.
B. Masonry: Verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work of this Section
Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on masonry surface.
C. Concrete: Verify surfaces are flat, honeycombs are filled flush, and surfaces are ready to receive work
of this Section. Verify no bituminous, water repellent, or form release agents exist on concrete
surfaces that are detrimental to plaster.
3.02
PREPARATION:
A. Dampen masonry surfaces to reduce excessive suction.
B. Clean concrete surfaces of foreign matter. Clean surfaces using acid solutions, solvents, or detergents.
Wash surfaces with clean water.
C. Roughen smooth concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Apply in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
3.03
PLASTERING:
A. Apply plaster in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Apply brown coat to a nominal thickness of 3/8 inch and a finish coat to a nominal thickness of 1/8
inch over masonry and concrete surfaces to match existing surfaces.
C. Moist cure brown coats.
D. After curing, dampen base coat prior to applying finish coat.
E. Apply finish coat and trowel to a consistent finish to match existing.
F. Avoid excessive working of surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess
fines to surface.
G. Moist cure finish coat for minimum period of 48 hours.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 092423-3
3.04
SCHEDULES:
A. Concrete Repair Surfaces: Two coat cement plaster, trowel finish to match
existing texture. Paint to match adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
STUCCO, CEMENT PLASTERING 092400-1
SECTION 092500 - STUCCO, CEMENT PLASTERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
THE REQUIREMENT:
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the stucco exterior finish of all ceiling and wall surfaces where
shown on the drawings and specified herein.
B. Stucco is a final architectural treatment prior to painting and therefore it shall provide a decorative,
durable, consistent, even finish with no imperfections of the substrate telegraphing through the stucco.
1.02
REFERENCES:
A. Except as modified by governing local codes and by this specification, conforms to provisions and
recommendations of the following standards.
1. ASTM C 926-98.
2. Portland Cement Plaster Manual (Stucco) for reference.
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit eight copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for
each material required, including other data as may be required to show compliance with these
specifications.
B. Sample: For final review of each texture, complete one wall area on job site 5 working days minimum
before proceeding with the work.
1.04
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Source of supply: Do not change brands or source of supply for materials during course of work.
B. Protection: Deliver materials except for sand and water in manufacturer's unopened containers fully
identified with name, brand, type and grade. Protect stucco materials from contamination and dampness
until used. Store in a dry ventilated space off the ground. Protect lime putty from sun exposure and prevent
excessive evaporation when stored.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
PRODUCTS:
A. Aggregates:
1. Portland Cement stucco base aggregates shall be ASTM C 897 Specifications Aggregates for Job-
Mixed Portland Cement-Based Plaster.
2. Portland Cement stucco finish shall be graded silica sand passing a 30-mesh screen.
B. Metal Lath: Shall be FS-UU-B-790A grade D, style 2, metal lath (stucco) reinforcement with asphalt-
impregnated paperback.
C. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II.
D. Lime: Shall be hydrated, ASTM C 207, Type S.
E. Accessories: Corner beads, casing beads and expansion joints; Polyvinyl PVC.
2.02 MIXES:
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
STUCCO, CEMENT PLASTERING 092400-2
A. General:
1. All mixes are by volume unless otherwise specified. All mix proportions are suggestive only.
Variations to meet local conditions to achieve desired finish are permitted within limits specified in
ASTM C 926-98.
2. Make lime putty from hydrated lime. Machine-mix with water to form putty. Allow to stand at least
15 minutes before using.
3. Water shall be potable and free from deleterious materials, which would impair the work, and from a
source approved by Architect.
B. Stucco: Install in three coats as follows:
1. Scratch and Brown Coats (2 coats)
a. Low absorption bases
1 part Portland cement
¾ to 1½ parts lime
2½ to 4 parts aggregate
1 lb. fiber per sack of cement (on metal lath)
b. High absorption Base
1 part Portland cement
3/4 to 2 parts lime
2 1/2 to 5 parts aggregate
1 lb. fiber per sack of cement
2. Finish Coat:
a. Finish coat shall bring total stucco application to full thickness (5/8") and provide a texture
pattern as approved by the Architect. Finish texture shall be smooth.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION OF SUBSTRATES:
A. Examine substrates and the conditions under which the stucco work is to be installed. Surface most be
water pressure clean, do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the work have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Apply 3-coat work on all substrates indicated to receive Stucco on plan for total of 5/8 inch.
Apply finish coat with a reasonable uniform thickness over entire surface, with vertical surfaces flat,
straight and plumb. Make interior angles square, and make corners square but slightly rounded. Where
casing beads do not occur at the juncture of stucco and hollow metal frames, cut a groove in the base coat
and later in the finish coat to minimize the appearance of cracks at these joints.
B. Mixing:
1. Use mechanical mixers for mixing stucco only. Do not use caked or lumped material. Clean
mechanical mixers, mixing boxes and tools after mixing each batch; keep free of stucco from previous
mixes. Thoroughly mix stucco with proper amount of water until uniform in color and consistency.
Tempering of stucco will not be permitted. Discard stucco that has begun to stiffen. Provide
waterproof protection under mixer.
2. Machine Applied Stucco: Determine proper consistency by slump test as follows: Take slump test
samples from nozzle of stucco cone. Take samples as often as may be required or as directed by
Architect. Maximum slump shall be 2 1/2 inches.
C. Application:
1. Apply fiberglass mesh strip lath at all junctures of dissimilar substrate materials (masonry-concrete)
before proceeding with base coat of stucco work.
2. Application shall be by hand or machine. Limit machine application to base coats, except where
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
STUCCO, CEMENT PLASTERING 092400-3
machine texture finish is specified.
3.03
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Patching:
1. Work containing cracks, blisters, pits, checks, or discoloration will not be accepted. Remove such
work including rejected work, and replace with new. Patching of defective work permitted only after
notification of Architect.
2. Perform cutting, patching, repairing and pointing-up operations neatly and thoroughly. Repair the
cracks and indented surfaces by moistening the stucco and filling with new material, troweled or
tamped flush with adjoining surfaces. Point-up and finish surfaces around fixtures, outlet boxes,
piping, fittings, tile and other work installed more than 48 hours, cut existing stucco at an angle of
approximately 45 degrees with the surface before installing new stucco.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
A. Make provisions to minimize spattering of stucco on other work. Promptly clean windows and other
surfaces that have been soiled.
B. Protect stucco from the weather, premature drying, dirt, dust, marring or other damage throughout the
construction period so it will be without any indication of damage at time of acceptance by OWNER.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
09990-1
SECTION 09990 - PROTECTIVE COATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
: The Work under this Section consists of all painting and finishing work and related items necessary to
complete the work indicated on the Drawings and described in the specifications, except as otherwise indicated.
A. All exposed surfaces throughout the job, except the following:
1. Aluminum
2. Ceramic Tile
3. Resilient Tile
4. Epoxy Floors
5. Factory-finished items (unless indicated otherwise)
7. Wall Coverings
B. All exposed piping, ductwork, conduit, hangers, accessories and equipment (both interior and exterior)
shall be painted (colors to be as selected by the Engineer).
1.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
:
A. Except as otherwise specified herein, or specifically approved by the Engineer, in writing, the following
shall be the products of the manufacturers listed, subject to compliance with specification requirements:
1. Devoe
2. Glidden
3. Flex Bond
4. Sherwin Williams
5. Sinclair
6. Benjamin Moore
1.03 COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARD AND INDUSTRY SPECIFICATIONS
:
A. All materials or operation specified by reference to the published specifications of a manufacturer, the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Federal Specification (F.S.), Steel Structure Painting
Council (SSPC), or other published standards shall comply with the requirements of the standard listed. In
case of conflict among the referenced specifications or standards, the one having the more stringent
requirements shall govern.
B. The Contractor, if required, shall furnish an Affidavit from the manufacturer certifying that the materials or
products delivered to the project meet the requirements specified. However, such certification shall not
relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of complying with any added requirements specified herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
:
A. General Requirements:
1. Paints, stains, and fillers shall be of type and brands hereinafter specified under "Schedule of
Painting".
2. Other painting material required, but not specifically described, such as linseed oil, shellac,
turpentine, and thinner, shall be of the highest quality and shall have identifying labels on
containers.
3. All paint shall be delivered to the site in manufacturer's sealed containers. The manufacturer shall
label each container. Label shall give manufacturer's name, type of paint, formulation, color of
paint, and instructions for reducing.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
09990-2
4. No materials other than the types specified or approved may be delivered to the project site. All
unapproved materials shall be removed from project site immediately.
5. Paint shall be well ground and shall not settle readily, cake, or thicken in container; shall be broken
up readily with a paddle to a smooth consistency; and shall have easy brushing properties.
6. Storage of all paint materials and equipment shall be in assigned areas.
7. Protect floor and wall surfaces against damage.
8. Take necessary precautions to keep fire hazard to a minimum.
9. Leave surfaces of storage space clean and in condition required for equivalent spaces in the project.
B. Oils:
1. Raw Linseed Oil: Shall conform to ASTM D-234.
2. Boiled Linseed Oil: Shall conform to ASTM D-260.
C. Lead:
1. White Lead: Shall conform to ASTM D-81.
2. Red Lead: Shall conform to ASTM D83.
D. Colors for Tinting: Shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of paint or finish.
E. Putty: Shall conform to ASTM D-317.
F. Shellac: Pure white gum cut in pure denatured alcohol.
G. Thinners:
1. Turpentine: Pure gum spirits of turpentine, conforming to ASTM D-13-51.
2. Mineral Spirits: Conforming to ASTM D-236.61.
3. Special Thinners: As recommended by paint manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
:
A. Before starting any work, the painting subcontractor shall inspect all surfaces to be painted or finished. He
shall notify the Contractor, in writing, of any unsuitability of surfaces for painting or finishing, with a copy
to the Engineer.
1. The commencing of work or the absence of the notification in writing shall be construed as
acceptance of the surfaces by the painting subcontractor. It shall be the responsibility of the painting
subcontractor to correct any defects appearing in the painting work thereafter.
2. All spaces shall be broom clean before painting is started.
3. All surfaces shall be dry. Test plaster with 1- percent solution of phenolphthalein in alcohol to
insure dryness and neutralness of plaster. Test for suitable dryness of surfaces and sub-surfaces with
moisture meter. Follow recommendations of paint manufacturer for allowable moisture.
4. All surfaces shall be free of foreign matter before applying paint on finish.
5. New woodwork to receive paint finish shall be turned over to the painting subcontractor to receive
required finish, needing only a light sanding by the painting subcontractor.
B. No work shall be done under conditions that are unsuitable for the production of good results.
1. Do not apply varnish or paint when temperature is below 50 degrees F.
2. Do not apply exterior paint in damp, rainy weather or heavy salt air environment (windy)
3. Do not apply paint on surfaces so hot as to prevent proper application and drying.
4. Do not apply finishes in spaces where dust is being generated which would speck the finish.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
09990-3
C. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures, factory finished work, and
similar items, or provide ample in-place protection. Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all
removed items using only skilled mechanics for removal, replacements and protection.
D. Remove doors to paint tops and bottoms.
E. Remove electrical panel box covers and doors before painting wall. Paint separately and reinstall after all
paint is dry.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
:
A. General:
1. Surfaces shall be clean, dry and adequately protected from dampness.
2. Surfaces shall be smooth, even and true to plane.
3. Surfaces shall be free of any material that will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of applied
coating.
B. Wood:
1. Sandpaper to smooth and even surface, then dust off.
2. After priming coat has dried, apply shellac, not over two (2) pounds cut, to all knots, pitch and
resinous sapwood.
3. After priming coat has dried, putty all nail holes, cracks, open joints and other defects. Putty shall be
colored to match stain or paint.
C. Concrete and Masonry:
1. Fill all minor holes to produce uniform texture over surfaces (keep a smooth clean finish)
2. Acid etch concrete surfaces receiving oil-based paints.
D. Ferrous Surfaces:
1. Remove dirt, grease or rust with mineral spirits.
2. Remove dust, mill scale, rust, and defective paint down to sound surface using scraper, sandpaper,
or wire brush as necessary. Grind, if necessary, to remove shoulders at edge of sound paint to
prevent flaws from photographing through finish coats.
3. Touch-up all spots and damaged shop coats with rust inhibitive primer, or rust protection
3.03 COLORS
: Colors shall match color chips approved by the City.
3.04 MIXING AND TINTING
:
A. Job mixing or job tinting may be done only when approved by the City.
B. Thinning shall be done only in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
C. Tinting colors shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific type of finish.
D. Provide galvanized iron pans of suitable size in which mixing pails shall be placed. Do not mix outside of
these pans.
3.05 SCHEDULE OF PAINTING
except where noted:
: Based on materials as manufactured by Devoe and Benjamin Moore and Co.,
A. Interior and Exterior Metal Surfaces:
1. First Coat: Primer Rust Inhibitive
2. Second and Third Coats: Alkyd Enamel, Semi-Gloss, Non-Chalk
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
09990-4
B. Exterior Cement Stucco and Exposed Concrete Block:
1. First Coat: Moores Waterproofing Masonry Paint
2. Second and Third Coats: Penteflex Paint
C. Interior Exposed Concrete Block and Concrete Surfaces:
1. First Coat: Block Filler
2. Second and Third Coats: 50XX Semi-Gloss Latex
F. Painted Woodwork and Hardboard:
1. First Coat: Enamel Undercoat (TT-E-543)
2. Second and Third Coats: Semi-Gloss Enamel (TT-E-509)
G. Stained Wood Doors and Trim:
1. First Coat: Primer compatible with second and third coats
2. Second and Third Coats: Satin Polyurethane
H. Galvanized Metal Surfaces:
1. First Coat: Cement-Oil Primer Semi-Gloss, Non-Chalk
2. Second and Third Coats: Alkyd Enamel
I. Plaster Walls (Restrooms):
1. First Coat: Primer
2. Second and Third Coats: Epoxy Coating
3.06 APPLICATION
:
A. General:
1. Spray, brush or roller paint all work, except as approved by the Engineer.
2. Each coat shall be brushed on wall and worked out evenly to have no brush marks.
3. Each coat shall be flowed on smoothly and free from sags and runs.
4. Rate of application shall not exceed average rate of coverage recommended by paint manufacturer
for the type of surface involved. Minimum dry film thickness per coat shall not be less than
thickness recommended by the paint manufacturer.
5. Each coat of paint shall be a perceptibly different shade or color.
6. Contractor shall apply additional coats of paint or finish as required to cover surfaces completely
which are painted or finished to provide uniform color and appearance.
7. A whole wall shall be refinished rather than spot finishing where a portion of the finish has been
damaged or is unsatisfactory.
8. Minimum drying time shall comply with that recommended by the paint manufacturer. Each coat
shall be thoroughly dry before application of succeeding coats.
9. Sand between coats where required to obtain smooth finish.
10. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean, and without overlapping.
B. Painted Work:
1. Back prime all exterior woodwork with house paint.
2. Back prime all interior trim, exercising due care to prevent runs on face of trim.
3. Touch-up all scarred and abraded places on shop primed work after cleaning and smoothing down
to avoid shoulders.
3.07 PROTECTION
:
A. Protect work of other trades against damage, injury, or soiling from materials, tools or utensils used.
B. Furniture and other movable objects, equipment, fittings, and accessories shall be moved, protected, and
replaced upon completion of a space.
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
09990-5
C. Use drop cloths, free of holes and of adequate size, to cover all finished work of others.
3.08 CLEANING UP
including fixtures, glass, furniture, fittings and hardware. It shall be removed without marring the surface finish of
: Upon completion, remove all paint where it has been spilled, splashed, or spattered on surfaces,
item being cleaned.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
DIMENSION LETTER SIGNAGE 101419-1
SECTION 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
the following:
: The extent of specialty signs is shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Specialty signs include
A. Room Identification Signs
B. Project Sign
1.02 SUBMITTALS
:
A. Manufacturer's Data - Specialty Signs: Submit three (3) copies of manufacturer's technical data and
installation instructions for each type of sign required.
B. Samples - Specialty Signs: Submit three (3) samples of each color and finish of exposed materials and
accessories required for specialty sings. Engineer's review of samples will be for color and texture.
Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. When requested,
furnish full-size samples of specialty sign materials.
C. Shop Drawings - Specialty Signs: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of specialty signs.
Include plans, elevations and large scale details of sign wording and lettering layout. Show anchorages
and accessory items. Furnish location template drawings for items supported or anchored to permanent
construction. Furnish full-size spacing templates for individual building-mounted letters and numbers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNS AND FLOOR LOAD SIGNS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CFR 1910.22 –
ENGRAVED PLATES
"WOMEN".
: All restrooms shall be furnished with engraved sign plates indicating "MEN" or
A. Engraved Plates: Fabricate sign plates similar to Best Manufacturing Co., Series 16, blue on white color as
selected by the Architect, 6" x 9” raised braille letters to meet local handicapped code requirement, unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Engraved Plates Manufacturers:
1. A.C. Davenport & Son Co.
2. Action Signage, Inc.
3. Allen Marking Products Inc.
4. Andco Industries Corp.
5. Architectural Signing Inc.
6. Bell Co.
7. Best Manufacturing Co.
2.02 CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGNS
warning signage in accordance with CFR 1926.200 during construction.
: The Contractor shall be required to provide all construction site
2.03 PROJECT SIGN
visible location as directed by the Engineer.
: Install project signs as specified herein to be supplied and installed by the Contractor at a
2.04 SUBSTITUTIONS
subject to final approval by the Engineer.
: Other products of the same function, performance, quality and appearance may be proposed,
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
DIMENSION LETTER SIGNAGE 101419-2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
: Examine the substrates and conditions under which the specialty signs are to be installed. Do not
3.02 INSTALLATION
concealed theft-resistant fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. Attach signs to substrates in accordance with the
: Install sign units and components at the locations shown or scheduled, securely mounted with
manufacturer's instructions, unless otherwise indicated. Install level, plumb and at the proper height. Cooperate
with other trades for installation of sign units to finish surfaces. Repair or replace damaged units as directed by
the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
Samson Oceanfront Park
City of Sunny Isles
Technical Specifications
TOILET ACCESSORIES 108010 -1
SECTION 108010 - TOILET ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
accessories as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
: The Work under this Section consists of providing all material, labor and equipment for toilet
1.02 RELATED WORK
:
A. Concrete Unit Masonry – Section 04220.
B. Gypsum Board – Section 09260.
C. Ceramic tile Work – Section 09310.
D. Laminated Plastic Toilet Partitions – Section 10165.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
:
A. Submit properly identified product data including specifications and printed installation instructions.
B. Submit shop drawings for review showing details, rough openings for recessed accessories, finishes,
dimensions and anchorage and fastening methods.
C. Submit samples for acceptance as directed by the Engineer. Samples will be returned to the
Contractor. Accepted samples may be used in the work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 See Toilet Accessories schedule on sheet A-6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Follow manufacture specifications and installation instructions.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 15058-1
SECTION 15058 -
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose,
horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to
600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment
manufacturer for field installation.
1.02
COORDINATION:
A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the
following:
1. Motor controllers.
2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load.
3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence.
4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS:
A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.
2.02
MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS:
A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet
level.
above sea
B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at
designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and
without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.
2.03
POLYPHASE MOTORS:
A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.
B. See "Energy Considerations" Article in the Evaluations for discussion of motor efficiencies.
C. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.
D. Service Factor: 1.15.
E. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque.
1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding.
2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed.
F. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.
G. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 15058-2
H. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.
I. Insulation: Class F.
J. Code Letter Designation:
1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G.
2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.
K. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes
smaller than 324T.
2.04
POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection
requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box,
suited to control method.
B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features \
coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.
1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested
to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width
modulated inverters.
2. Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation.
3. Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation.
4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors.
2.05
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS:
A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements
of specific motor application:
1. Permanent-split capacitor.
2. Split phase.
3. Capacitor start, inductor run.
4. Capacitor start, capacitor run.
B. Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.
C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust
loading.
D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.
E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when
winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation.
Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal
range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15061-1
SECTION 15061 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A. Section Includes:
SUMMARY:
1. Metal pipe hangers and supports.
2. Trapeze pipe hangers.
3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
4. Fastener systems.
5. Pipe positioning systems.
6. Equipment supports.
1.02
A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall withstand
the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to
ASCE/SEI 7.
1. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems, system contents, and test water.
2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
1.03
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the
following; include Product Data for components:
1. Trapeze pipe hangers.
2. Equipment supports.
1.04
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
A. Welding certificates.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15061-2
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support \
bearing surface of piping.
5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.
B. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support
bearing surface of piping.
3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel.
C. Copper Pipe Hangers:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated
components.
2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated or steel
stainless steel.
2.02
TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS:
A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from
structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-
bolts.
2.03
THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS:
A. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig
ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with
or
125-psig
minimum compressive strength
and vapor barrier.
B. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium
silicate with 100-psig ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591,
Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig
C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe.
minimum compressive strength.
D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches
temperature.
beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air
2.04
FASTENER SYSTEMS:
A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete
with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials
where used.
B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel anchors, for use in hardened
portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported
loads and building materials where used.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15061-3
2.05
PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS:
A. Description: IAPMO PS 42, positioning system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning
piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications.
2.06
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-
steel shapes.
2.07
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and
nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi
, 28-day compressive strength.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION:
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building
structure.
B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for
grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe
hangers.
1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install
intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers.
2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being
supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping.
D. Fastener System Installation:
1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4
inches
2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely
thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are
licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated
tool manufacturer's operating manual.
cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Pipe Positioning-System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste
piping connections to each plumbing fixture.
F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers, and other accessories.
G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.
H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems,
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15061-4
to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints,
expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional \
attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2
and larger
and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten
inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses
from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
M. Insulated Piping:
1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation.
b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with
clamp sized to match OD of insert.
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate
for pipe NPS 4
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields
and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate
for pipe NPS 4
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch
b.
thick.
NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch
c.
thick.
NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch
d.
thick.
NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch
e.
thick.
NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch
5. Pipes
thick.
NPS 8
length at least as long as protective shield.
and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate-insulation inserts of
6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.
3.02
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support \
equipment above floor.
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth.
C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
3.03
METAL FABRICATIONS:
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment
supports.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15061-5
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be
shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding;
appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the
following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of
welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.04
ADJUSTING:
A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches
.
3.05
PAINTING:
A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with
SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils
.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-
repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
3.06
HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE:
A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and
equipment.
B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Sections.
C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not
have field-applied finish.
D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct
contact with copper tubing.
E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachments for
general service applications.
F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel or corrosion-resistant attachments for exterior
environment applications exposed to weather and humidity.
G. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and
tubing.
H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
I. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15061-6
J. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated,
stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30
2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to
.
1050 deg F, pipes NPS 4 to
NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches
3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes
of insulation.
NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches
4. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary
of insulation.
pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8
5. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes
.
NPS 1/2 to NPS 30
6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes
.
NPS 4 to NPS 36
base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate.
, with steel-pipe
7. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36
pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to
retain pipe.
, with steel-
8. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30
longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur.
, from two rods if
9. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42
movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not
necessary.
if longitudinal
K. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24
2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers
.
NPS 3/4 to
NPS 24
if longer ends are required for riser clamps.
L. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches
2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For
for heavy loads.
120 to 450 deg F
piping installations.
M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe
hangers from concrete ceiling.
2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist
construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape.
3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams,
channels, or angles.
4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.
5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are
considerable and rod sizes are large.
6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
7. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by
using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb
b. Medium (MSS Type 32):
.
1500 lb
c. Heavy (MSS Type 33):
.
3000 lb
8. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
.
9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.
N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15061-7
install the following types:
1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation
that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to
prevent crushing insulation.
3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.
O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4
inches
2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with
.
springs.
3. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability
factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support.
P. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified
in piping system Sections.
Q. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments
where required in concrete construction.
R. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste
piping for plumbing fixtures.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15062-1
SECTION 15062 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Metal pipe hangers and supports.
2. Trapeze pipe hangers.
3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
4. Fastener systems.
5. Equipment supports.
1.02
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand
the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to
ASCE/SEI 7.
1. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems, system contents, and test water.
2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
1.03
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and
installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for
components:
1. Trapeze pipe hangers.
2. Equipment supports.
C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.04
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS;
A. Welding certificates.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, “Structural Welding Code – Steel.”
B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15062-2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support
bearing surface of piping.
5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel or stainless steel.
B. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support
bearing surface of piping.
3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel.
C. Copper Pipe Hangers:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated
components.
2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel or
stainless steel.
2.02
TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS:
A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from
structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-
bolts.
2.03
THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS:
A. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig
ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with
or
125-psig
] minimum compressive strength
and vapor barrier.
B. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium
silicate with 100-psig, ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591,
Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig
] minimum compressive strength.
C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe.
D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches
air temperature.
beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient
2.04
A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete
FASTENER SYSTEMS:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15062-3
with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials
where used.
B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated or stainless- steel anchors, for use
in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
2.05
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-
steel shapes.
2.06
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and
nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi
, 28-day compressive strength.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION:
A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building
structure.
B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for
grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe
hangers.
1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install
intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers.
2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being
supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping.
D. Fastener System Installation:
1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4
inches
2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely
thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are
licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated
tool manufacturer's operating manual.
cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers, and other accessories.
F. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.
G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems,
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15062-4
to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints,
expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
H. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
I. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install
Additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-
1/2
and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is
placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
J. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses
from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
K. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
L. Insulated Piping:
1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation.
b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with
clamp sized to match OD of insert.
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate
for pipe NPS 4
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields
and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate
for pipe NPS 4
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch
b.
thick.
NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch
c.
thick.
NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch
d.
thick.
NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch
e.
thick.
NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch
5. Pipes
thick.
NPS 8
length at least as long as protective shield.
and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate-insulation inserts of
6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.
3.02
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support
equipment above floor.
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth.
C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
3.03
METAL FABRICATIONS:
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment
supports.
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15062-5
shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding;
appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the
following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of
welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.04
ADJUSTING:
A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches
.
3.05
PAINTING:
A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with
SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils
.
B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of
shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting",
Section 099123 "Interior Painting" and Section 099600 "High Performance Coatings."
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-
repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
3.06
HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE:
A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and
equipment.
B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Sections.
C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not
have field-applied finish.
D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct
contact with copper tubing.
E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachments for
general service applications.
F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel or corrosion-resistant attachments for hostile
environment applications.
G. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and
tubing.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15062-6
H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
I. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.
J. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated,
stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30
2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to
.
1050 deg F, pipes NPS 4 to
NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches
3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes
of insulation.
NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches
4. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary
of insulation.
pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8
5. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes
.
NPS 1/2 to NPS 30
6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes
.
NPS 4 to NPS 36
base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate.
, with steel-pipe
7. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36
pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to
, with steel-
retain pipe.
8. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30
longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur.
, from two rods if
9. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42
movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not
if longitudinal
necessary.
K. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24
2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers
.
NPS 3/4 to
NPS 24
if longer ends are required for riser clamps.
L. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches
2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For
for heavy loads.
120 to 450 deg F
piping installations.
M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe
hangers from concrete ceiling.
2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist
construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape.
3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams,
channels, or angles.
4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.
5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are
considerable and rod sizes are large.
6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
7. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by
using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb
b. Medium (MSS Type 32):
.
1500 lb
c. Heavy (MSS Type 33):
.
3000 lb.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15062-7
8. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.
N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
install the following types:
1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation
that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to
prevent crushing insulation.
3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.
O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4
inches
2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with
.
springs.
3. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability
factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support.
P. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified
in piping system Sections.
Q. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments
where required in concrete construction.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15077-1
SECTION 15077 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment labels.
2. Warning signs and labels.
3. Pipe labels.
4. Duct labels.
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
EQUIPMENT LABELS:
A. Metal Labels for Equipment:
1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch, stainless steel, 0.025-inch, aluminum,
or anodized aluminum,
0.032-inch
0.032-inch
holes for attachment hardware.
] minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped
2. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White or Yellow.
3. Background Color: Black, Blue, Red, White or Yellow.
4. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-
1/2 by 3/4 inch
5. Minimum Letter Size:
.
1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches
,
1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches
viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of
, and proportionately larger lettering for greater
principal lettering.
6. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
7. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B. Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16
inch
2. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White or Yellow.
thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
3. Background Color: Black, Blue, Red, White or Yellow.
4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F
5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
.
2-
1/2 by 3/4 inch
6. Minimum Letter Size:
.
1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches
,
1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches
viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of
, and proportionately larger lettering for greater
principal lettering.
7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing
numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification
Section number and title where equipment is specified.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15077-2
D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch
paper. Tabulate equipment identification number, and identify Drawing numbers where equipment
bond
is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number and title where
equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
2.02
WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS:
A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, [1/16
inch] [1/8 inch
] <Insert dimension> thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
B. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, or Yellow.
C. Background Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, or Yellow.
D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F
.
E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by
3/4 inch
.
F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches
distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering.
, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing
G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions.
2.03
PIPE LABELS:
A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing flow direction according to ASME A13.1.
B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover or cover full
circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.
C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.
D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include pipe size and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both
directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping.
2.04
DUCT LABELS;
A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch
thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
B. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, or Yellow.
C. Background Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, or Yellow.
D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F
.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15077-3
E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by
3/4 inch
.
F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches
distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering.
, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing
G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
I. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include duct size and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both
directions or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION:
A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification
devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants.
3.02
EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION:
A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
3.03
PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION:
A. Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting."
B. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in
finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and
plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where
flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
3. Near penetrations and on both sides of through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible
enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet
congested piping and equipment.
in areas of
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
C. Pipe Label Color Schedule:
1. Chilled-Water Piping: White letters on a safety-green background or Black letters on a safety-
orange background.
2. Condenser-Water Piping: White letters on a safety-green background or Black letters on a
safety-orange background.
3. Refrigerant Piping: Black letters on a safety-orange background or White letters on a safety-
purple background.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15077-4
3.04
DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION:
A. Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes:
1. Blue: For cold-air supply ducts.
2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts.
3. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts.
B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into and exit from concealed spaces and at maximum
intervals of 50 feet
in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling
system.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15078-1
SECTION 15078 - VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Elastomeric isolation pads.
2. Elastomeric isolation mounts.
3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts.
4. Open-spring isolators.
5. Housed-spring isolators.
6. Restrained-spring isolators.
7. Housed-restrained-spring isolators.
8. Pipe-riser resilient supports.
9. Resilient pipe guides.
10. Elastomeric hangers.
11. Spring hangers.
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For each vibration isolation device.
1. Include design calculations for selecting vibration isolators.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS:
A. Elastomeric Isolation Pads:
1. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading
over pad area.
2. Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment.
3. Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties.
4. Surface Pattern: Smooth Ribbed Waffle pattern.
5. Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers.
6. Load-bearing metal plates adhered to pads.
2.02
ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS:
A. Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts:
1. Mounting Plates:
a. Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with
threaded studs or bolts.
b. Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support
structure.
2. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material.
2.03
RESTRAINED ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS:
A. Restrained Elastomeric Isolation Mounts:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15078-2
1. Description: All-directional isolator with restraints containing two separate and opposing
elastomeric elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from
contacting the housing during normal operation.
a. Housing: Cast-ductile iron or welded steel.
b. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material.
2.04
OPEN-SPRING ISOLATORS:
A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators:
1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at
rated load.
2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation
or failure.
5. Baseplates: Factory-drilled steel plate for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad
attached to the underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig
6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to
.
fasten and level equipment.
2.05
HOUSED-SPRING ISOLATORS:
A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators in Two-Part Telescoping Housing:
1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at
rated load.
2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation
or failure.
5. Two -Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric
material and enclosing the spring isolators.
a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the
underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig
b. Top housing with attachment and leveling bolt.
.
2.06
RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS:
A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint:
1. Housing: Steel housing with vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight
being removed.
a. Base with holes for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the
underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig
b. Top plate with threaded mounting holes.
.
c. Internal leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation.
2. Restraint: Limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at
rated load.
4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation
or failure.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15078-3
2.07
HOUSED-RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS:
A. Freestanding, Steel, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint in Two-Part
Telescoping Housing:
1. Two -Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric
material and enclosing the spring isolators. Housings are equipped with adjustable snubbers to
limit vertical movement.
a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the
underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig
b. Threaded top housing with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment.
.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at
rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation
or failure.
2.08
PIPE-RISER RESILIENT SUPPORT:
A. Description: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of two steel tubes separated by a
minimum 1/2-inch-
1. Vertical-Limit Stops: Steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical
thick neoprene
travel in both directions.
2. Maximum Load Per Support: 500 psig
directions.
on isolation material providing equal isolation in all
2.09
RESILIENT PIPE GUIDES:
A. Description: Telescopic arrangement of two steel tubes or post and sleeve arrangement separated
by a minimum 1/2-inch-
1. Factory-Set Height Guide with Shear Pin: Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to
thick neoprene
allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location
requirements.
2.10
ELASTOMERIC HANGERS:
A. Elastomeric Mount in a Steel Frame with Upper and Lower Steel Hanger Rods:
1. Frame: Steel, fabricated with a connection for an upper threaded hanger rod and an opening
on the underside to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular lower hanger-rod
misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency.
2. Dampening Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material
with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel to steel contact.
2.11
SPRING HANGERS:
A. Combination Coil-Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression:
1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum
of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation
efficiency.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at
rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation
or failure.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 15078-4
6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup
to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.
7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded
rod.
8. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring
coil.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
VIBRATION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION:
A. Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment
and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork.
B. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or
ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-1
SECTION 15085 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services:
1. Domestic hot-water piping.
2. Domestic recirculating hot-water piping.
3. Roof drains and rainwater leaders.
4. Supplies and drains for handicap-accessible lavatories and sinks.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 220716 "Plumbing Equipment Insulation."
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.03
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
A. Field quality-control reports.
1.04
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement
material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of
50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index
of 150 or less.
B. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components:
1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
INSULATION MATERIALS:
A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General and Indoor Piping Insulation
Schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according
to ASTM C 795.
E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-2
F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied
Jackets" Article.
1. Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III.
2. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1.
3. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ-SSL: Comply with ASTM C 552,
Type II, Class 2.
4. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.
G. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with
ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials.
H. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1. Type I, 850 Deg F
Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, jacket with factory-applied ASJ-SSL. Factory-
Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
I. Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534 or
ASTM C 1427, Type I, Grade 1 for tubular materials.
2.02
INSULATING CEMENTS:
A. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449.
2.03
ADHESIVES:
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Cellular-Glass Adhesive: Two -component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no
flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
.
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
C. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
D. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
E. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for
bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-3
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
F. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
2.04
MASTICS:
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-
PRF-19565C, Type II.
1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.
1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil
thickness.
dry film
2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F
3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
.
4. Color: White.
C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services.
1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625-inch
2. Service Temperature Range:
dry film thickness.
Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F
3. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight.
.
4. Color: White.
2.05
SEALANTS:
A. Joint Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F
4. Color: White or gray.
.
5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department
of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F
4. Color: Aluminum.
.
5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department
of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-4
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F
4. Color: White.
.
5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department
of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from
Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
2.06
FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS:
A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying
with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying
with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
2.07
FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH:
A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10
strands/sq. in.
, in a Leno weave, for pipe.
2.08
FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS:
A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming.
Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
2. Color: White Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field
fabricate.
a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions,
reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers
for lavatories.
2.09
TAPES:
A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1. Width: 3 inches
2. Thickness:
.
11.5 mils
3. Adhesion:
.
90 ounces force/inch
4. Elongation: 2 percent.
in width.
5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch
6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
in width.
B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1. Width: 3 inches
2. Thickness:
.
6.5 mils.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-5
3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch
4. Elongation: 2 percent.
in width.
5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch
6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.
in width.
C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive;
suitable for indoor and outdoor applications.
1. Width: 2 inches
2. Thickness:
.
6 mils
3. Adhesion:
.
64 ounces force/inch
4. Elongation: 500 percent.
in width.
5. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch
in width.
D. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive.
1. Width: 2 inches
2. Thickness:
.
3.7 mils
3. Adhesion:
.
100 ounces force/inch
4. Elongation: 5 percent.
in width.
5. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch
in width.
2.10
SECUREMENTS:
A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch
thick,
3/4 inch
wide with wing seal or closed seal.
B. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-
wide, stainless steel or Monel.
C. Wire: 0.062-inch
soft-annealed, stainless steel
2.11
PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS:
A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers,
1. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water
supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
requirements.
B. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures,
1. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-
water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION:
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements
for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-6
3.02
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free
of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for
each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry
state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs
from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal
ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material
manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and
dry film thicknesses.
L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-
Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced
wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket.
4
inches
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least
o.c.
1-1/2 inches
seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with
. Install insulation with longitudinal
outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches
a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
o.c.
4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at
ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-7
thickness.
N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due
to thermal movement.
O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend
patches at least 4 inches
beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt
joints.
P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1. Vibration-control devices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Nameplates and data plates.
4. Cleanouts.
3.03
PENETRATIONS:
A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof
penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and
seal with joint sealant.
3. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
through wall penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and
seal with joint sealant. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install
insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
D. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 “Penetration Firestopping” for firestopping and
fire-resistive joint sealers.
E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413
“Penetration Firestopping.”
3.04
GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION:
A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific
requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.
2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same
material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-8
adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces
with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with
adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each
section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.
4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation
by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is
thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts,
and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation
by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is
thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so
strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the
insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient
services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier.
6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap
adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one
pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic.
Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-
ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a
smooth and well-shaped contour.
8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and
polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions.
Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using
PVC tape.
9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size
and color of pipe labels.
C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test
connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation
at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish
with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the
following:
1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness
as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation.
2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation
from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-steel or
aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the
two -part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered
blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to
flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches
side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating
over adjacent pipe insulation on each
cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is
dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish.
5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces
with a metal jacket.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-9
3.05
INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION:
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without
deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with
vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient services, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient services, do not staple
o.c.
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of same
thickness as pipe insulation.
4. Install jacket material with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1
inch
, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available. Secure according to manufacturer’s written instructions.
2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular-
glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body.
2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3.06
INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION:
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive to eliminate
openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe
insulation.
4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-10
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve
operation without disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended
adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being
insulated.
3.07
INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION:
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands
without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with
vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple
o.c.
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1
inch
, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of
pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials
with wire or bands.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve
body.
3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3.08
INSTALLATION OF POLYOLEFIN INSULATION:
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Seal split-tube longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
o eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-11
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyolefin sheet insulation of same
thickness as pipe insulation.
4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install mitered sections of polyolefin pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install cut sections of polyolefin pipe and sheet insulation to valve body.
2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being
insulated.
3.09
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION:
A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-
joints.
wide joint strips at end
5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with
vapor-barrier mastic.
B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch
Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints.
1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam and joint edge.
3.10
FINISHES:
A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint
system identified below and as specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and
Section 099123 "Interior Painting."
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and
finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection
of the completed Work.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 15085-12
D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.11
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing
field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of
inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded
fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of
welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for
each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article.
C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
3.12
PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL:
A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each
piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection
from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
2. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
3.13
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE:
A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: Insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch
2. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I:
thick.
1 inch
3. Polyolefin:
thick.
1 inch
thick.
B. Stormwater and Overflow: Insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch
2. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I:
thick.
1 inch
3. Polyolefin:
thick.
1 inch
thick.
C. Roof Drain and Overflow Drain Bodies: Insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch
2. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I:
thick.
1 inch
3. Polyolefin:
thick.
1 inch
thick.
D. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures
for People with Disabilities: Insulation shall be one of the following:
1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1/2 inch
2. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I:
thick.
1/2 inch
3. Polyolefin:
thick.
1/2 inch
thick.
E. Sanitary Waste Piping Where Heat Tracing Is Installed: Mineral-fiber, preformed pipe insulation,
Type I, 1-1/2 inches
thick.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15091-1
SECTION 15091 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Sleeves.
2. Sleeve-seal systems.
3. Grout.
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SLEEVES:
A. Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron
pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated.
B. Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel
collar; zinc coated.
C. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated,
with plain ends.
D. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
E. Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch
longitudinal joint.
minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded
2.02
SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS:
A.
<Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.>
B. Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space
between piping and sleeve.
1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel.
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, of length required
to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.
2.03
GROUT:
A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry,
hydraulic-cement grout.
B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications.
C. Design Mix: 5000-psi
, 28-day compressive strength.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15091-2
D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
SLEEVE INSTALLATION:
A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls.
B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to
provide 1-inch
1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls.
C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls
are constructed.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet
areas 2 inches
2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system.
above finished floor level.
D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch
and pipe or pipe insulation.
annular clear space between sleeve
3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants
appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants
specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and
floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with
requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
3.02
SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION:
A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service
piping entries into building.
B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for
sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble
sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal.
3.03
SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE:
A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications:
1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade:
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
b. Piping
: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves.
NPS 6
2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade:
and Larger: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves.
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
1) Select sleeve size to allow for
Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system.
1-inch
b. Piping
annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
NPS 6
1) Select sleeve size to allow for
and Larger: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system.
1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15091-3
3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade:
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
1) Select sleeve size to allow for
: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system.
1-inch
b. Piping
annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
NPS 6
1) Select sleeve size to allow for
and Larger: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system.
1-inch
4. Concrete Slabs above Grade:
annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
b. Piping
: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves PVC-pipe sleeves.
NPS 6
5. Interior Partitions:
and Larger: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves.
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
b. Piping
: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves.
NPS 6
and Larger: Galvanized-steel-sheet sleeves.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 15093-1
SECTION 15093 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Sleeves.
2. Sleeve-seal systems.
3. Grout.
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SLEEVES:
A. Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron
pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated.
B. Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel
collar; zinc coated.
C. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated,
with plain ends.
D. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
E. Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch
longitudinal joint.
minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded
2.02
SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS:
A. Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space
between piping and sleeve.
1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe.
Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel, Plastic or Stainless steel.
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, or Stainless steel
of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.
2.03
GROUT:
A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry,
hydraulic-cement grout.
B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications.
C. Design Mix: 5000-psi
, 28-day compressive strength.
D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 15093-2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
SLEEVE INSTALLATION:
A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls.
B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to
provide 1-inch
1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls.
C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls
are constructed.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet
areas 2 inches
2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system.
above finished floor level.
D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch
and pipe or pipe insulation.
annular clear space between sleeve
3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants
appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants
specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at
pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for
firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
3.02
SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION:
A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service
piping entries into building.
B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for
sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble
sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal.
3.03
SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE:
A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications:
1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade:
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
b. Piping
: Cast-iron wall sleeves, Galvanized-steel wall sleeves or
Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves.
NPS 6
2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade:
and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves, Galvanized-steel wall sleeves or
Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
1) Select sleeve size to allow for
: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system, Galvanized-
steel wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system or Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal
system
1-inch
b. Piping
annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system, Galvanized-steel
wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system or Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal
system
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 15093-3
1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch
3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade:
annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
1) Select sleeve size to allow for
: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system, Galvanized-
steel wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system or Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal
system
1-inch
b. Piping
annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
NPS 6
1) Select sleeve size to allow for
and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system, Galvanized-steel
wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system or Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal
system
1-inch
4. Concrete Slabs above Grade:
annular clear space between piping and sleeve
for installing sleeve-seal system.
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
b. Piping
: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves.
NPS 6
5. Interior Partitions:
and Larger: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves.
a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6
b. Piping
: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves.
NPS 6
and Larger: Galvanized-steel-sheet sleeves.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15097 - 1
SECTION 15097 -
ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Escutcheons.
2. Floor plates.
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
ESCUTCHEONS:
A. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener.
B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated finish and spring-clip
fasteners.
C. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners.
2.02
FLOOR PLATES:
A. One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION:
A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors.
B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that
completely covers opening.
1. Escutcheons for New Piping:
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.
b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish.
c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type.
d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type
with polished, chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel
type.
f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with
polished, chrome-plated finish.
g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type.
h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished,
chrome-plated finish.
i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type.
j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-
plated finish.
k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15097 - 2
C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors.
D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that
completely covers opening.
1. New Piping: One-piece, floor-plate type.
3.02
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15111 - 1
SECTION 15111 -
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Brass ball valves.
2. Bronze ball valves.
3. Bronze swing check valves.
4. Bronze gate valves.
5. Bronze globe valves.
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.
1.03
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. ASME Compliance: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
B. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES:
A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves.
B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures
and temperatures.
C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
D. Valve Actuator Types:
1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
2. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6
and smaller except plug valves.
E. Valve-End Connections:
1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.
2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
2.02
BRASS BALL VALVES:
A. Two -Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Legend Valve.
b. Milwaukee Valve Company.
c. NIBCO INC.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-110.
b. SWP Rating: 150 psig
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15111 - 2
c. CWP Rating: 600 psig
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Forged brass.
f. Ends: Threaded.
g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h. Stem: Brass.
i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
j. Port: Full.
2.03
BRONZE BALL VALVES:
A. Two -Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
b. Legend Valve.
c. Milwaukee Valve Company.
d. NIBCO INC.
e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-110.
b. SWP Rating: 150 psig
c. CWP Rating:
600 psig
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Bronze.
f. Ends: Threaded.
g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h. Stem: Bronze.
i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
j. Port: Full.
2.04
BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES:
A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig
c. Body Design: Horizontal flow.
d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
e. Ends: Threaded.
f. Disc: Bronze.
B. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15111 - 3
c. Body Design: Horizontal flow.
d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
e. Ends: Threaded.
f. Disc: PTFE or TFE.
2.05
BRONZE GATE VALVES:
A. Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig
c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
e. Stem: Bronze.
f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
g. Packing: Asbestos free.
h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum
B. Class 125, RS Bronze Gate Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig
c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
e. Stem: Bronze.
f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
g. Packing: Asbestos free.
h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.
2.06
BRONZE GLOBE VALVES:
A. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig
c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
.
d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
e. Stem and Disc: Bronze.
f. Packing: Asbestos free.
g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15111 - 4
B. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. NIBCO INC.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig
c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
e. Stem: Bronze.
f. Disc: PTFE or TFE.
g. Packing: Asbestos free.
h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
VALVE INSTALLATION:
A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance,
and equipment removal without system shutdown.
B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
E. Install swing check valves for proper direction of flow and in horizontal position with hinge pin level.
3.02
ADJUSTING:
A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final
adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.
3.03
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS:
A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:
1. Shutoff Service: Ball or butterfly valves.
2. Throttling Service: Globe, ball, or butterfly valves.
B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with
higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted.
C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:
1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2
2. For Copper Tubing,
and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end
option is indicated in valve schedules below.
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4
3. For Copper Tubing,
: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is
indicated in valve schedules below.
NPS 5
and Larger: Flanged ends.
3.04
DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE:
A. Pipe NPS 2
1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends.
and Smaller:
2. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze or nonmetallic disc.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15111 - 5
3. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass or bronze with brass or bronze trim.
4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze or nonmetallic disc.
5. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS.
6. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze or nonmetallic disc.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15126-1
SECTION 15126 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Bimetallic-actuated thermometers.
2. Liquid-in-glass thermometers.
3. Thermowells.
4. Dial-type pressure gages.
5. Gage attachments.
1.02
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.03
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
A. Product certificates.
1.04
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
A. Operation and maintenance data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
BIMETALLIC-ACTUATED THERMOMETERS
A.
<Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.>
B. Standard: ASME B40.200.
C. Case: Liquid-filled and sealed type(s); stainless steel with 5-inch
nominal diameter.
D. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings and scales in deg F
and deg C.
E. Connector Type(s): Union joint, adjustable angle and rigid, bottom, with unified-inch screw threads.
F. Connector Size: 1/2 inch
, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
G. Stem: 0.25 or 0.375 inch
in diameter; stainless steel.
H. Window: Plain glass.
I. Ring: Stainless steel.
J. Element: Bimetal coil.
K. Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
L. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15126-2
2.02
LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS
A. Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers:
1.
2. Standard: ASME B40.200.
<Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.>
3. Case: Cast aluminum; 7-inch
4. Case Form: Adjustable angle, Back angle Straight unless otherwise indicated.
nominal size unless otherwise indicated.
5. Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue or red organic liquid.
6. Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in
deg F and deg C.
7. Window: Glass.
8. Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation.
a. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem.
9. Connector: 1-1/4 inches
10. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of 1.5
percent of scale range.
, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
2.03
THERMOWELLS
A. Thermowells:
1. Standard: ASME B40.200.
2. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI.
4. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES or CSA.
5. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.
6. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1,
7. Internal Threads:
ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch
8. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
9. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
10. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.
11. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer
connection.
B. Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin.
2.04
PRESSURE GAGES
A. Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages:
1.
2. Standard: ASME B40.100.
<Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.>
3. Case: Liquid-filled Sealed type(s); cast aluminum or drawn steel; 6-inch
4. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated.
nominal diameter.
5. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2
6. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer.
, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom-
outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated.
7. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi and kPa.
8. Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
9. Window: Glass.
10. Ring: Brass.
11. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range.
2.05
GAGE ATTACHMENTS
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15126-3
A. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2
, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston or
porous-metal-type surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping.
B. Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2
, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION:
A. Install thermowells with socket extending one-third of pipe diameter to center of pipe and in vertical
position in piping tees.
B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to
match sizes.
C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.
D. Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium.
E. Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions.
F. Install remote-mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on panels; connect cases with
tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length.
G. Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most
readable position.
H. Install remote-mounted pressure gages on panel.
I. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids.
J. Install thermometers in the following locations:
1. Outlet of each water heater.
2. Outlet of each domestic hot-water storage tank.
K. Install pressure gages in the following locations:
1. Building water service entrance into building.
2. Inlet and outlet of each pressure-reducing valve.
3. Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump.
L. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters,
gages, machines, and equipment.
M. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.
3.02
THERMOMETER SCHEDULE:
A. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each domestic water heater shall be one of the following:
1. Liquid-filled Sealed, bimetallic-actuated type.
2. Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
B. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each remote domestic water chiller shall be one of the following:
1. Liquid-filled Sealed, bimetallic-actuated type.
2. Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 15126-4
C. Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length.
3.03
THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE:
A. Scale Range for Domestic Cold-Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F and minus 20 to plus 50 deg C.
B. Scale Range for Domestic Hot-Water Piping: 0 to 250 deg F
0 to 250 deg F and 0 to 150 deg C.
3.04
PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE:
A. Pressure gages at discharge of each water service into building shall be the following:
1. Liquid-filled Sealed direct mounted, metal case.
B. Pressure gages at inlet and outlet of each water pressure-reducing valve shall be the following:
1. Liquid-filled Sealed direct remote-mounted, metal case.
C. Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each domestic water pump shall be one of the following:
1. Liquid-filled Sealed direct mounted, metal case.
3.05
PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE:
A. Scale Range for Water Service Piping: 0 to 100 psi and 0 to 600 kPa.
B. Scale Range for Domestic Water Piping: 0 to 200 psi and 0 to 1400 kPa.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-1
SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A. Section includes under-building-slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, and fittings inside
buildings.
SUMMARY:
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 221113 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water-service piping and water meters
outside the building from source to the point where water-service piping enters the building.
1.02
A. Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
1.03
A. System purging and disinfecting activities report.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
B. Field quality-control reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials,
and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
PIPING MATERIALS:
B. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14 and NSF 61 Annex G. Plastic piping
components shall be marked with "NSF-pw."
2.02
A. Hard Copper Tube:
COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS:
ASTM B 88, Type L
B. Soft Copper Tube:
water tube, drawn temper.
ASTM B 88, Type K
C. Cast-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings.
water tube, annealed temper.
D. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
E. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
F. Copper Unions:
1. MSS SP-123.
2. Cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body.
3. Ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-2
4. Solder-joint or threaded ends.
G. Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings:
1. Fittings for NPS 2
2. Fittings for
and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber, O-ring seal in each
end.
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4
: Cast-bronze or wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber, O-
ring seal in each end.
H. Copper Push-on-Joint Fittings:
1. Cast-copper fitting complying with ASME B16.18 or wrought-copper fitting complying with
ASME B 16.22.
2. Stainless-steel teeth and EPDM-rubber, O-ring seal in each end instead of solder-joint ends.
2.03
A. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe:
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS:
1. AWWA C151/A21.51, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged
ends are indicated.
2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets,
and steel bolts.
B. Standard-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings:
1. AWWA C110/A21.10, ductile or gray iron.
2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets,
and steel bolts.
C. Compact-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings:
1. AWWA C153/A21.53, ductile iron.
2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets,
and steel bolts.
2.04
A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials:
PIPING JOINING MATERIALS:
1. AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch
2. Full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated.
thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and
asbestos free unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.
C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.
D. Flux: ASTM B 813, water flushable.
E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty
brazing unless otherwise indicated.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-3
2.05
A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive
insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS:
B. Dielectric Unions:
1. Standard: ASSE 1079.
2. Pressure Rating:
3. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
150 psig
C. Dielectric Flanges:
1. Standard: ASSE 1079.
2. Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly.
3. Pressure Rating: 150 psig
4. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint copper
alloy and threaded ferrous.
D. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:
1. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges.
2. Pressure Rating:
3. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic.
150 psig
4. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene.
5. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.
E. Dielectric Nipples:
1. Standard: IAPMO PS 66.
2. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545.
3. Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig at
4. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
225 deg F
5. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
EARTHWORK:
3.02
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water
piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion,
and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on
coordination drawings.
PIPING INSTALLATION:
B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
C. Install ductile-iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and
AWWA M41.
D. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve inside the
building at each domestic water-service entrance. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-4
Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" and with requirements for drain valves and
strainers in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."
E. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting.
F. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements for
pressure-reducing valves in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."
G. Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb.
H. Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility company's requirements.
I. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless
otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.
J. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or
parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
K. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate
with other services occupying that space.
L. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
M. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the
system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
N. Install piping free of sags and bends.
O. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
P. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty.
Q. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping for each plumbing pump and packaged booster
pump. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing
Piping."
R. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in
Section 221123 "Domestic Water Pumps."
S. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements for
thermometers in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping."
T. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves
specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
U. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for
sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
V. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
3.03
A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-5
B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly.
C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and
clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings
and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.
D. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints"
chapter.
E. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper
tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
F. Pressure-Sealed Joints for Copper Tubing: Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools
recommended by fitting manufacturer.
G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness
suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.
H. Joints for Dissimilar-Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both
piping systems.
3.04
A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.
DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION:
B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2
C. Dielectric Fittings for
and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4
D. Dielectric Fittings for
: Use dielectric flange kits
NPS 5
3.05
and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits.
A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger, support products, and installation in Section 220529 "Hangers
and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION:
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.
2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:
a. 100 Feet
b. Longer Than
and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
100 Feet
c. Longer Than
: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
100 Feet
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs
if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
100 Feet
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support
pipe rolls on trapeze.
B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-6
D. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod
diameters:
1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch
2.
rod.
NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch
3.
rod.
NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch
4.
rod.
NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch
5.
rod.
NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch
6.
rod.
NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch
7.
rod.
NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch
E. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every
rod.
10 feet
F. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
.
3.06
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
CONNECTIONS:
B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance.
C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar
piping materials.
D. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the
following:
1. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold-water suction and discharge piping.
2. Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than
sizes of water heater connections.
3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that
required by plumbing code.
4. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment
connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions
for NPS 2-1/2
3.07
and larger.
A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in
Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
IDENTIFICATION:
B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.
3.08
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Piping Inspections:
a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved
by authorities having jurisdiction.
b. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection
must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-7
1) Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures.
2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests
specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with
requirements.
c. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or
inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Piping Tests:
a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and
that piping is full of water.
b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered,
extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each
test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
c. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and
unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
concealed before it was tested.
d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig
e. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until
satisfactory results are obtained.
above operating pressure, without
exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to
stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
f. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.
B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.09
A. Perform the following adjustments before operation:
ADJUSTING:
1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
3. Open throttling valves to proper setting.
4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.
a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide
hot-water flow in each branch.
b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.
5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during
installation.
6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application
where used and are clean and ready for use.
8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.
3.10
A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:
CLEANING:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-8
1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before
using.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods
are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow
procedures described below:
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets.
b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:
1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm
2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least
of
chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
200 ppm
c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system
after the standing time.
of
chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.
d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water-sample
approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
3.11
A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in
applications below unless otherwise indicated.
PIPING SCHEDULE:
B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated.
C. Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing.
D. Under-building-slab, domestic water piping, NPS 2
1. Soft copper tube,
and smaller, shall be the following:
ASTM B 88, Type K
E. Aboveground domestic water piping,
; with no joints allowed.
NPS 2
1. Hard copper tube,
and smaller, shall be one of the following:
ASTM B 88, Type L
2. Hard copper tube,
; cast- or wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and
soldered joints.
ASTM B 88, Type L
3. Hard copper tube,
or; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and pressure-sealed
joints.
ASTM B 88, Type L
F. Aboveground domestic water piping,
; copper push-on-joint fittings; and push-on joints.
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4
1. Hard copper tube,
, shall be one of the following:
ASTM B 88, Type L
2. Hard copper tube,
; cast- or wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed
soldered joints.
ASTM B 88, Type L
3. Hard copper tube,
; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and pressure-sealed
joints.
ASTM B 88,Type L
G. Aboveground domestic water piping,
; grooved-joint, copper-tube appurtenances; and grooved
joints.
NPS 5 to NPS 8 shall be one of the following:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-9
1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L
2. Hard copper tube,
; cast- or wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed
joints.
ASTM B 88, Type L
END OF SECTION
; grooved-joint, copper-tube appurtenances; and grooved
joints.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145-1
SECTION 15145 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A. Section Includes:
SUMMARY:
1. Vacuum breakers.
2. Backflow preventers.
3. Water pressure-reducing valves.
4. Balancing valves.
5. Temperature-actuated, water mixing valves.
6. Strainers.
7. Hose bibbs.
8. Wall hydrants.
9. Drain valves.
10. Water-hammer arresters.
11. Trap-seal primer valves.
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
1.03
A. Field quality-control reports.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
1.04
A. Operation and maintenance data.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 61 Annex G and NSF 14.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SPECIALTIES:
2.02
A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties:
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
150 psig
2.03
unless otherwise indicated.
A. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers Insert drawing designation if any:
VACUUM BREAKERS:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145-2
1. Standard: ASSE 1001.
2. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3
3. Body: Bronze.
, as required to match connected piping.
4. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded.
5. Finish: Rough bronze
B. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers:
1. Standard: ASSE 1011.
2. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain.
3. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose threaded complying with ASME B1.20.7.
4. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated
2.04
A. Intermediate Atmospheric-Vent Backflow Preventers
BACKFLOW PREVENTERS:
1. Standard: ASSE 1012.
2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications.
3. Size: NPS ½ or
4. Body: Bronze.
NPS 3/4
5. End Connections: Union, solder joint.
6. Finish: Chrome plated
B. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers:
1. Standard: ASSE 1013.
2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications.
3. Pressure Loss: 12 psig
4. Body: Bronze for
maximum, through middle third of flow range.
NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with
AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or steel with interior lining that complies with
AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved stainless steel for NPS 2-1/2
5. End Connections: Threaded for
and larger.
NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2
6. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight-through flow.
and larger.
7. Accessories:
a. Valves NPS 2
b. Valves
and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet.
NPS 2-1/2
c. Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection.
and Larger: Outside-screw and yoke-gate type with flanged ends on inlet
and outlet.
C. Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies
1. Standard: ASSE 1015.
2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications unless otherwise indicated.
3. Pressure Loss: 5 psig
4. Body: Bronze for
maximum, through middle third of flow range.
NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with
AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or steel with interior lining that complies with
AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved stainless steel for NPS 2-1/2
5. End Connections: Threaded for
and larger.
NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2
6. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight-through flow.
and larger.
7. Accessories:
a. ValvesNPS 2 and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145-3
b. ValvesNPS 2-1/2
2.05
and Larger: Outside-screw and yoke-gate type with flanged ends on inlet
and outlet.
A. Water Regulators:
WATER PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES:
1. Standard: ASSE 1003.
2. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig
3. Body: Bronze with chrome-plated finish for
.
NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that
complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3
4. End Connections: Threaded for
.
NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3
2.06
.
A. Memory-Stop Balancing Valves:
BALANCING VALVES:
1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for two-piece, copper-alloy ball valves.
2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig
3. Size:
minimum CWP.
NPS 2
4. Body: Copper alloy.
or smaller.
5. Port: Standard or full port.
6. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
7. Seats and Seals: Replaceable.
8. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded.
9. Handle: Vinyl -covered steel with memory-setting device.
2.07
A. Water-Temperature Limiting Devices:
TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED, WATER MIXING VALVES:
1. Standard: ASSE 1017.
2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Type: Thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve.
.
4. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components.
5. Connections: Threaded union inlets and outlet.
6. Accessories: Check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and adjustable, temperature-control
handle.
7. Valve Finish Rough bronze
B. Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves
1. Standard: ASSE 1017.
2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Type: Exposed-mounted, thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve.
minimum unless otherwise indicated.
4. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components.
5. Connections: Threaded union inlets and outlet.
6. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and
adjustable, temperature-control handle.
7. Valve Finish: Rough bronze
8. Piping Finish:Copper
2.08
A. Y-Pattern Strainers:
STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145-4
1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
2. Body: Bronze for
minimum unless otherwise indicated.
NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with
AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved, epoxy coated and for NPS 2-1/2
3. End Connections: Threaded
and larger.
for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2
4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations unless otherwise indicated.
and larger.
5. Perforation Size:
a. Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.033 inch
b. Strainers
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.045 inch
c. Strainers
NPS 5 and Larger: 0.10 inch
6. Drain: Pipe plug or Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve, as indicated on drawings.
2.09
A. Hose Bibbs
HOSE BIBBS:
1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets.
2. Body Material: Bronze.
3. Seat: Bronze, replaceable.
4. Supply Connections: NPS 3/4
5. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.
threaded or solder-joint inlet.
6. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
7. Vacuum Breaker: Integral nonremovable, drainable, hose-connection vacuum breaker complying
with ASSE 1011.
.
8. Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated.
9. Finish for Service Areas: Rough bronze
10. Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated.
11. Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key.
12. Operation for Service Areas: Operating key
13. Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key
14. Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb.
15. Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel-plated hose bibb.
2.10
A. Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants
WALL HYDRANTS:
1. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants.
2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Operation: Loose key.
.
4. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp.
5. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1
6. Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with
ASME B1.20.7.
.
7. Box: Deep, flush mounted with cover.
8. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze or Chrome plated or Stainless Steel.
9. Outlet: Exposed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with
ASME B1.20.7.
10. Nozzle and Wall-Plate Finish: Polished nickel bronze or Rough bronze or Stainless Steel.
11. Operating Keys(s): One with each wall hydrant.
B. Nonfreeze, Hot- and Cold-Water Wall Hydrants:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145-5
1. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants.
2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Operation: Loose key.
.
4. Casing and Operating Rods: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamps.
5. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1
6. Outlet: Concealed.
.
7. Box: Deep, flush mounted with cover.
8. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze or Chrome plated or Stainless Steel.
9. Vacuum Breaker:
a. Nonremovable, manual-drain-type, hose-connection vacuum breaker complying with
ASSE 1011 or backflow preventer complying with ASSE 1052.
b. Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 on outlet.
10. Operating Keys(s): One with each wall hydrant.
C. Moderate-Climate Wall Hydrants:
1. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants.
2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Operation: Loose key.
.
4. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1
5. Outlet:
.
a. Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker or nonremovable hose-connection vacuum
breaker complying with ASSE 1011 or backflow preventer complying with ASSE 1052.
b. Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.
6. Box: Deep, flush mounted with cover.
7. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze or Chrome plated or Stainless Steel.
8. Outlet:
a. Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker or nonremovable hose-connection vacuum
breaker complying with ASSE 1011 or backflow preventer complying with ASSE 1052.
b. Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.
9. Nozzle and Wall-Plate Finish: Polished nickel bronze or Rough bronze or Stainless Steel.
10. Operating Keys(s): One with each wall hydrant.
D. Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants:
1. Standard: ASSE 1019, Type A or Type B.
2. Type: Freeze-resistant, automatic draining with integral air-inlet valve.
3. Classification: Type B, for automatic draining with hose removed or with hose attached and
nozzle closed.
4. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
5. Operation: Loose key.
.
6. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp.
7. Inlet: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4
8. Outlet: Exposed with garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.
.
2.11
A. Ball-Valve-Type, Hose-End Drain Valves:
DRAIN VALVES:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145-6
1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for standard-port, two-piece ball valves.
2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig
3. Size:
minimum CWP.
NPS ¾
4. Body: Copper alloy.
.
5. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable.
7. Handle: Vinyl -covered steel.
8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint.
9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 and cap
with brass chain.
2.12
A. Water-Hammer Arresters:
WATER-HAMMER ARRESTERS:
1. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201.
2. Type: Metal bellows or Copper tube with piston
3. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F, or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F.
2.13
A. Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device:
TRAP-SEAL PRIMER DEVICE:
1. Standard: ASSE 1018.
2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Body: Bronze.
minimum.
4. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2
5. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection:
threaded, union, or solder joint.
NPS 1/2
6. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome
finished.
threaded or solder joint.
B. Drainage-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device:
1. Standard: ASSE 1044, lavatory P-trap with NPS 3/8
2. Size:
minimum, trap makeup connection.
NPS 1-1/4
3. Material: Chrome-plated, cast brass.
minimum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other
equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having
jurisdiction.
INSTALLATION:
1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system.
2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap fitting,
fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain
piping and pipe-to-floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer.
Simple air breaks are unacceptable for this application.
3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.
B. Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145-7
C. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted.
D. Install temperature-actuated, water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with
shutoff valve on outlet.
1. Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified.
E. Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each control valve, water pressure-reducing valve,
solenoid valve and pump.
F. Set nonfreeze, nondraining-type post hydrants in concrete or pavement.
G. Set freeze-resistant yard hydrants with riser pipe in concrete or pavement. Do not encase canister in
concrete.
H. Install water-hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201.
I. Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum
of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow.
J. Install drainage-type, trap-seal primer valves as lavatory trap with outlet piping pitched down toward
drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting.
3.02
A. Comply with requirements for ground equipment in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for
Electrical Systems."
CONNECTIONS:
3.03
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Test each Specialty Item according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference
standard.
B. Domestic water piping specialties will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.04
A. Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves.
ADJUSTING:
B. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves.
C. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated, water mixing valves.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-1
SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe, tube, and fittings.
2. Specialty pipe fittings.
B. Related Section:
1. Section 221313 "Facility Sanitary Sewers" for sanitary sewerage piping and structures outside the
building.
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
1.03
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic
piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF-
sewer" for plastic sewer piping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials,
and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
PIPING MATERIALS:
2.02
A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74,Service class.
HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS:
B. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
2.03
A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS:
B. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings:
1. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310.
2. Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices;
and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.
C. Heavy-Duty, Hubless-Piping Couplings:
1. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and ASTM C 1540.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-2
2. Description: Stainless-steel shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and
ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.
2.04
A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper.
COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS:
B. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought copper, solder-joint
fittings.
C. Copper Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, cast copper with solder-joint end.
1. Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, full-face, flat, nonmetallic, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch
2. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.
maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
D. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead free with ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux.
2.05
A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent.
PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS:
B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit
Schedule 40 pipe.
C. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656.
1. Adhesive primer shall have a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Adhesive primer shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services’ “Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions
from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers.”
D. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564.
1. PVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2. Solvent cement shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services’ “Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions
from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers.”
2.06
A. Transition Couplings:
SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS:
1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in OD's or of
different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined.
2. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system
fitting.
3. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:
a. Standard: ASTM C 1173.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-3
b. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and
corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
c. Sleeve Materials:
1) For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber.
2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.
3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe
materials being joined.
4. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:
a. Standard: ASTM C 1460.
b. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield
and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 312000 "Earth
Moving."
EARTH MOVING:
3.02
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.
Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump
sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are
approved on coordination drawings.
PIPING INSTALLATION:
B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and
service areas.
C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or
parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
E. Install piping at indicated slopes.
F. Install piping free of sags and bends.
G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
H. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends,
and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change
in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if
two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and
crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size
of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage
piping in direction of flow is prohibited.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-4
I. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and
alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install
required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other
installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.
J. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise
indicated:
1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller;
1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4
2. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.
and larger.
K. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,"
Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."
L. Install aboveground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
M. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665.
N. Install underground piping according to ASTM D 2321.
O. Plumbing Specialties:
1. Install backwater valves in sanitary waste gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for
backwater valves specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."
2. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary
sewers in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comp ly with requirements for cleanouts specified
in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."
3. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains
specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."
P. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having
jurisdiction.
Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves
specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for
sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
3.03
A. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.
JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
B. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints.
C. Join copper tube and fittings with soldered joints according to ASTM B 828. Use ASTM B 813, water-
flushable, lead-free flux and ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-5
D. Flanged Joints: Align bolt holes. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness. Install
gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Torque bolts in cross pattern.
E. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings
according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements.
2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes.
3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 Appendixes.
3.04
A. Transition Couplings:
SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION:
1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's.
2. In Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
3.05
A. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to backflow.
VALVE INSTALLATION:
1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Use normally closed type unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves unless drain has integral backwater valve.
3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations.
4. Comply with requirements for backwater valve specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste
Piping Specialties."
3.06
A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in
Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION:
1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments.
2. Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments.
3. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments.
4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments.
5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:
a. 100 Feet
b. Longer Than
and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
100 Feet
c. Longer Than
: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
100 Feet
7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs
if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
100 Feet
8. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support
pipe rolls on trapeze.
B. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches
C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
of each fitting[, valve,] and coupling.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-6
D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch
E. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters:
minimum rods.
1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch
2.
rod.
NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch
3.
rod.
NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch
4.
rod.
NPS 6 and NPS 8: 60 inches with 3/4-inch
5. Spacing for
rod.
10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60
inches
F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every
.
15 feet
G. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod
diameters:
.
1. NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch
2.
rod.
NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch
3.
rod.
NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch
4.
rod.
NPS 3 and NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch
5.
rod.
NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch
6.
rod.
NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch
H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every
rod.
10 feet
I. Install hangers for piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:
.
1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch
2.
rod.
NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch
3.
rod.
NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inch
4.
rod.
NPS 6 and NPS 8: 48 inches with 3/4-inch
J. Install supports for vertical piping every
rod.
48 inches
K. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
.
3.07
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
CONNECTIONS:
B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar
piping materials.
C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:
1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by
plumbing code.
2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not
smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than
required by plumbing code.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-7
4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with
floor.
5. Install horizontal backwater valves with cleanout cover flush with floor.
6. Comply with requirements for backwater valves, cleanouts and drains specified in Section 221319
"Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."
7. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for
each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2
D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment.
and larger.
E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2
2. Install flanges, in piping
and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each
piece of equipment.
NPS 2-1/2
3.08
and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection
to each piece of equipment.
A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in
Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
IDENTIFICATION:
3.09
A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be
made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after
roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests
specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make
required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in
absence of published procedures, as follows:
1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered,
extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test,
complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping
until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was
tested.
3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on
completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of
overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water
4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with
water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on
roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to
. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to
completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-8
pressure of 1-inch wg
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory
results are obtained.
. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this
pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period
of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.10
A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to
prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
D. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water-based latex
paint.
3.11
A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated.
PIPING SCHEDULE:
B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4
1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
and smaller shall be any of the following:
2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled
joints.
3. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.
4. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
C. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 5
1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
and larger shall be any of the following:
2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled
joints.
3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
D. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4
1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
and smaller shall be any of the following:
2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.
3. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.
4. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
E. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 5
1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
and larger shall be any of the following:
2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.
3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
F. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150-9
1. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
2. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
G. Underground, soil and waste piping NPS 5
1. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
and larger shall be any of the following:
2. Solid-wall PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-1
SECTION 15155 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A. Section Includes:
SUMMARY:
1. Backwater valves.
2. Cleanouts.
3. Floor drains.
4. Roof flashing assemblies.
5. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties.
6. Flashing materials.
7. Grease interceptors.
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and
accessories for grease interceptors.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
1.03
A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Horizontal, Cast-Iron Backwater Valves:
BACKWATER VALVES:
1. Standard: ASME A112.14.1.
2. Size: Same as connected piping.
3. Body: Cast iron.
4. Cover: Cast iron with bolted access check valve.
5. End Connections: Hub and spigot or hubless.
6. Type Check Valve: Removable, bronze, swing check, factory assembled or field modified to hang
closed Extension: ASTM A 74, Service class; full-size, cast-iron, soil-pipe extension to field-
installed cleanout at floor; replaces backwater valve cover.
B. Drain-Outlet Backwater Valves:
1. Size: Same as floor drain outlet.
2. Body: Cast iron or bronze made for vertical installation in bottom outlet of floor drain.
3. Check Valve: Removable ball float.
4. Inlet: Threaded.
5. Outlet: Threaded or spigot.
2.02
A. Exposed Cast-Iron Cleanouts:
CLEANOUTS:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-2
1. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee.
2. Size: Same as connected drainage piping
3. Body Material: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch or Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test
tee as required to match connected piping.
4. Closure: Countersunk or raised-head, brass plug.
5. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
B. Cast-Iron Floor Cleanouts:
1. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for threaded, adjustable housing cleanout.
2. Size: Same as connected branch.
3. Type: Threaded, adjustable housing
4. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron.
5. Clamping Device: Required.
6. Outlet Connection: Spigot or Threaded.
7. Closure: Brass plug with tapered threads.
8. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads set-screws or other device.
9. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel-bronze, copper alloy or Polished bronze [Rough
bronze.
10. Frame and Cover Shape: Round.
11. Top Loading Classification: Extra Heavy, Heavy, Light], Medium Duty as required to match
traffic rating of finished surface.
12. Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout.
C. Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts:
1. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access.
2. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
3. Body: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch or Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as
required to match connected piping.
4. Closure: Countersunk or raised-head, drilled-and-threaded brass plug.
5. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
6. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw.
2.03
A. Cast-Iron Floor Drains:
FLOOR DRAINS:
1. Standard: ASME A112.6.3.
2. Body Material: Gray iron.
3. Seepage Flange: Required
4. Anchor Flange: Required.
5. Clamping Device: Required on elevated slabs.
6. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Acid-resistant enamel.
7. Top or Strainer Material: Bronze Nickel bronze or stainless steel.
8. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze, Polished bronze, Rough bronze, or Stainless
Steel.
9. Top Shape: Round or Square as indicated on drawings.
10. Inlet Fitting: Gray iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap-seal primer
valve connection.
11. Trap Pattern: Deep-seal P-trap.
12. Trap Features: Trap-seal primer valve drain connection.
2.04
A. Roof Flashing Assemblies:
ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-3
1. Description: Manufactured assembly made of 6.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch-thick, lead flashing collar
and skirt extending at least 8 inches
a. Open-Top Vent Cap: Without cap.
from pipe, with galvanized-steel boot reinforcement and
counterflashing fitting.
b. Low-Silhouette Vent Cap: With vandal-proof vent cap.
c. Extended Vent Cap: With field-installed, vandal-proof vent cap.
2.05
A. Open Drains:
MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES:
1. Description: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A 74, Service class, hub-and-spigot, cast-iron,
soil-pipe fittings. Include P-trap, hub-and-spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting
joined with ASTM C 564, rubber gaskets.
B. Deep-Seal Traps:
1. Description: Cast-iron or bronze casting, with inlet and outlet matching connected piping and
cleanout trap-seal primer valve connection.
2. Size: Same as connected waste piping.
a. NPS 2: 4-inch-
b.
minimum water seal.
NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 5-inch-
C. Floor-Drain, Trap-Seal Primer Fittings:
minimum water seal.
1. Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap-seal primer valve
connection.
2. Size: Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2
D. Air-Gap Fittings:
side inlet.
1. Standard: ASME A112.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap between installed
inlet and outlet piping.
2. Body: Bronze or cast iron.
3. Inlet: Opening in top of body.
4. Outlet: Larger than inlet.
5. Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for associated indirect waste
piping.
E. Sleeve Flashing Device:
1. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron fitting, with clamping device, that forms sleeve for pipe floor
penetrations of floor membrane. Include galvanized-steel pipe extension in top of fitting that will
extend 1 inch
2. Size: As required for close fit to riser or stack piping.
above finished floor and galvanized-steel pipe extension in bottom of fitting that
will extend through floor slab.
F. Stack Flashing Fittings:
1. Description: Counterflashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof
membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe.
2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-4
G. Vent Caps:
1. Description: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal-proof design. Include vented
hood and setscrews to secure to vent pipe.
2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack.
2.06
A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and
thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated:
FLASHING MATERIALS:
1. General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch
2. Vent Pipe Flashing:
thickness.
3.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0469-inch
3. Burning:
thickness.
6-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch
B. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened.
thickness.
C. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for
installation; matching or compatible with material being installed.
D. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy.
E. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic.
2.07
A. Grease Interceptors:
GREASE INTERCEPTORS:
1. Plastic Grease Interceptors:
2. Standard: ASME A112.14.3 and PDI-G101, for intercepting and retaining fats, oils, and greases
from food -preparation or -processing wastewater.
3. Plumbing and Drainage Institute Seal: Required.
4. Body Material: Plastic.
5. Cleanout: Integral or field installed on outlet.
6. Flow-Control Fitting: Required.
7. Operation: Manual cleaning
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Install backwater valves in building drain piping. For interior installation, provide cleanout deck plate
flush with floor and centered over backwater valve cover, and of adequate size to remove valve cover for
servicing.
INSTALLATION:
B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless
otherwise indicated:
1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4
2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.
for larger drainage piping unless larger
cleanout is indicated.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-5
3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet
4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.
for larger
piping.
C. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor.
D. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with
frame and cover flush with finished wall.
E. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished
floor, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.
2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with
grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii:
a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch
b. Radius,
total
depression.
30 to 60 Inches
c. Radius,
: Equivalent to 1 percent slope.
60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-inch
3. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining
flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.
total
depression.
4. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise
indicated.
F. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof.
G. Install flashing fittings on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof.
H. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 2 inches
I. Install deep-seal traps on floor drains and other waste outlets, if indicated.
above floor.
J. Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal primer
connection.
1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection.
2. Size: Same as floor drain inlet.
K. Install air-gap fittings on draining-type backflow preventers and on indirect-waste piping discharge into
sanitary drainage system.
L. Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane.
M. Install vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof.
N. Install grease interceptors, including trapping, venting, and flow-control fitting, according to authorities
having jurisdiction and with clear space for servicing.
1. Above-Floor Installation: Set unit with bottom resting on floor, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Flush with Floor Installation: Set unit and extension, if required, with cover flush with finished
floor.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-6
3. Recessed Floor Installation: Set unit in receiver housing having bottom or cradle supports, with
receiver housing cover flush with finished floor.
4. Install cleanout immediately downstream from interceptors not having integral cleanout on outlet.
O. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated.
3.02
A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation
requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
CONNECTIONS:
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
C. Grease Interceptors: Connect inlet and outlet to unit, and connect flow-control fitting and vent to unit
inlet piping. Install valve on outlet of automatic drawoff-type unit.
3.03
A. Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join
flashing according to the following if required:
FLASHING INSTALLATION:
1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness or thicker. Solder
joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch
B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs
with waterproof membrane.
thickness or thinner.
1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches, and skirt or
flange extending at least 8 inches
2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least
around pipe.
8 inches
3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least
around sleeve.
8 inches
C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement.
around
specialty.
D. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device.
E. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing
fittings, according to Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
F. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-
iron sleeve having calking recess.
3.04
A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or
near each grease interceptor.
LABELING AND IDENTIFYING:
B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and
emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit.
Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and
Equipment."
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155-7
3.05
A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent
damage from traffic or construction work.
PROTECTION:
B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 15416-1
SECTION 15416 - COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Water closets.
2. Flushometer valves.
3. Toilet seats.
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
B. Shop Drawings: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
1.03
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For flushometer valves and electronic sensors to include in operation
and maintenance manuals.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Water Closets: Floor mounted, bottom outlet, back spud.
FLOOR-MOUNTED, BOTTOM-OUTLET WATER CLOSETS:
1. Bowl:
a. Standards: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME A112.19.5.
b. Material: Vitreous china.
c. Type: Siphon jet.
d. Style: Flushometer valve.
e. Height: Standard and Handicapped/elderly, complying with ICC/ANSI A117.1.
f. Rim Contour: Elongated.
g. Water Consumption: 1.28 gal.
h. Spud Size and Location:
per flush.
NPS 1-1/2
i. Color: White.
; back.
2. Bowl-to-Drain Connecting Fitting: ASTM A 1045 or ASME A112.4.3.
3. Flushometer Valve: As indicated on drawings.
4. Toilet Seat: As indicated on drawings.
2.02
A. Push-Button Actuator, , Diaphragm Flushometer Valves:
FLUSHOMETER VALVES:
1. Standard: ASSE 1037.
2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device.
.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 15416-2
4. Material: Brass body with corrosion-resistant components.
5. Exposed Push-Button Finish: Chrome plated.
6. Panel Finish: Chrome plated or stainless steel.
7. Style: Cpmcea;ed. Judrai;oc actiated/.
8. Consumption: 1.28 gal.
9. Minimum Inlet:
per flush.
NPS 1
10. Minimum Outlet:
.
NPS 1-1/4
2.03
.
A. Toilet Seats:
TOILET SEATS:
1. Standard: IAPMO/ANSI Z124.5.
2. Material: Plastic.
3. Type: Commercial (Standard).
4. Shape: Elongated rim, open front.
5. Hinge: Self-sustaining, check.
6. Hinge Material: Noncorroding metal.
7. Seat Cover: As indicated on drawings.
8. Color: White.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Water-Closet Installation:
INSTALLATION:
1. Install level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
2. Install floor-mounted water closets on bowl-to-drain connecting fitting attachments to piping or
building substrate.
B. Support Installation:
1. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for floor-mounted, back-outlet water closets.
C. Flushometer-Valve Installation:
1. Install flushometer-valve, water-supply fitting on each supply to each water closet.
2. Attach supply piping to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures.
D. Install toilet seats on water closets.
E. Wall Flange and Escutcheon Installation:
1. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations and
within cabinets and millwork.
2. Install deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings.
3. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
F. Joint Sealing:
1. Seal joints between water closets and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-
resistant silicone sealant.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 15416-3
2. Match sealant color to water-closet color.
3. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section "Joint Sealants."
3.02
A. Connect water closets with water supplies and soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to
match water closets.
CONNECTIONS:
B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section "Domestic Water Piping."
C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping."
D. Where installing piping adjacent to water closets, allow space for service and maintenance.
3.03
A. Operate and adjust water closets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning water closets,
fittings, and controls.
ADJUSTING:
B. Adjust water pressure at flushometer valves to produce proper flow.
3.04
A. Clean water closets and fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
B. Install protective covering for installed water closets and fittings.
C. Do not allow use of water closets for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL URINALS 15417 1
SECTION 15417 -
PART 1 - GENERAL
COMMERCIAL URINALS
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Urinals.
2. Flushometer valves.
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
1.03
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For flushometer valves and electronic sensors to include in operation
and maintenance manuals.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Urinals: Wall hung, back outlet, washout, accessible.
WALL-HUNG URINALS:
1. Fixture:
a. Standards: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME A112.19.5.
b. Material: Vitreous china.
c. Type: Washout with extended shields.
d. Strainer or Trapway: Manufacturer's standard strainer with integral trap.
e. Water Consumption: 0.125 Gallons per flush.
f. Spud Size and Location: NPS 3/4 (DN 20)
g. Outlet Size and Location:
; back.
NPS 2 (DN 50)
h. Color: White
; back.
2. Flushometer Valve: Push-Button actuated hydraulic
3. Waste Fitting:
a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2 for coupling.
b. Size: NPS 2
4. Support: ASME A112.6.1M, Type I, urinal carrier with fixture support plates and coupling with
seal and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include rectangular, steel uprights.
.
B. Push Button-Actuator, Diaphragm Flushometer Valves:
1. Standard: ASSE 1037.
2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig
3. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device.
.
4. Material: Brass body with corrosion-resistant components.
5. Exposed push button Finish: Chrome plated.
6. Style: Concealed.
7. Actuator: Push Button.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL URINALS 15417 2
8. Trip Mechanism: Hydraulic.
9. Consumption: 0.125 gallon per flush.
10. Minimum Inlet: NPS 3/4
11. Minimum Outlet:
.
NPS 3/4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
.
3.01
A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual
locations of piping connections before urinal installation.
EXAMINATION:
B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where urinals will be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02
A. Urinal Installation:
INSTALLATION:
1. Install urinals level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
2. Install wall-hung, back-outlet urinals onto waste fitting seals and attached to supports.
3. Install accessible, wall-mounted urinals at mounting height for the handicapped/elderly, according
to ICC/ANSI A117.1.
B. Support Installation:
1. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-hung urinals.
2. Use off-floor carriers with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet urinals.
3. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible urinals.
C. Flushometer-Valve Installation:
1. Install flushometer-valve water-supply fitting on each supply to each urinal.
2. Attach supply piping to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures.
D. Wall Flange and Escutcheon Installation:
1. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations.
2. Install deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings.
3. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
E. Joint Sealing:
1. Seal joints between urinals and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant
silicone sealant.
2. Match sealant color to urinal color.
3. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL URINALS 15417 3
3.03
A. Coordinate piping installations and specialty arrangements with Drawings and with requirements
specified in piping systems. If Drawings are explicit enough, these requirements may be reduced or
omitted.
CONNECTIONS:
B. Connect urinals with water supplies and soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match
urinals.
C. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 15140 "Domestic Water Piping."
D. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 15150 "Sanitary Waste and Vent
Piping."
E. Where installing piping adjacent to urinals, allow space for service and maintenance.
3.04
A. Operate and adjust urinals and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning urinals, fittings, and
controls.
ADJUSTING:
B. Adjust water pressure at flushometer valves to produce proper flow.
3.05
A. Clean urinals and fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
B. Install protective covering for installed urinals and fittings.
C. Do not allow use of urinals for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 15421-1
SECTION 15421 - COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Lavatories.
2. Faucets.
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
B. Shop Drawings: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring of automatic faucets.
1.03
A. Coordination Drawings: Counter cutout templates for mounting of counter-mounted lavatories.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:
1.04
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For lavatories and faucets to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.
1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the
following:
a. Servicing and adjustments of automatic faucets.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Lavatory: Oval or Round, self rimming, vitreous china, counter mounted.
VITREOUS-CHINA, COUNTER-MOUNTED LAVATORIES:
1. Fixture:
a. Standard: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.
b. Type: Self-rimming for above-counter mounting.
c. Nominal Size: Oval, 20 by 17 inches
d. Nominal Size: Round,
.
19 inches
e. Faucet-Hole Punching: As required for faucet selection on drawings.
.
f. Faucet-Hole Location: Top.
g. Color: White.
h. Mounting Material: Sealant.
B. Lavatory: Oval, vitreous china, undercounter mounted.
1. Fixture:
a. Standard: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.
b. Type: For undercounter mounting.
c. Nominal Size: Oval, 19 by 16 inches
d. Faucet-Hole Location: On countertop.
Faucet-Hole Punching: No holes.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 15421-2
e. Color: White.
f. Mounting Material: Sealant and undercounter mounting kit.
2.02
A. Lavatory: Ledge back, vitreous china, wall mounted.
VITREOUS-CHINA, WALL-MOUNTED LAVATORIES:
1. Fixture:
a. Standard: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.
b. Type: For wall hanging.
c. Nominal Size: Rectangular, 22 by 19 inches
d. Faucet-Hole Punching: As required for faucet selection on drawings.
e. Faucet-Hole Location: Top.
f. Color: White.
g. Mounting Material: Chair carrier.
2. Support: ASME A112.6.1M, Type II, Include rectangular, steel uprights.
2.03
A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF/ANSI 61 Annex G, "Drinking Water System Components - Health
Effects," for faucet materials that will be in contact with potable water.
SOLID-BRASS, LAVATORY FAUCETS:
B. Lavatory Faucets Manual or sensor-operated: commercial general-duty, solid-brass valve.
1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
2. General: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture
hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor.
3. Body Type: Centerset, Widespread, Single hole as indicated on drawings.
4. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass.
5. Finish: Polished chrome plate.
6. Maximum Flow Rate:
7. Maximum Flow:
0.5 gpm
0.25 gal.
8. Mounting Type: Deck, exposed
per metering cycle.
9. Valve Handle(s): As indicated on drawings.
10. Spout: Rigid type.
11. Spout Outlet: Aerator or Spray.
2.04
A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF/ANSI 61 Annex G, "Drinking Water System Components - Health
Effects," for supply-fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water.
SUPPLY FITTINGS:
B. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
C. Supply Piping: Chrome-plated-brass pipe or chrome-plated copper tube matching water-supply piping
size. Include chrome-plated-brass or stainless-steel wall flange.
D. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated-brass, one-quarter-turn, ball-type or compression valve with inlet
connection matching supply piping.
E. Operation: Loose key.
F. Risers:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 15421-3
1. NPS 3/8
2. Chrome -plated, soft-copper flexible tube or ASME A112.18.6, braided- or corrugated-stainless-
steel, flexible hose riser.
.
2.05
A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2.
WASTE FITTINGS:
B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/4
C. Trap:
offset and straight tailpiece.
1. Size:NPS 1-1/4
2. Material: Chrome-plated, two -piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with
.
0.032-inch-
PART 3 - EXECUTION
thick brass
tube to wall; and chrome-plated, brass or steel wall flange.
3.01
A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual
locations of piping connections before lavatory installation.
EXAMINATION:
B. Examine counters and walls for suitable conditions where lavatories will be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02
A. Install lavatories level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
INSTALLATION:
B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted lavatories.
C. Install accessible wall-mounted lavatories at handicapped/elderly mounting height for people with
disabilities or the elderly, according to ICC/ANSI A117.1.
D. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-
pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements
specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
E. Seal joints between lavatories and counters and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant
silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in
Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
F. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible
lavatories. Comply with requirements in Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation."
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 15421-4
3.03
A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use
size fittings required to match fixtures.
CONNECTIONS:
B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping."
C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent
Piping."
3.04
A. Operate and adjust lavatories and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning lavatories, fittings, and
controls.
ADJUSTING:
B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow.
C. Install fresh batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms.
3.05
A. After completing installation of lavatories, inspect and repair damaged finishes.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
B. Clean lavatories, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and
materials.
C. Provide protective covering for installed lavatories and fittings.
D. Do not allow use of lavatories for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL SHOWERS, RECEPTORS, AND BASINS 15423-1
SECTION 15423 -
PART 1 - GENERAL
COMMERCIAL SHOWERS, RECEPTORS, AND BASINS
1.01
SUMMARY:
A. Section Includes:
1. Individual showers.
2. Shower faucets.
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
1.03
A. Maintenance data.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects," for
shower materials that will be in contact with potable water.
SHOWER FAUCETS:
B. Shower Faucets
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a. ACORN.
b. BRADLEY.
c. METCRAFT.
d. WILLOUGHBY.
2. Description: Single-handle, pressure-balance mixing valve with; check stops; and shower head.
3. Faucet:
a. Standards: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and ASSE 1016.
b. Body Material: Solid brass.
c. Finish: Stainless Steel.
d. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.0 GPM unless otherwise indicated.
e. Mounting: Concealed.
f. Operation: push botton control.
g. Antiscald Device: Not required
h. Check Stops: Check-valve type, integral with or attached to body; on hot- and cold-water
supply connections.
4. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2
5. Shower Head:
.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL SHOWERS, RECEPTORS, AND BASINS 15423-2
a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
b. Type: Integral with mounting flange.
c. Shower Head Material: Metallic with chrome-plated finish.
d. Spray Pattern: Fixed.
e. Integral Volume Control: Not required .
f. Shower-Arm, Flow-Control Fitting: 2.0 gpm
g. Temperature Indicator: Not required.
.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Assemble shower components according to manufacturers' written instructions.
INSTALLATION:
B. Install showers level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
C. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each shower faucet.
1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with shower. Comply
with valve requirements specified in Section 15111 "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping."
2. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.
D. Install shower flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms.
E. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-
pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheons requirements
specified in Section 15097 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
3.02
A. Coordinate piping installations and specialty arrangements with schematics on Drawings and with
requirements specified in piping systems. If Drawings are explicit enough, these requirements may be
reduced or omitted.
CONNECTIONS:
B. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.
C. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 15140 "Domestic Water Piping."
3.03
A. Operate and adjust showers and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning showers, fittings, and
controls.
ADJUSTING:
B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow.
3.04
A. After completing installation of showers, inspect and repair damaged finishes.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL SHOWERS, RECEPTORS, AND BASINS 15423-3
B. Clean showers, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and
materials.
C. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
D. Do not allow use of showers for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 15427-1
SECTION 15427 -
PART 1 - GENERAL
PRESSURE WATER COOLERS
1.01
A. Section includes pressure water coolers and related components.
SUMMARY:
1.02
A. Product Data: For each type of pressure water cooler.
ACTION SUBMITTALS:
1.03
A. Maintenance Data: For pressure water coolers to include in maintenance manuals.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
1.04
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for
storage and identified with labels describing contents.
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS:
1. Filter Cartridges: Equal to 5 percent of quantity installed for each type and size indicated, but no
fewer than 1 of each.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A. Pressure Water Coolers: Flush to wall.
PRESSURE WATER COOLERS:
1. Standards:
a. Comply with NSF 61 Annex G.
b. Comply with ASHRAE 34, "Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants," for
water coolers. Provide HFC 134a (tetrafluoroethane) refrigerant unless otherwise indicated.
2. Cabinet: All stainless steel.
3. Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each deck.
4. Control: Push button.
5. Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/4
6. Supply:
tailpiece.
NPS 3/8
7. Waste Fitting: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2,
with shutoff valve.
NPS 1-1/4
8. Filter: One or more water filters complying with NSF 42 and NSF 53 for cyst and lead reduction
to below EPA standards; with capacity sized for unit peak flow rate.
brass P-trap.
9. Cooling System: Electric, with precooler, hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-cooled
condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-resistant-metal storage tank, and
adjustable thermostat.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 15427-2
a. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
10. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Cooled Water: 8 gph
b. Ambient-Air Temperature:
.
90 deg F
c. Inlet-Water Temperature:
.
d. Cooled-Water Temperature:
80 deg F
50 deg F
e. Electrical Characteristics:
.
1) Motor Horsepower: 1/6 to 1/4.
2) Volts: 120-V ac.
3) Phase: Single.
4) Hertz: 60.
B. Pressure Water Coolers: Wall mounted, standard, and wheelchair accessible.
1. Cabinet: Single or Bi-level, powder-coated steel with stainless-steel top.
2. Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck.
3. Control: Push bar.
4. Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/4
5. Supply:
tailpiece.
NPS 3/8
6. Waste Fitting: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2,
with shutoff valve.
NPS 1-1/4
7. Filter: One or more water filters complying with NSF 42 and NSF 53 for cyst and lead reduction
to below EPA standards; with capacity sized for unit peak flow rate.
brass P-trap.
8. Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-cooled
condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-resistant-metal storage tank, and
adjustable thermostat.
a. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
9. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Cooled Water: 8 gph
b. Ambient-Air Temperature:
.
90 deg F
c. Inlet-Water Temperature:
.
80 deg F
d. Cooled-Water Temperature:
.
50 deg F
e. Electrical Characteristics:
.
1) Motor Horsepower: 1/6 to 1/3.
2) Volts: 120-V ac.
3) Phase: Single.
4) Hertz: 60.
10. Support: ASME A112.6.1M, Type I water-cooler carrier.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A. Examine roughing-in for water-supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual
locations of piping connections before fixture installation.
EXAMINATION:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 15427-3
B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02
A. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. For fixtures indicated for children,
install at height required by authorities having jurisdiction.
INSTALLATION:
B. Install off-the-floor carrier supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted fixtures.
C. Install water-supply piping with shutoff valve on supply to each fixture to be connected to domestic-water
distribution piping. Use ball or gate valve. Install valves in locations where they can be easily reached for
operation. Valves are specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and
Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping."
D. Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to sanitary drainage system.
E. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-
pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements
specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."
F. Seal joints between fixtures and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant.
Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint
Sealants."
3.03
A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use
size fittings required to match fixtures.
CONNECTIONS:
B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping."
C. Install ball or gate shutoff valve on water supply to each fixture. Install valve upstream from integral filter
for water cooler. Comply with valve requirements specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for
Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping."
D. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent
Piping."
3.04
A. Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height.
ADJUSTING:
B. Adjust pressure water-cooler temperature settings.
3.05
A. After installing fixture, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair
damaged finish to match original finish.
CLEANING:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 15427-4
B. Clean fixtures, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures.
D. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-1
SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Supporting devices for electrical components.
2. Electrical identification.
3. Electricity-metering components.
4. Concrete equipment bases.
5. Electrical demolition.
6. Apparatus or other trades.
7. Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
8. Touchup painting.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For electricity-metering equipment.
B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts of electricity-metering equipment.
1.4
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100,
QUALITY ASSURANCE
by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.5
A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in
building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow.
COORDINATION
1. Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components
As they are constructed.
B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the
work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building.
C. Coordinate electrical service connections to components furnished by utility companies.
1. Coordinate installation and connection of exterior underground or overhead utilities and services, includ-
ing provision for electricity-metering components.
2. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of utility company providing electrical
power and other services.
D. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished surfaces.
Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors."
E. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field-finished surfaces, coordinate installation of identification
devices with completion of finished surface.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-2
F. Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical ceilings and similar
finishes, coordinate installation of these items before ceiling installation.
1.6
SUBSTITUTIONS (APPLY TO ALL SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16000)
A. Trade Names:
1. When reference is made in the contract documents to trade names, brand names, or to the name of
manufacturers, such references are made solely to indicate that products of that description may be
furnished and are not intended to restrict competitive bidding. If it is desired to use products of trade or
brand names or manufacturer’s names which are different from those mentioned in the contract
documents, application for the approval of the use of such products must reach the hands of the engineer
at least ten days prior to the date set for the opening of bids.
2. The burden of providing acceptability of a proposed product for use in place of a product or products
designated in the contract documents rests on the party submitting the request for approval. The writ ten
applications for approval of a proposed product must be accompanied by technical data, which the party
requesting approval desired to submit in support of his application.
3. To be approved, a proposed product must also meet or exceed all express requirements of the contract
documents. If the submittal is accepted by the Engineer, an addendum will be issued to all prospective
bidders.
4. Unless requests for approval of other products have been received and approvals have been published by
addendum in accordance with the above procedure, the successful bidder may furnish no products of any
trade names, brand names, or manufacturer’s names expect those designated in the contract documents.
B. No claims by the Contractor as to the special fitness of any material or apparatus specified or his inability to
produce first-class work with the same, shall be entertained unless such claim is referred to the Engineer
before the work is started.
C. If any equipment proposed is of larger size that the designed selection or involves larger controls, or any
contingent difference which requires additional space, equipment, apparatus, and the like, its use is not permit
ted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel.
Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- diameter slotted holes at a maxi-
mum of 2 inches o.c., in webs.
1. Channel Thickness: Selected to suit structural loading.
2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports.
C. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-clamps with
retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring-steel clamps or click-type hangers.
D. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.
E. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and
insulating wedging plug for electrical cables in riser conduits. Plugs have number and size of conductor
gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Body constructed of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip
galvanized finish.
F. Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-3
G. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
H. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel.
2.2
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application category. Use colors pre
scribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications.
B. Raceway and Cable Labels: Comply with ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and
minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.
1. Type: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive, vinyl. Legend is over laminated with a clear, weather- and chemi-
cal-resistant coating.
2. Color: Black letters on background with surface color as specified for the system in paragraph 2.2.G.
3. Legend: Indicates voltage.
C. Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables:Self-adhesive vinyl tape, not less than 1
inch wide by 3 mm thick.
D. Underground warning tape: permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed vinyl tape with the following
features:
1. Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick.
2. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service.
3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.
4. Printed legend that indicates type of underground line.
E. Tape Markers for Wire: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and
letters.
F. Cable Ties: Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type.
G. Engraved-Plastic Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate punched
or drilled for mechanical fasteners 1/16-inch minimum thickness for signs up to 20 sq. in. and 1/8- inch
minimum thickness for larger sizes.
1. Engraved legend in block style black letters with surface color and letter height as specified below:
Surface Color
White: Normal (commercial) Branch
System
Green: Equipment Branch
Orange: Critical Branch
Yellow: Life Safety Branch
Blue: Nurse Call
Red: Fire Alarm
2. Engraved legends with the following letter size shall be provided for each piece of equipment listed
below:
Automatic Transfer Switch ¼”
Manual Transfer Switch 3/16”
Distribution Switchboard: ¼”
Breakers in Switchboard: 3/16”
Distribution Panelboards: ¼”
Breakers in Distribution Panelboards: 3/16”
Branch Circuit Panels: 3/16”
Dry Type Transformers: 3/16”
Generator ¼”
UPS ¼’
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-4
3. Engraved legends shall include the designation shown on the drawings along with the supply voltage
rating to the equipment mains.
H. Interior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145. Preprinted,
aluminum, baked-enamel-finish signs, punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners, with colors, legend, and
size appropriate to the application.
I. Exterior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145. Weather- resis
tant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch, galvanized-steel backing, with
colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application. ¼-inch grommets in corners for mounting.
J. Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless-steel
machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
2.3
FOR UTILITY COMPANY'S ELECTRICITY METERING
A. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company.
B. Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company.
C. Modular Meter Centers: Factory-coordinated assembly of a main meter center circuit-breaker unit with
wireways, tenant meter socket modules, and tenant branch circuit breakers arranged in adjacent vertical
sections complete with interconnecting buses.
1. Housing: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure.
2. Tenant Branch Circuit Breakers: Series combination rated to protect circuit breakers in downstream
panelboards that have 10,000-A interrupting capacity, minimum.
2.4
EQUIPMENT FOR ELECTICITY METERING BY OWNER
A. Meter: Electronic kilowatt-hour measuring to record electricity used.
B. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Listed or recommended by metering equipment manufacturer for use with
sensors indicated.
C. Metering Equipment Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
1. E-MON Corporation.
2.4
CONCRETE BASES
A. Concrete Forms and Reinforcement Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
B. Concrete: 3000-psi, 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
2.5
A. For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish.
TOUCHUP PAINT
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-5
A. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install
components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom.
B. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
and components, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect
for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations.
D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.
3.2
ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION
A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system
comp onents.
B. Dry Locations: Steel materials with corrosion-resistant coating.
C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system.
D. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four;
minimum of 200-lb design load.
3.3
SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components.
B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-bolts,
clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and
conduits.
C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type hangers.
D. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in
the future.
E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps.
Install 1/4-inch- diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used instead of
malleable-iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits
above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel and angle supports.
H. Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by
raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.
I. Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors.
J. Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support. Support sheet-
metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers are used, attach bar to
raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24
inches from the box.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-6
K. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards; disconnect switches, control enclosures,
pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are mounted directly to
structural elements of adequate strength.
L. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core-drilled holes are
used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all
other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls.
M. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Per
form fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are indicated:
1. Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails.
2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry units.
3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts.
4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts.
5. Instead of expansion bolts, threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers
may be used in existing concrete.
6. Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring-tension clamps on steel.
a. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
7. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe straps, or other
items.
8. Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws.
9. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its proof-test load.
3.4
IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES
A. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of
equipment.
B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with
corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards.
Use consistent designations throughout Project.
C. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before applying.
D. All outlet boxes and junction boxes for essential and emergency circuits shall be color coded as to be
readily identified as part of the emergency system. Outlet both cover plates shall be spot painted and conduits
shall be painted within 8 inches of the junction box. The following color codes shall be used.
Surface Color
Yellow: Life Safety Branch
System
Green: Essential Branch
Orange: UPS Branch
Red: Fire Alarm System
Blue: Security System
E. Tag and label circuits designated to be extended in the future. Identify source and circuit numbers in each cabinet,
pull and junction box, and outlet box. Color-coding shall be used for voltage and phase identification.
F. Install continuous underground plastic markers during trench backfilling, for exterior underground power,
control, signal, and communication lines located directly above power and communication lines. Locate 6
to 8 inches below finished grade. If width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete
envelope does not exceed 16 inches, overall, use a single line marker.
G. Color-code 208/120-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors throughout the sec
ondary electrical system as follows:
1. Phase A: Black.
2. Phase B: Red.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-7
3. Phase C: Blue.
4. Neutral: White.
5. Ground: Green.
H. Color-code 480/277-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors throughout the sec
ondary electrical system as follows:
1. Phase A: Brown.
2. Phase B: Yellow.
3. Phase C: Purple.
4. Neutral: Gray.
5. Ground: Green with white stripe.
I. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where needed to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical
systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved le-
gend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. Install metal-backed butyrate signs for out-
door items.
J. Install engraved-laminated emergency-operating signs with white letters on red background with minimum
3/8-inch- high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, and other emergency
operations.
3.5
UTILITY COMPANY ELECTRICITY-METERING EQUIPMENT
A. Install equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide grounding and empty
conduits as required by utility company.
3.6
FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve fire-
resistance rating of the assembly. Fire stopping materials and installation requirements are specified in
division 7 Section "Firestopping."
3.7
CONCRETE BASES
A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger, in both directions, than
supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's anchorage recommendations and setting tem
plates for anchor-bolt and tie locations, unless otherwise indicated. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-
strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
3.8
APPARATUS OF OTHER TRADES
A. Install all manual and magnetic starters and contactors, which are not integral with equipment, including
those furnished under other Divisions.
B. Mechanical equipment control devices, such as thermostats, firestats and similar devices for equipment
controlled by magnetic starters and contactors, are to be furnished and installed under another division.
The power wiring provided under this division for equipment not controlled by magnetic starters or contact -
tors shall also include wiring through manual line voltage control devices, such as thermostats and firestats,
furnished and mounted under another division.
C. Provide all power wiring to equipment as shown on the drawings and according to approved wiring dia -
grams furnished by the respective trades and provide disconnect switches, or motor starters as noted on the
electrical drawings. Power wiring shall include correct phase connections for proper motor shaft rotation
and shall include wiring through starters and contactors furnished under another division.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-8
D. All electric motor and electric heater sizes and locations indicated are approximate. Make connections to
equipment as actually installed. Before connecting to any piece of such equipment, check the nameplate
data against the information shown on the drawings and report any discrepancies that are discovered.
E. Make all electrical connections to exhaust fans required for operation.
F. The plumbing work for the duplex sump pumps will include a float switch for each motor and a device for
automatically transferring operation from one pump to the other and to start the second pump if the first
pump does not handle the load. Provide the necessary connections to obtain this control at both sump
pumps.
G. Provide all power wiring for the elevator installation. Provide disconnects for each motor and connections
to elevator controller terminals. Provide control power circuits and disconnects in the machine room.
Provide hoistway outlets for cab lighting and telephone, as shown on the drawings. Work shall be coordinated
with the elevator shop drawings. Elevator signal and control wiring are included under another division of
the work.
3.9
DEMOLITION
A. Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in the
course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and
functionality.
B. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished, in
their entirety.
C. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inch
es below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to match existing finish.
D. Remove demolished material from Project site.
E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation, or re
place if required.
3.10
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit
electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.
B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces.
Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and
other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved.
C. Do not cut work of other trades without their explicit consent and arrangement for repairs.
3.11
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following:
1. Raceways.
2. Building wire and connectors.
3. Supporting devices for electrical components.
4. Electrical identification.
5. Electricity-metering components.
6. Concrete bases.
7. Electrical demolition.
8. Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-9
9. Touchup painting.
B. Test Owner's electricity-metering installation for proper operation and accuracy.
3.12
REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING
A. Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 Sec
tion "Painting."
1. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of
damage at each location.
2. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of
successive coats.
3. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.
4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufactur er.
3.13
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs,
dirt, paint spots, and construction debris.
B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 16050
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 1
SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements
specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other
sections.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section “Conductors and Cables for Requirements” for grounding conductors.
2. Division 16 Section "Lightning Protection" for additional grounding and bonding materials.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Product Data: For the following:
1. Ground rods.
2. Connectors and Fittings.
3. Exothermic Weld Systems.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
1. Comply with UL 467.
2. Comply with NFPA 70.
3. Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods:
a. Chance/Hubbell.
b. Thermoweld Inc.
c. Cadweld Inc.
d. Erico Inc.
e. Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co.
f. Thompson Lightning Protection.
g. ILSCO.
h. Kearney/Cooper Power Systems.
i. O-Z/Gedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group.
j. Thomas & Betts, Electrical.
k. Burndy.
2.2 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 2
A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
B. Material: Copper, 98% conductivity.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation.
D. Isolated Ground Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation with yellow stripe. On feeders
with isolated ground, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yellow tape to provide a minimum
of three bands of green and two bands of yellow.
E. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.
F. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, or solid as indicated.
G. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.
H. Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows:
1. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter.
2. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor as required.
3. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper
ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
I. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators.
2.3
CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of
conductors and connected items.
B. Connectors: Bolted-pressure-type connectors or compression type as indicated.
1. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity plated
2. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty bronze
C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written
instructions.
2.4
GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel.
B. Ground Rods: Sectional type; copper-clad steel.
1. Size: ¾” in diameter by 120 inches.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
APPLICATION
A. Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth, con-
crete, masonry, crushed stone and similar materials.
B. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 3
C. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground
connections.
D. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts.
E. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and
elsewhere as indicated.
1. Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, un
less otherwise indicated.
F. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use bare tinned copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. Unless
otherwise indicated, bury at least 24 inches below grade.
3.2
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors,
unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated.
B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the following items, in addi
tion to those required by NEC:
1. Feeders and branch circuits.
2. Lighting circuits.
3. Receptacle circuits.
4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.
5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.
6. Flexible raceway runs.
C. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected
to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate grounding conductor from raceway and from panel board
grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived
system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they
are designated for telephone or data cables.
E. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical de
vices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners and heaters. Bond conductor to each unit and to
air duct.
F. Water Heater: Install a separate equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater. Bond
conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components.
G. Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication
systems, provide No. 6 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding
electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location.
1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a
1/4-by-2-by-12-inch grounding bus.
2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.
H. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Provide a grounding electrode in addition to installing a
separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch-circuit conductors.
I. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Bond electrical power system ground directly to
lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use
bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 4
3.3
COUNTERPOISE
A. Ground the steel framework of the building with a driven ground rod at the base of every corner column
and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart. Provide a grounding
conductor (counterpoise), electrically connected to each ground rod and to each steel column, extending
around the perimeter of the building. Use tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2/0 AWG for
counterpoise and for tap to building steel. Bury counterpoise not less than 24 inches below grade and 24
inches from building foundation.
3.4
INSTALLATION
A. Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least
the same distance from other grounding electrodes.
1. Drive ground rods until tops are 6 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except as
otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating.
B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated.
Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers
and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for
outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps
directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations
accessible for maintenance.
D. Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's
main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect
grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. Where a
dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal
grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.
E. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters where re-
quired. Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors.
F. Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated pumps,
fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type bonding straps.
G. Bond each aboveground portion of gas and fuel oil piping systems upstream from equipment shutoff valve.
H. Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode: Fabricate according to NFPA 70, using a minimum of 20 feet of elec-
trically conductive steel reinforcing bars at bottom of foundation and bond grounding electrode conductor to rein-
forcing steel.
3.5
CONNECTIONS
A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors,
connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically
compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points
closer to order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of
moisture to contact surfaces.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 5
B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are
puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding
lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type con-
nectors.
D. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturers
published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A and UL 486B.
E. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential
pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer.
Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has
been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.
F. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses,
insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable.
3.6
A. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for
compliance with requirements.
2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is
specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and separately derived A/C systems.
Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without
the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical
treat ment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-
potential method according to IEEE 81.
a. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and less: 5 ohms.
b. Equipment Rated More Than 500 kVA: 3 ohms.
3.7
GRADING AND PLANTING
A. Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by Work of this Section. Reestablish orig
inal grades, unless otherwise indicated. If sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after back
filling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other activities
to their original condition. Include application of topsoil, fertilizer, lime, seed, sod, sprig, and mulch.
Comply with Division 2 Section "Landscaping." Maintain restored surfaces. Restore disturbed paving as
indicated.
END OF SECTION 16060
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 1
SECTION 16075 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes electrical identification materials and devices required to comply
with ANSI C2, NFPA 70, OSHA standards, and authorities having jurisdiction.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.
B. Schedule of Nomenclature: An index of electrical equipment and system components used in
identification signs and labels.
C. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate color, lettering style, and graphic
features of identification products.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with ANSI C2.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and NFPA 70 for color-coding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and for mini
mum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.
1. Color: Black letters on orange field.
2. Legend: Indicates voltage and service.
B. Adhesive Labels: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive vinyl with legend over-laminated
with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating.
C. Pretensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic
band sized to suit the diameter of the line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by
pretensioned gripping action when placed in position.
D. Colored Adhesive Tape: Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2
inches wide.
E. Underground-Line Warning Tape: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, vinyl
tape.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 2
1. Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick.
2. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service.
3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.
4. Printed legend indicating type of underground line.
F. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers
and letters.
G. Aluminum, Wraparound Marker Bands: Bands cut from 0.014-inch- thick aluminum
sheet, with stamped or embossed legend, and fitted with slots or ears for permanently se
curing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors.
H. Plasticized Card-Stock Tags: Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field-printed legends.
Orange background, unless otherwise indicated, with eyelet for fastener.
I. Aluminum-Faced, Card-Stock Tags: Weather-resistant, 18-point minimum card stock
faced on both sides with embossable aluminum sheet, 0.002 inch thick, laminated with
moisture-resistant acrylic adhesive, punched for fasteners, and preprinted with legends to
suit each application.
J. Brass or Aluminum Tags: 2 by 2 by 0.05-inch metal tags with stamped legend, punched
for fastener.
2.2
NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS
A. Safety Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145.
B. Engraved Plastic Nameplates and Signs: Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate,
minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes.
1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face.
2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners.
C. Baked-Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for
fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for the application. 1/4-inchgrommets in
corners for mounting.
D. Exterior, Metal-Backed, Butyrate Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted,
cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized-steel backing; and with
colors, legend, and size required for the application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for
mounting.
E. Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32,
stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
2.3
A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon ca-
ble ties.
MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch.
2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb minimum.
3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F.
4. Color: According to color-coding.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 3
B. Paint: Formulated for the type of surface and intended use.
1. Primer for Galvanized Metal: Single-component acrylic vehicle formulated for
galvanized surfaces.
2. Primer for Concrete Masonry Units: Heavy-duty-resin block filler.
3. Primer for Concrete: Clear, alkali-resistant, binder-type sealer.
4. Enamel: Silicone-alkyd or alkyd urethane as recommended by primer manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A. Identification Materials and Devices: Install at locations for most convenient viewing
without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
B. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other de-
signations with corresponding designations in the Contract Documents or with those re-
quired by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
C. Sequence of Work: If identification is applied to surfaces that require finish, install iden-
tification after completing finish work.
D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before applying.
E. Install painted identification according to manufacturer's written instructions and as fol-
lows:
1. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before painting.
2. Prime surfaces using type of primer specified for surface.
3. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of enamel.
F. Color Banding Raceways and Exposed Cables: Band exposed and accessible raceways of the
systems listed below:
1. Bands: Pretensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; or a
combination of both. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling
conduit, and place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side.
2. Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-
footmaximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in
congested areas.
3. Apply the following colors to the systems listed below:
a. Fire Alarm System: Red.
b. Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow.
c. Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue.
d. Security System: Blue and yellow.
e. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.
f. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow.
G. Caution Labels for Indoor Boxes and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Install
pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive labels identifying system voltage with black letters on
orange background. Install on exterior of door or cover.
H. Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Install labels externally.
1. Exposed Boxes: Pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 4
2. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card-stock tags.
3. Labeling Legend: Permanent, waterproof listing of panel and circuit number or
equivalent.
I. Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench backfilling, for exterior underground
power, control, signal, and communication lines, install continuous underground plastic line
marker located directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Where width of mul-
tiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not exceed 16 inches overall,
use a single line marker. Limit use of line markers to direct-buried cables. Install line marker for
underground wiring, both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway.
J. Secondary Service, Feeder, and Branch-Circuit Conductors: Color-code throughout the sec-
ondary electrical system.
1. Color-code 208/120-V system as follows:
a. Phase A: Black.
b. Phase B: Red.
c. Phase C: Blue.
d. Neutral: White.
e. Ground: Green.
2. Color-code 480/277-V system as follows:
a. Phase A: Yellow.
b. Phase B: Brown.
c. Phase C: Orange.
d. Neutral: White with a colored stripe or gray.
e. Ground: Green.
3. Factory apply color the entire length of conductors, except the following field-
applied, color-coding methods may be used instead of factory-coded wire for sizes
larger than No. 10 AWG:
a. Colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for a distance of
6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made.
Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding.
Use 1-inch- wide tape in colors specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid
obscure ing cable identification markings.
b. Colored cable ties applied in groups of three ties of specified color to each
wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 inches from the terminal and
spaced 3 inches apart. Apply with a special tool or pliers, tighten to a snug
fit, and cut off excess length.
K. Power-Circuit Identification: Metal tags or aluminum, wraparound marker bands for
cables, feeders, and power circuits in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and
switchboard rooms.
1. Legend: 1/4-inch- steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend
corresponding to indicate circuit designations.
2. Tag Fasteners: Nylon cable ties.
3. Band Fasteners: Integral ears.
L. Apply identification to conductors as follows:
1. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.
2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor
with source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color-coding to identify circuits'
voltage and phase.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 5
3. Multiple Control and Communication Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each
conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system of tags,
color-coding, or cable marking tape.
M. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs as follows:
1. Warnings, Cautions, and Instructions: Install to ensure safe operation and main-
tenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved
plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are
needed for system or equipment operation. Install metal-backed butyrate signs for
outdoor items.
2. Emergency Operation: Install engraved laminated signs with white legend on red
background with minimum 3/8-inch- high lettering for emergency instructions on
power transfer, load shedding, and other emergency operations.
N. Equipment Identification Labels: Engraved plastic laminate. Install on each unit of equip-
ment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes power, lighting, communi-
cation, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-explanatory
identification. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- high let-
tering on 1-1/2-inch-high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high.
Use white lettering on black field. Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of
equipment using mechanical fasteners:
1. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
2. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
3. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.
4. Electrical substations.
5. Emergency system boxes and enclosures.
6. Motor-control centers.
7. Disconnect switches.
8. Enclosed circuit breakers.
9. Motor starters.
10. Push-button stations.
11. Power transfer equipment.
12. Contactors.
13. Remote-controlled switches.
14. Dimmers.
15. Control devices.
16. Transformers.
17. Inverters.
18. Rectifiers.
19. Frequency converters.
20. Battery racks.
21. Power-generating units.
22. Telephone switching equipment.
23. Clock/program master equipment.
24. Call system master station.
25. TV/audio-monitoring master station.
26. Fire alarm master station or control panel.
27. Security-monitoring master station or control panel.
END OF SECTION 16075
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 - 1
SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and
terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For wire and cable and associated splices and connectors.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide wires and cables specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA WC 26.
1.6
COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations.
B. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated, as required to suit field conditions
and as approved.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offer-
ing products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Wires and Cables:
a. Carol Cable Co., Inc.
b. Senator Wire & Cable Company.
c. Southwire Company.
d. Rome Cable.
e. AFC Cable Systems.
2. Connectors for Wires and Cables:
a. AMP Incorporated.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 - 2
b. General Signal; O-Z/Gedney.
c. ILSCO.
d. Burndy.
e. 3M Company.
2.2
BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES
A. UL-listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable
construction, and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article.
B. Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5.
C. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7.
D. Conductor Material: Copper.
E. Stranding: Solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for larger
than No. 10 AWG.
2.3
CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. UL-listed, factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, capacity rating, material, type, and
class for application and service indicated. Comply with Project's installation require-
ments and as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A. Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
wires and cables. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected.
3.2
WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS
A. Service Entrance: Type XHHW or THWN, in raceway.
B. Feeders: Type THHN/THWN, in raceway.
C. Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN, in raceway.
D. Branch Circuits: Type MC cable, 75C insulation. Where specifically approved for use by
the authority having jurisdiction type “MC” cable with aluminum armor and internal, re-
dundant ground is acceptable for use in general lighting and receptacle branch circuits not
to exceed 20 amperes (#12 wire). All homeruns and multi-wire, multi-circuit branch cir-
cuits shall be wire in raceway.
E. Fire Alarm Circuits: Type THHN/THWN, in raceway.
F. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN/THWN, in raceway.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 - 3
G. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN/THWN, in raceway.
3.3
INSTALLATION
A. Install wires and cables as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and
NECA's "Standard of Installation."
B. Remove existing wires from raceway before pulling in new wires and cables.
C. Pull Conductors: Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where ne-
cessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed
manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
D. Use pulling means; including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips
that will not damage cables or raceway.
E. Identify wires and cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials
and Methods."
3.4
CONNECTIONS
A. Conductor Splices: Keep to minimum.
B. Install splices and tapes that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and
insulation ratings than conductors being spliced.
C. Use splice and tap connectors compatible with conductor material.
D. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack.
E. Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by
manufacturer.
F. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.5
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: On installation of wires and cables and before electrical circuitry has been ener-
gized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated
in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters.
B. Correct malfunctioning conductors and cables at Project site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and re-test.
END OF SECTION 16120
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 1
SECTION 16130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.
1. Raceways include the following:
a. RMC.
b. EMT.
c. FMC.
d. LFMC.
e. RNC.
f. Wireways.
g. Surface raceways.
2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following:
a. Device boxes.
b. Floor boxes.
c. Outlet boxes.
d. Pull and junction boxes.
e. Cabinets and hinged-cover enclosures.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for raceways and box sup
ports.
2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor-box
service fittings.
1.3
A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
DEFINITIONS
B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit.
C. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
D. RMC: Rigid metal conduit.
E. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
1.4
A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures,
and cabinets.
SUBMITTALS
B. Shop Drawings: Include layout drawings showing components and wiring for nonstandard boxes,
enclosures, and cabinets.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide raceways and boxes specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 2
B. Comply with NECA's "Standard of Installation."
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6
COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction elements to en
sure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Metal Conduit and Tubing:
a. Anaconda Metal Hose.
b. Allied Tube and Conduit Div.
c. Triangle PWC, Inc.
d. Wheatland Tube Co.
2. Nonmetallic Conduit and Tubing:
a. Carlon Electrical Products.
b. Thomas & Betts Corp.
3. Conduit Bodies and Fittings:
a. Appleton Electric Co.
b. O-Z/Gedney.
c. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.
d. Carlon Electrical Products.
4. Metal Wireways:
a. Wiremold Co.
b. Walkerduct Inc.
5. Surface Metal Raceways:
a. Wiremold Co. (The); Electrical Sales Division.
b. Walkerduct, Inc.
6. Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets:
a. Hoffman Engineering Co.
b. Raco, Inc.
c. Thomas & Betts Corp.
d. Appleton Electric Co.
2.2
METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. EMT Couplings and Fittings: ANSI C80.3.
1. Select 1 of 3 subparagraphs below.
2. Fittings: All steel concrete tight set-screw or all steel raintight compression type (cast al
loy couplings and fittings are not acceptable).
C. FMC: Zinc-coated steel.
D. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
2.3 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 3
A. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 PVC.
B. RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduit type and material.
2.4
METAL WIREWAYS
A. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated.
B. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-
down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for
complete system.
C. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply
with NFPA 70.
D. Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type.
E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
2.5
SURFACE RACEWAYS
A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's
standard prime coating.
B. Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that match
and mate with raceways.
2.6
OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast box with gasketed cover.
C. Nonmetallic Boxes: NEMA OS 2.
2.7
FLOOR BOXES
A. Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular.
2.8
A. Small Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
AND JUNCTION BOXES
B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover.
2.9
ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS
A. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch.
1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 4
A. Examine surfaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for compliance with instal-
lation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of raceway installation. Do not pro-
ceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
WIRING METHODS
A. Outdoors: Use the following wiring methods:
1. Exposed: Rigid steel.
2. Concealed: Rigid steel or RNC.
3. Underground, Single Run: RNC.
4. Underground, Grouped: RNC.
5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4.
B. Indoors: Use the following wiring methods:
1. Exposed: EMT.
2. Concealed: EMT, RNC, or “MC” cable.
3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC; except in wet or damp locations,
use LFMC.
4. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit or RNC.
5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows:
a. Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
3.3
A. Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch trade size (DN16).
C. Minimum Homerun Size: 3/4-inch trade size (DN21).
D. EMT shall be concealed within new finished walls, and above suspended ceilings.
E. RNC shall be concealed below slabs and grade.
F. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate headroom.
G. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
H. Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
I. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways.
J. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion
of bends is not visible above the finished slab.
K. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight
legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.
L. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. For rigid steel
conduit, use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, for EMT use all steel set screw or compression
fittings.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 5
M. Run concealed raceways, with a minimum of bends, in the shortest practical distance considering
the type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated.
N. Install exposed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members,
and follow the surface contours as much as practical.
1. Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where practical.
2. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends parallel.
Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field
bends for parallel raceways.
O. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight.
1. Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections subject
to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight.
2. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.
P. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools.
Q. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to
enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against the box. Where terminations are not
secure with 1 locknut, use 2 locknuts: 1 inside and 1 outside the box.
R. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into the hub
so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align race
ways so the coupling is square to the box and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed.
S. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plastic
line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack
at each end of the pull wire.
T. Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade Size (DN53) and Smaller: In addition to
the above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a
max imum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes
where necessary to comply with these requirements.
U. Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate fittings at suit-
able, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed
raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of
adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points:
1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as the boundaries of refrigerated
spaces.
2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
V. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding
equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with the
finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6
inches (150 mm) above the floor. Install screwdriver-operated, threaded flush plugs flush with
floor for future equipment connections.
W. Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 6 feet (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and
semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or move
ment; and for all motors. Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet or damp locations. Install sepa
rate ground conductor across flexible connections.
X. Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supply-
ing the raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 6
Y. Set floor boxes level and trim after installation to fit flush to finished floor surface.
Z. Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner.
3.4
PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and
Installer, that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at the
time of Substantial Completion.
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.
3.5
CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Re
move burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips, scratches,
and abrasions.
END OF SECTION 16130
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 1
SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes receptacles, connectors, switches, and finish plates.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product specified.
1.5
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
B. Comply with NEMA WD 1.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6
COORDINATION
A. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations.
1. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
MANUFACTURERS
1. Wiring Devices:
a. Bryant Electric, Inc.
b. Eagle Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc.
c. GE Company; GE Wiring Devices.
d. Hubbell, Inc.; Wiring Devices Div.
e. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.
f. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
2. Multioutlet Assemblies:
a. Wiremold.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 2
2.2
A. Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy-Duty (specification) grade.
RECEPTACLES
B. GFCI Receptacles: Feed-through type, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R
duplex receptacle for installation in a 2-3/4-inch- (70-mm-) deep outlet box without an
adapter.
C. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Equipment grounding contacts connected only to the green
grounding screw terminal of the device with inherent electrical isolation from mounting
strap.
1. Devices: Listed and labeled as isolated-ground receptacles.
2. Isolation Method: Integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on
removable parts.
D. Industrial Heavy-Duty Receptacle: Comply with IEC 309-1.
2.3
PENDANT CORD/CONNECTOR DEVICES
A. Description: Matching, locking type, plug and receptacle body connector, NEMA WD 6,
Configuration, Heavy-Duty grade, as indicated on the electrical drawings.
1. Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching
external cable grip.
2. External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel
wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for
corresponding connector.
2.4
CORD AND PLUG SETS
A. Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of
equipment being connected.
1. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with type SOW-A jacket.
Green-insulated grounding conductor, and equipment-rating ampacity plus a mini
mum of 30 percent.
2. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type
for connection.
2.5
A. Snap Switches: Heavy-duty, specification grade, quiet type.
SWITCHES
B. Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on/off
switches and audible and electromagnetic noise filters.
1. Control: Continuously adjustable slide, toggle, or rotary knob. Single-pole or three-
way switch to suit connections.
2. Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: Modular, 120 V, 60 Hz with continuously adjustable
rotary knob, toggle, or slide; single pole with soft tap or other quiet switch; electro
magnetic filter to eliminate noise, RF, and TV interference; and 5-inch wire connect
ing leads.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 3
3. Fluorescent Lamp Dimmers: Modular; compatible with dimmer ballasts; trim poten
tiometer to adjust low-end dimming; dimmer-ballast combination capable of consis
tent dimming to a maximum of 1 percent of full brightness.
2.6
WALL PLATES
A. Single and combination types match corresponding wiring devices.
1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth nylon, white color.
3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel.
2.7
A. Type: Modular, flush-type, dual-service units suitable for wiring method used.
FLOOR SERVICE FITTINGS
B. Compartmentation: Barrier separates power and signal compartments.
C. Housing Material: Die-cast aluminum, body with brass cover plate and carpet flange.
D. Power Receptacle: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, white finish, unless otherwise
indicated.
E. Signal Outlet: Blank cover with bushed cable opening, unless otherwise indicated.
2.8
A. Description: Factory-fabricated and -wired assembly of below-floor junction box unit with
multichanneled, through-floor raceway/firestop unit and detachable matching floor ser-
vice-outlet assembly.
POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES
1. Size: Selected to fit nominal 3-inch cored holes in floor and matched to floor
thickness.
2. Fire Rating: Unit is listed and labeled for fire rating of floor-ceiling assembly.
3. Closure Plug: Arranged to close unused 3-inch cored openings and reestablish fire
rating of floor.
2.9
TELEPHONE/POWER SERVICE POLES
A. Description: Factory-assembled and -wired units to extend power, telephone, and data
service from distribution wiring concealed in ceiling to devices or outlets in pole near
floor.
1. Poles: Nominal 2.5-inch-square cross section with height adequate to extend from
floor to at least 6 inches above ceiling, and separate channels for power and signal
wiring.
2. Mounting: Ceiling trim flange with concealed bracing arranged for positive
connection to ceiling supports, and pole foot with carpet pad attachment.
3. Finishes: One of manufacturers standard finish and trim combinations, including
painted and satin anodized-aluminum finishes and wood-grain-type trim.
4. Power Receptacles: Two single; 20-A; heavy-duty; NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-
20R units.
5. Signal Outlets: Blank insert with bushed cable opening.
2.10 FINISHES
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 4
A. Color: White, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure.
INSTALLATION
B. Install wall plates when painting is complete.
C. Install wall dimmers to achieve indicated rating after derating for ganging as instructed by
manufacturer.
D. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers.
E. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertic-
al, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multi-
gang wall plates.
F. Protect devices and assemblies during painting.
G. Adjust locations at which floor service outlets and telephone/power service poles are installed
to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings.
3.2
IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
1. Switches: Where three or more switches are ganged, and elsewhere as indicated,
identify each switch with approved legend engraved on wall plate.
2. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use ma
chine-printed, pressure-sensitive, abrasion-resistant label tape on face of plate and
durable wire markers or tags within outlet boxes.
3.3
A. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper.
CONNECTIONS
B. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch-circuit equipment grounding conductor.
C. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Connect to isolated-ground conductor routed to designated
isolated equipment ground terminal of electrical system.
3.4
A. Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device at
least six times.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
B. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Replace damaged or defective components.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 5
3.5
CLEANING
A. Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures. Replace stained or impro-
perly painted wall plates or devices.
END OF SECTION 16140
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 1
SECTION 16145 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
A. This Section includes time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multi-
pole lighting relays and contactors.
SUMMARY
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 13 Section "Lighting Controls" for low-voltage, manual and programmable
lighting control systems.
2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers and manual light
switches.
3. Division 16 Section "Dimming Controls" for architectural dimming system
equipment.
1.3
A. Product Data: Include dimensions and data on features, components, and ratings for
lighting control devices.
SUBMITTALS
B. Samples: Occupancy sensors for color selection and evaluation of technical features.
C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements.
D. Maintenance Data: For lighting control devices to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
1.4
A. Source Limitations: Obtain lighting control devices from a single source with total responsibili-
ty for compatibility of lighting control system components specified in this Section, in Divi-
sion 13 Section "Lighting Controls," and in Division 16 Section "Dimming Controls."
QUALITY ASSURANCE
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, for their indicated use and installation conditions by a testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Comply with 47 CFR 15, Subparts A and B, for Class A digital devices.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 2
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.5
COORDINATION
A. Coordinate features of devices specified in this Section with systems and components speci-
fied in other Sections to form an integrated system of compatible components. Match
components and interconnections for optimum performance of specified functions. In-
clude coordination with the following:
1. Division 13 Section "Lighting Controls."
2. Division 16 Section "Panelboards."
3. Division 16 Section "Dimming Controls."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offer-
ing products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
MANUFACTURERS
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol-
lowing:
1. Contactors and Relays:
a. Automatic Switch Co.
b. Challenger Electrical Equipment Corp.
c. Cutler-Hammer Products; Eaton Corporation.
d. Furnas Electric Co.
e. GE Lighting Controls.
f. Hubbell Lighting, Inc.
g. Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
h. Square D Co.; Power Management Organization.
i. Zenith Controls, Inc.
2. Time Switches:
a. Diversified Electronics, Inc.
b. Grasslin Controls Corp.
c. Intermatic, Inc.
d. Leviton Manufacturing.
e. Paragon Electric Co., Inc.
f. Tork, Inc.
g. Zenith Controls, Inc.
3. Photoelectric Relays:
a. Allen-Bradley/Rockwell Automation.
b. Area Lighting Research, Inc.
c. Fisher Pierce.
d. Grasslin Controls, Corp.
e. Intermatic, Inc.
f. Paragon Electric Co., Inc.
g. Rhodes: M H Rhodes, Inc.
h. SSAC, Inc.
i. Tork, Inc.
4. Occupancy Sensors:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 3
a. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices.
b. BRK Electronics.
c. Bryant Electric.
d. Honeywell, Inc.; Home and Building Controls.
e. Hubbell Lighting, Inc.
f. Lightolier.
g. Lithonia Control Systems.
h. MyTech Corporation.
i. Novitas, Inc.
j. RAB Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc.
k. SenTec, Inc.
l. Sterner Lighting Systems, Inc.
m. Tork, Inc.
n. Touchplate.
o. Unenco Electronics (A Hubbell Co.).
p. Watt Stopper, Inc. (The).
2.2
GENERAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE REQUIREMENTS
A. Line-Voltage Surge Protection: Include in all 120- and 277-V solid-state equipment.
Comply with UL 1449 and with ANSI C62.41 for Category A locations.
2.3
A. Description: Solid-state programmable units with alphanumeric display complying with
UL 917.
TIME SWITCHES
B. Description: Electromechanical-dial type complying with UL 917.
1. Astronomic dial.
2. Two contacts, rated 30 A at 277-V ac, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Two pilot-duty contacts, rated 2 A at 240-V ac, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Eight-day program uniquely programmable for each weekday and holidays.
5. Skip-day mode.
2.4
A. Description: Solid state, with single-pole, double-throw dry contacts rated to operate
connected relay or contactor coils or microprocessor input, and complying with
UL 773A.
PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS
B. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 0 to 3500 fc, with an adjustment for turn-on/turn-off
levels.
C. Time Delay: Prevents false operation.
D. Indoor Ceiling- or Wall-Mounting Units: Adjustable for turn-on/turn-off levels,
semiflush, calibrated to detect adequacy of daylighting in perimeter locations, and
arranged to turn artificial illumination on and off to suit varying intensities of available
daylighting.
E. Indoor Skylight Units: Housed in a threaded plastic fitting for mounting under skylight.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 4
F. Outdoor Sealed Units: Weathertight housing, resistant to high temperatures and equipped
with sun-glare shield and ice preventer.
2.5
A. Ceiling-Mounting Units: Unit receives control power from a separately mounted auxiliary
power and control unit, and operates power switching contacts in that unit.
OCCUPANCY SENSORS
B. Ceiling-Mounting Units: Unit receives 24-V dc power from a remote source and, on sensing
occupancy, closes contacts that provide signal input to a remote microprocessor-based
lighting control system.
C. Switch-Box-Mounting Units: Unit receives power directly from switch leg of the 120- or
277-V ac circuit it controls and operates integral power switching contacts rated 800 W at
120-V ac, and 1000 W at 277-V ac, minimum.
D. Operation: Turns lights on when room or covered area is occupied and off when unoccu-
pied, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Time Delay for Turning Lights Off: Adjustable over a range from 1 to 15 minutes,
minimum.
2. Manual Override Switch: Turns lights off manually regardless of elapsed time delay.
3. Ambient-Light-Level Control: Adjustable for setting a level of ambient illumination
above which sensor will not turn lights on when occupancy is sensed.
4. Isolated Relay Contact: Operates on detection of occupancy or vacancy, as indicated,
to activate an independent function.
E. Auxiliary Power and Control Units: As follows:
1. Relays rated for a minimum of 20-A normal ballast load or 13-A tungsten filament or
high-inrush ballast load.
2. Sensor Power Supply: Rated to supply the number of connected sensors.
F. Passive-Infrared Type: Detects occupancy by a combination of heat and movement in zone
of coverage. Each sensor detects occupancy anywhere in an area of 1000 sq. ft. by detecting
occurrence of 6-inch minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a min-
imum target of 36 sq. in. to the sensor.
G. Ultrasonic Type: Emits a beam of ultrasonic energy and detects occupancy through use of
Doppler's principle in discerning movement in zone of coverage by sensing a change in
pattern of reflected ultrasonic energy.
H. Dual-Technology Type: Uses a combination of passive-infrared and ultrasonic detection
methods to distinguish between occupied and unoccupied conditions for area covered.
Particular technology or combination of technologies that controls each function (on or
off) is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit.
2.6
A. Description: Electrically operated and mechanically held, and complying with UL 508
and NEMA ICS 2.
MULTIPOLE CONTACTORS AND RELAYS
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 5
1. Current Rating for Switching: UL listing or rating consistent with type of load
served, including tungsten filament, inductive, and high-inrush ballast (ballasts with 15
percent or less total harmonic distortion of normal load current).
2. Control Coil Voltage: Match control power source.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A. Install equipment level and plumb and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
INSTALLATION
B. Mount lighting control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and
requirements in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
C. Mounting heights indicated are to bottom of unit for suspended devices and to center of
unit for wall-mounting devices.
3.2
A. Install wiring between sensing and control devices according to manufacturer's written
instructions and as specified in Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables" for low-
voltage connections and Division 16 Section "Voice and Data Systems" for digital cir
cuits.
CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
B. Wiring Method: Install all wiring in raceway as specified in Division 16 Section "Race
ways and Boxes."
C. Wiring Method: Install all wiring in raceway as specified in Division 16 Section "Race
ways and Boxes," unless run in accessible ceiling space and gypsum board partitions.
D. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.
E. Ground equipment.
F. Connections: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use
those specified in UL 486A.
3.3
A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 16 Section "Ba
sic Electrical Materials and Methods."
IDENTIFICATION
B. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 16 Section
"Electrical Identification."
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 6
A. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least seven days'
advance notice.
B. Inspect control components for defects and physical damage, testing laboratory labeling,
and nameplate compliance with the Contract Documents.
C. Check tightness of electrical connections with torque wrench calibrated within previous
six months. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values.
D. Verify settings of photoelectric devices with photometer calibrated within previous six
months.
E. Electrical Tests: Use particular caution when testing devices containing solid-state com
ponents. Perform the following according to manufacturer's written instructions:
1. Continuity tests of circuits.
2. Operational Tests: Set and operate devices to demonstrate their functions and capa
bilities in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces actual operating functions.
a. Include testing of devices under conditions that simulate actual operational condi-
tions. Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional observations.
F. Correct deficiencies, make necessary adjustments, and retest. Verify that specified re
quirements are met.
G. Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, apply a label to
tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible agency and representative.
H. Reports: Written reports of tests and observations. Record defective materials and
workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments.
3.5
A. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices internally and externally using methods and ma
terials recommended by manufacturers, and repair damaged finishes.
CLEANING
3.6
A. Coordinate with training for low-voltage, programmable lighting control system specified
in Division 13 Section "Lighting Controls."
DEMONSTRATION
B. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance person
nel as specified below:
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and
preventive maintenance. Provide a minimum of three hours' training.
2. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of maintenance manuals as a training
aid.
3. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 7
3.7
A. Occupancy Adjustments: Within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide up
to three Project site visits, when requested, to adjust light levels, make program changes,
and adjust sensors and controls to suit actual conditions.
ON-SITE ASSISTANCE
END OF SECTION 16145
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 1
SECTION 16289 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
A. This Section includes transient voltage surge suppressors for low-voltage power, control, and
communication equipment.
SUMMARY
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices with integral transient voltage surge sup
pressors.
2. Division 16 Section "Panelboards" for factory-installed transient voltage surge suppressors.
3. Division 16 Section "Switchboards" for factory-installed transient voltage surge suppressors.
1.3
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed,
and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories.
SUBMITTALS
B. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of transient voltage suppression devices, certifying
that products furnished comply with the following testing and labeling requirements:
1. UL 1283 certification.
2. UL 1449 listing and classification.
C. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section. Include the follow
ing:
1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.
D. Maintenance Data: For transient voltage suppression devices to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.4
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 and that is
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 2
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Test-
ing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies, to super-
vise on-site testing specified in Part 3.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain suppression devices and accessories through one source from a single
manufacturer.
C. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, dimensional requirements, and electrical performance of sup-
pressors and are based on the specific system indicated. Other manufacturers' products complying with
requirements may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions."
D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Ar-
ticle 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
E. IEEE Compliance: Comply with IEEE C62.41, "IEEE Guide for Surge Voltages in Low Voltage
AC Power Circuits," and test devices according to IEEE C62.45, "IEEE Guide for Surge Suppres
sor Testing."
F. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA LS 1, "Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices."
G. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1283, "Electromagnetic Interference Filters," and UL 1449,
"Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors."
1.5
A. Placing into Service: Do not energize or connect [service entrance equipment] [panelboards]
[control terminals] [data terminals] to their sources until the surge protective devices are in
stalled and connected.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.
C. Service Conditions: Rate surge protective devices for continuous operation under the following
conditions, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Not less than 115 percent of nominal system operating
voltage.
2. Operating Temperature: 30 to 120 deg F (0 to 50 deg C).
3. Humidity: 0 to 85 percent, noncondensing.
4. Altitude: Less than 20,000 feet (6000 m) above sea level.
1.6
A. Coordinate location of field-mounted surge suppressors to allow adequate clearances for maintenance.
COORDINATION
B. Coordinate surge protective devices with Division 16 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and
Control."
1.7 WARRANTY
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 3
A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights
Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run
concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace com-
ponents of surge suppressors that fail in materials or workmanship within five years from date of
Substantial Completion.
C. Special Warranty for Plug-in Cord-Connected Surge Suppressors: Written warranty, executed by
manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace electronic equipment connected to circuits protected by
surge suppressors.
1.8
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protec-
tive covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
EXTRA MATERIALS
1. Replaceable Protection Modules: One of each size and type installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prod-
ucts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
MANUFACTURERS
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Manufacturers of a Broad Line of Suppressors:
a. Advanced Protection Technologies, Inc.
b. Atlantic Scientific Corp.
c. Current Technology, Inc.
d. Cutler-Hammer, Inc.
e. Entrelec, Inc.
f. Innovative Technology, Inc.
g. Intermatic, Inc.
h. LEA International.
i. Leviton Manufacturing Co. Inc.
j. Liebert Corp.
k. Northern Technologies.
l. Siemens Energy & Automation.
m. Square D Co.
n. Sutton Designs, Inc.
o. Transtector Systems, Inc.
p. Tycor International, Inc.
q. United Power, Inc.
r. Zero Surge Inc.
2. Manufacturers of Category A and Telephone/Data Line Suppressors:
a. MCG Electronics, Inc.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 4
b. NTE Electronics, Inc.
c. Telebyte Technology, Inc.
3. Manufacturers of Gas-Tube Suppressors:
a. Sankosha U.S.A., Inc.
2.2
A. Surge Protective Device Description: Non-modular type with the following features and accessories:
SERVICE ENTRANCE SUPPRESSORS
1. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
2. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
3. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 a, 250-V ac, for remote monitoring of protection status.
B. Surge Protective Device Description: Modular design with field-replaceable modules and the fol-
lowing features and accessories:
1. Fuses, rated at 200-kA interrupting capacity.
2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring.
3. Integral disconnect switch.
4. Redundant suppression circuits.
5. Redundant replaceable modules.
6. Arrangement with copper busbars and for bolted connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and
ground bus.
7. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.
8. Red and green LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
9. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
10. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 a and 250-V ac, for remote monitoring of protection status.
Coordinate with building power monitoring and control system.
11. Surge-event operations counter.
C. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: [320] [240] [160] kA per phase.
D. Connection Means: Permanently wired.
E. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for grounded wye circuits with voltages of [480Y/277]
[208Y/120] [600Y/347]; 3-phase, 4-wire circuits, shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
2. Line to Ground: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
3. Neutral to Ground: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
F. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for 240/120 V, single-phase, 3-wire circuits, shall
be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 400 V.
2. Line to Ground: 400 V.
3. Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
G. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire circuits, with high
leg shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 400 V, 800 V from high leg.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 5
2. Line to Ground: 400 V.
3. Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
H. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for voltages of 240, 480, or 600; 3-phase, 3-wire,
delta circuits shall be as follows:
1. Line to Line: [2000 V for 480 V] [1000 V for 240 V] [2500 V for 600 V].
2. Line to Ground: [2000 V for 480 V] [1000 V for 240 V] [2500 V for 600 V].
2.3
A. Surge Protective Device Description: Non-modular type with the following features and accessories:
PANELBOARD SUPPRESSORS
1. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
2. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
3. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 a, 250-V ac, for remote monitoring of protection status.
B. Surge Protective Device Description: Modular design with field-replaceable modules and the fol-
lowing features and accessories:
1. Fuses, rated at 200-kA interrupting capacity.
2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring.
3. Integral disconnect switch.
4. Redundant suppression circuits.
5. Redundant replaceable modules.
6. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.
7. Red and green LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
8. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
9. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 A, 250-V, ac, for remote monitoring of protection status.
Coordinate with building power monitoring and control system.
10. Surge-event operations counter.
C. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: [160] [120] [80] kA per phase.
D. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for grounded wye circuits with voltages of [480Y/277]
[208Y/120] [600Y/347]; 3-phase, 4-wire circuits, shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
2. Line to Ground: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
3. Neutral to Ground: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
E. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for 240/120 V, single-phase, 3-wire circuits, shall
be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 400 V.
2. Line to Ground: 400 V.
3. Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
F. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire circuits, with high
leg shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 400 V, 800 V from high leg.
2. Line to Ground: 400 V.
3. Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 6
G. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for voltages of 240, 480, or 600; 3-phase, 3-wire,
delta circuits shall be as follows:
1. Line to Line: [2000 V for 480 V] [1000 V for 240 V] [2500 V for 600 V].
2. Line to Ground: [1500 V for 480 V] [800 V for 240 V] [2500 V for 600 V].
2.4
A. Surge Protective Device Description: Unit type, panel-mounted design with the following features
and accessories:
AUXILIARY PANEL SUPPRESSORS
1. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
2. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
3. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 A, 250-V ac, for remote monitoring of protection status.
4. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.
5. Red and green LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
6. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: [160] [120] [80] kA per phase.
C. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for grounded wye circuits with voltages of [480Y/277]
[208Y/120] [600Y/347]; 3-phase, 4-wire circuits, shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
2. Line to Ground: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
3. Neutral to Ground: [800 V for 480Y/277] [400 V for 208Y/120] [1200 V for 600Y/347].
D. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for 240/120 V, single-phase, 3-wire circuits, shall
be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 400 V.
2. Line to Ground: 400 V.
3. Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
E. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire circuits, with high
leg shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 400 V, 800 V from high leg.
2. Line to Ground: 400 V.
3. Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
F. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage for voltages of 240, 480, or 600; 3-phase, 3-wire,
delta circuits shall be as follows:
1. Line to Line: [2000 V for 480 V] [1000 V for 240 V] [2500 V for 600 V].
2. Line to Ground: [1500 V for 480 V] [800 V for 240 V] [2500 V for 600 V].
2.5
A. Description: Non-modular, plug-in suppressors with at least four 15-A, 120-V ac, NEMA WD 6,
Configuration 15-15R receptacles, suitable to plug into a NEMA WD 6, Configuration 15-15R re
ceptacle; with the following features and accessories:
PLUG-IN SURGE SUPPRESSORS
1. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 7
2. LED indicator lights for reverse polarity and open outlet ground.
3. Circuit breaker and thermal fusing. When protection is lost, circuit opens and cannot be reset.
4. Circuit breaker and thermal fusing. Unit continues to supply power if protection is lost.
5. [Close-coupled direct plug-in] [Cord connected with 15-foot (4.5-m) line cord].
6. Rocker-type on-off switch, illuminated when in the on position.
7. One RJ11/12C telephone line protector, suitable for modem connection. Maximum clamping
voltage 220 peak on pins No. 3 and 4.
B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: [33] [26] [13] kA per phase.
C. Protection modes and UL 1449 clamping voltage shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 475 V.
2. Line to Ground: 475 V.
3. Neutral to Ground: 475 V.
2.6
A. Protectors for copper [control] [data] [antenna] [telephone] conductors entering the building
from the outside shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the type of line being protected.
CONTROL AND DATA TERMINALS
2.7
A. NEMA 250, with type matching the enclosure of panel or device being protected.
ENCLOSURES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A. Install devices at service entrance on load side, with ground lead bonded to service entrance
ground.
INSTALLATION OF SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
B. Install devices for panelboard and auxiliary panels with conductors between suppressor and points
of attachment as short and straight as possible. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended lead
length. Do not bond neutral and ground.
1. Provide multipole, 15-A circuit breaker as a dedicated disconnect for the suppressor, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.2
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening val-
ues. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
CONNECTIONS
3.3
A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control test-
ing:
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16289 - 8
B. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control testing:
C. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:
1. After installing surge protective devices, but before electrical circuitry has been energized,
test for compliance with requirements.
2. Complete startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Sec
tion 7.19. Certify compliance with test parameters.
D. Repair or replace malfunctioning units. Retest after repairs or replacements are made.
E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-
assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections. Report
results in writing.
1. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's installation require
ments.
3.4
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to ad-
just, operate, and maintain surge protective devices.
DEMONSTRATION
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for maintaining suppres-
sors.
2. Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."
3. Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section "Operation and Mainten
ance Data."
4. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.
END OF SECTION 16289
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 1
SECTION 16410 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
A. This Section includes individually mounted enclosed switches and circuit breakers used for the fol-
lowing:
SUMMARY
1. Service disconnecting means.
2. Feeder and branch-circuit protection.
3. Motor and equipment disconnecting means.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for attachment plugs, receptacles, and toggle switches
used for disconnecting means.
2. Division 16 Section "Fuses" for fusible devices.
1.3
A. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
DEFINITIONS
1.4
A. Product Data: For each type of switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. In-
clude dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteris-
tics, ratings, and finishes.
SUBMITTALS
B. Shop Drawings: For each switch and circuit breaker, include the following:
a. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details.
b. Enclosure types and details for type 1.
c. Current and voltage ratings.
d. Short-circuit current rating.
e. UL listing for series rating of installed devices.
C. Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers and for components to include in mainten-
ance manuals specified in Division 1. In addition to requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Clo-
seout Procedures," include the following:
1. Routine maintenance requirements for components.
2. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting switches and circuit breakers.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 2
1.5
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Ar-
ticle 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
use.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
B. Comply with NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
D. Product selection for restricted space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed
switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, adjacent surfaces and other
items comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
1.6
A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other construction,
including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and
required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
COORDINATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
MANUFACTURERS
1. Fusible Switches:
a. Cutler-Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
2. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers:
a. Cutler-Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
3. Combination Circuit Breaker and Ground-Fault Trip:
a. Cutler-Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
2.2
A. Enclosed, Nonfusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with lockable handle.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 3
B. Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 1200 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips to accommodate spe-
cified fuses, lockable handle with two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
2.3
A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault cur-
rents.
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads,
and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting
for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
2. Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breakers: RMS sensing; field-replaceable rating plug; with the
following field-adjustable settings:
a. Instantaneous trip.
b. Long- and short-time pickup levels.
c. Long- and short-time time adjustments.
d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response.
2.4
A. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location.
ENCLOSURES
1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
2. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel.
3. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4.
2.5
A. Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
FACTORY FINISHES
B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard ANSI-61 grey paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested enclosures
before shipping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance
with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
EXAMINATION
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as
specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
IDENTIFICATION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 4
B. Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate
mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.
3.3
A. Install equipment grounding connections for switches and circuit breakers with ground continuity to main
electrical ground bus.
CONNECTIONS
B. Install power wiring. Install wiring between switches and circuit breakers, and control and indica-
tion devices.
C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.4
A. Prepare for testing as follows:
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch, circuit breaker, component, and control
circuit.
2. Test continuity of each line- and load-side circuit.
B. Testing: After installing enclosed switches and circuit breakers and after electrical circuitry has been
energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test indicated in
NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certi
fy compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance;
otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
3.5
A. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges.
3.6
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of enclosures. Remove paint splatters
and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair
exposed surfaces to match original finish.
CLEANING
END OF SECTION 16410
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 1
SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
A. This Section includes load centers and panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, and
associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V and less for the following types:
SUMMARY
1. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
2. Distribution panelboards.
1.3
A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, accessory, and
component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features,
performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
SUBMITTALS
B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.
1. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed de-
vices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:
a. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.
b. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
c. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices.
d. UL listing for series rating of installed devices.
e. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent pro-
tective devices and auxiliary components.
C. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports and include the following:
1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
D. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balanc-
ing.
E. Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 2
1.4
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for in-
tended use.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
B. Comply with NEMA PB 1.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.5
A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that
penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment,
raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements.
COORDINATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol-
lowing:
MANUFACTURERS
1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories:
a. Cutler-Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co.
c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
2.2
A. Enclosures: Flush- or surface-mounted cabinets as indicated on the electrical drawings.
NEMA PB 1, Type 1, to meet environmental conditions at installed location.
FABRICATION AND FEATURES
1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
B. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match
box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box.
C. Hinged Front Cover: Front trim bolted to box with standard door within hinged trim cover.
D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant treatment or pri-
mer coat.
E. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted inside metal frame, inside
panelboard door.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 3
F. Bus: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity.
G. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material.
H. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors;
bonded to box.
I. Service Equipment Label: UL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with main
service disconnect where indicated on the electrical drawings.
J. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required for
future installation of devices.
K. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground conduc-
tors; insulated from box.
L. Feed-through Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at
opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device.
2.3
A. UL label indicating series-connected rating with integral or remote upstream devices. Include
size and type of upstream device allowable, branch devices allowable, and UL series-connected
short-circuit rating.
PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING
2.4
A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without dis-
turbing adjacent units. (Plug-in breakers are not acceptable.)
LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
B. Doors: Front mounted with concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed
alike.
2.5
A. Doors: Front mounted; secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
B. Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: Circuit breaker.
C. Branch overcurrent protective devices shall be one of the following:
1. Circuit-Breakers: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual
positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal.
2.6
A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault
currents.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 4
1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level over-
loads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic
trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 400 A and larger.
B. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories. Standard frame sizes, trip rat-
ings, and number of poles.
1. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and material of conduc-
tors.
2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent
lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment.
3. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup
and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator.
4. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 75 percent of
rated voltage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1.
INSTALLATION
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with
fronts uniformly flush with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: Create a directory to indicate installed circuits. Obtain approval before in-
stalling. Use a computer generated or typewriteten directory; handwritten directories are not
acceptable.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: Stub four 3/4-inch empty conduits from pa-
nelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub
four 3/4-inch empty conduits into raised floor space.
G. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups and bundle and wrap with wire
ties after completing load balancing.
3.2
A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning
signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.”
IDENTIFICATION
B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated-plastic
nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 5
3.3
A. Install equipment grounding connections for panelboards with ground continuity to main elec-
trical ground bus.
CONNECTIONS
B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486.
3.4
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder,
and control circuit.
2. Test continuity of each circuit.
B. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demon-
strate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test indicated
in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers.
Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate com-
pliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
3.5
A. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges.
3.6
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
CLEANING
END OF SECTION 16442
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FUSES 16491 - 1
SECTION 16491 - FUSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
A. This Section includes cartridge fuses, rated 600 V and less.
SUMMARY
1.3
A. Product Data: Include dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, perfor-
mance, electrical characteristics, and ratings for each fuse type indicated.
SUBMITTALS
1.4
A. Source Limitations: Provide fuses from a single manufacturer.
ASSURANCE
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
C. Comply with NEMA FU 1.
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.5
A. Coordinate fuse ratings with elevator equipment and HVAC and refrigeration equipment
nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size.
COORDINATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol-
lowing:
MANUFACTURERS
1. Cooper Industries, Inc.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FUSES 16491 - 2
2. General Electric Co.
3. Gould Shawmut.
4. Littelfuse, Inc.
2.2
A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class and current rating indicated;
voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage.
CARTRIDGE FUSES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of
sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.
EXAMINATION
3.2
A. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay.
FUSE APPLICATIONS
B. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay.
3.3
A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without remov-
ing fuse.
INSTALLATION
3.4
A. Install labels indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch.
IDENTIFICATION
END OF SECTION 16491
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 1
SECTION 16511 - INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures, lighting fixtures mounted on exterior
building surfaces, lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting units, and accessories.
SUMMARY
1.3
A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture indicated, arranged in order of fixture de-
signation. Include data on features, accessories, and the following:
SUBMITTALS
1. Dimensions of fixtures.
2. Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps for photometric performance.
3. Emergency lighting unit battery and charger.
4. Fluorescent and high-intensity-discharge ballasts.
5. Types of lamps.
1.4
A. Fixtures, Emergency Lighting Units, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
ASSURANCE
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs.
1.5
A. Fixtures, Mounting Hardware, and Trim: Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures
with ceiling system and other construction.
1.6
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other
rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addi-
WARRANTY
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 2
tion to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the
Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty for Batteries: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to replace
rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Special Warranty Period for Batteries: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 10
years from date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and
prorated warranty for last nine years.
C. Special Warranties for Fluorescent Ballasts: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agree-
ing to replace fluorescent ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warran-
ty period.
1. Special Warranty Period for Electronic Ballasts: Five years from date of manufacture,
but not less than four years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Special Warranty Period for Electromagnetic Ballasts: Manufacturers' standard warranty,
but not less than two years from date of manufacture.
1.7
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
EXTRA MATERIALS
1. Lamps: 10 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each
type.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be in-
corporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products indicated in the
Lighting Fixture Schedule on the electrical drawings.
MANUFACTURERS
2.2
A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges.
AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL
B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent
warping and sagging.
C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage un-
der operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange
doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during re-
lamping and when secured in operating position.
D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 3
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic, unless other-
wise indicated.
1. Acrylic Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to
heat, and ultraviolet radiation.
2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch (3 mm) minimum, unless greater thickness is indicated.
2.3
A. General Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the following:
LAMP BALLASTS
1. Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at full light output.
2. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent.
3. Sound Rating: A.
B. Electronic Ballasts for Linear Lamps: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the
following, besides those in "General Requirements" Paragraph above:
1. Certified Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label.
2. Encapsulation: Without voids in potting compound.
3. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light output on
surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail.
C. Ballasts for Compact Lamps: Unless otherwise indicated, additional features include the
following:
1. Type: Electronic or electromagnetic, fully encapsulated in potting compound.
2. Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
D. Ballasts for Dimmer-Controlled Fixtures: Comply with general and fixture-related require-
ments above for electronic ballasts.
1. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming system indicated
for use with each dimming ballast.
2.4
A. General: Comply with ANSI C82.4. Unless otherwise indicated, features include the fol-
lowing:
-INTENSITY-DISCHARGE LAMP BALLASTS
1. Type: Constant wattage autotransformer or regulating high-power-factor type, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Operating Voltage: Match system voltage.
3. Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 deg F (Minus 30 deg C) for single lamp bal-
lasts.
4. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg C).
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 4
5. Open-circuit operation that will not reduce average life.
6. Auxiliary, Instant-on, Quartz System: Automatically switches quartz lamp on when fix-
ture is initially energized and when momentary power outages occur. Automatically
turns quartz lamp off when high-intensity-discharge lamp reaches approximately 60 per-
cent light output.
B. Encapsulation: Manufacturer's standard epoxy-encapsulated model designed to minimize audi-
ble fixture noise.
2.5
A. General Requirements: Comply with UL 924 and the following:
EXIT SIGNS
1. Sign Colors and Lettering Size: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Internally Lighted Signs: As follows:
1. Lamps for AC Operation: Fluorescent, two for each fixture, 20,000 hours rated lamp life
or light-emitting diodes, 70,000 hours minimum rated lamp life as indicated on the elec-
trical drawings.
C. Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Integral automatic charger in a self-contained power
pack.
1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type with special warranty.
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from unit when circuit voltage drops to
80 percent of nominal or below. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects
lamps, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger.
2.6
A. General Requirements: Self-contained units. Comply with UL 924. Units include the
following features:
LIGHTING UNITS
1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type with minimum 10-year nominal life
and special warranty.
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when supply circuit voltage drops to 80
percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when
voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay discon-
nects lamps, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger.
4. Wire Guard: Where indicated, heavy-chrome-plated wire guard arranged to protect lamp
heads or fixtures.
5. Integral Time-Delay Relay: Arranged to hold unit on for fixed interval after restoring
power after an outage. Provide where specifically indicated on the electrical drawings.
2.7 EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT POWER SUPPLY UNIT
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 5
A. Internal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit factory mounted within fixture
body. Comply with UL 924.
1. Test Switch and Light-Emitting Diode Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without
opening fixture or entering ceiling space.
2. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type with minimum 10-year nominal
life.
3. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type.
4. Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from unit when normal supply circuit
voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. When normal voltage is res-
tored, relay disconnects lamp, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on
charger.
2.8
A. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index: 3500 K and 85 CRI, un-
less otherwise indicated.
LAMPS
B. Noncompact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hours at 3 hours per start
when used on rapid-start circuits.
C. Metal-Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index: 3600 K and 70 CRI,
unless otherwise indicated.
2.9
A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," for channel- and
angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch (12-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling
canopy. Finish same as fixture.
C. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch- (5-mm-) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel
rod.
D. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped
with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.
2.10
A. Fixtures: Manufacturer's standard, unless otherwise indicated.
FINISHES
1. Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer, free of defects.
2. Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 6
3.1
A. Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceiling and walls, and secure according to
manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittal materials. Install lamps in
each fixture.
INSTALLATION
B. Support for Fixtures in or on Grid-Type Suspended Ceilings: Use grid for support.
1. Support Clips: Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture cor-
ner.
2. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Arrange as indicated on reflected ceiling plans
or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-
inch metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees.
C. Suspended Fixture Support: As follows:
1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches, brace to limit swinging.
2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with single-stem hangers at each end of
fixture.
3. Continuous Rows: Suspend from cable installed according to fixture manufacturer's writ-
ten instructions and details on Drawings.
3.2
A. Ground equipment.
CONNECTIONS
1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.3
A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
B. Advance Notice: Give dates and times for field tests.
C. Tests: As follows:
1. Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation.
2. Emergency Lighting: Interrupt electrical supply to demonstrate operation.
3. Verify normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal.
D. Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat proce-
dure until units operate properly.
E. Corrosive Fixtures: Replace during warranty period.
3.4 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 7
A. Clean fixtures internally and externally after installation. Use methods and materials rec-
ommended by manufacturer.
B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities.
END OF SECTION 16511
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 1
SECTION 16521 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
A. This Section includes exterior lighting units with luminaires, lamps, ballasts,
poles/support structures, and accessories.
SUMMARY
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting" for interior fixtures, lamps, ballasts, emergency
lighting units, and accessories; and for exterior luminaires normally mounted on build-
ings.
1.3
A. Lighting Unit: A luminaire or an assembly of luminaires complete with a common sup-
port, including pole, post, or other structure, and mounting and support accessories.
DEFINITIONS
B. Luminaire (Light Fixture): A complete lighting device consisting of lamp(s) and bal-
last(s), when applicable, together with parts designed to distribute light, to position and
protect lamps, and to connect lamps to power supply.
1.4
A. Product Data: For each type of lighting unit indicated, arranged in order of lighting unit desig-
nation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following:
SUBMITTALS
1. Materials and dimensions of luminaires and poles.
2. Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps for photometric performance.
3. High-intensity-discharge luminaire ballasts.
B. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of lighting units certifying that products comply
with requirements.
1.5 ASSURANCE
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 2
A. Luminaires and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, for
their indicated use, location, and installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction
B. Comply with ANSI C2.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6
A. Store poles on decay-resistant treated skids at least 12 inches (300 mm) above grade and
vegetation. Support poles to prevent distortion and arrange to provide free air circulation.
, STORAGE, AND HANDLING OF POLES
B. Retain factory-applied pole wrappings on metal poles until just before pole installation.
For poles with nonmetallic finishes, handle with web fabric straps.
1.7
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other
rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addi-
tion to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the
Contract Documents.
WARRANTY
B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeing to re-
place external parts of luminaires and poles exhibiting a failure of finish as specified be-
low. This warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights and remedies
Owner may have under requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Protection of Metal from Corrosion: Warranty against perforation or erosion of finish
due to weathering.
2. Color Retention: Warranty against fading, staining, and chalking due to effects of weath-
er and solar radiation.
3. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three years from date of
Substantial Completion.
1.8
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
EXTRA MATERIALS
1. Lamps: Furnish at least one of each type.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 3
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be in-
corporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products indicated in the Ex-
terior Lighting Unit Schedule and details on the electrical drawings.
2.2
A. Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for lu-
minaires.
B. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges.
C. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, unless otherwise indicated.
Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
D. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or
deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.
E. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage un-
der operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange
doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during re-
lamping and when secured in operating position. Provide for door removal for cleaning or
replacing lens. Arrange to disconnect ballast when door opens.
F. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
G. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to
heat, and ultraviolet radiation.
H. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
I. Lenses and Refractors: Materials as indicated. Use heat- and aging-resistant, resilient
gaskets to seal and cushion lens and refractor in luminaire doors.
J. High-Intensity-Discharge Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.4. Constant wattage auto-
transformer or regulating high-power-factor type, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Ballast Fuses: One in each ungrounded supply conductor. Voltage and current ratings as
recommended by ballast manufacturer.
2. Single-Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 40 deg C.
3. Open-circuit operation will not reduce average life.
4. Noise: Uniformly quiet operation, with a noise rating of B or better.
K. Lamps: Comply with the standard of the ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of
lamp. Provide luminaires with indicated lamps of designated type, characteristics, and wattage.
Where a lamp is not indicated for a luminaire, provide medium wattage lamp recommended by
manufacturer for luminaire.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 4
1. Metal-Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index: 3600 K and
70 CRI, unless otherwise indicated.
2.3
A. Description: Comply with AASHTO LTS-3 for pole or other support structures, brackets,
arms, appurtenances, base, and anchorage and foundation.
LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
B. Wind-Load Strength of Total Support Assembly: Adequate to carry support assembly plus lu-
minaires at indicated heights above grade without failure, permanent deflection, or whipping in
steady winds of 100 mph (192 km/h) with a gust factor of 1.3. Support assembly includes pole
or other support structures, brackets, arms, appurtenances, base, and anchorage and foundation.
1. Strength Analysis: For each pole type and luminaire combination, multiply the actual
equivalent projected area of luminaires and brackets by a factor of 1.1 to obtain the
equivalent projected area to be used in pole selection strength analysis.
C. Finish: Match finish of pole/support structure for arm, bracket, and tenon mount mate-
rials.
D. Mountings, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant items compatible with support
components.
E. Pole and Support Structure Bases: Shall be as specified and detailed on the electrical drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A. Concrete Foundations: Construct according to Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
INSTALLATION
1. Comply with details for reinforcement and for anchor bolts, nuts, and washers. Verify
anchor-bolt templates by comparing with actual pole bases furnished.
2. Finish for Parts Exposed to View: Trowel and rub smooth. Comply with Division 3 Sec-
tion "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for exposed finish.
B. Embedded Poles: Set poles to indicated depth, but not less than one-sixth of pole length
below finish grade. Dig holes large enough to permit use of tampers the full depth of
hole. Backfill in 6-inch (150-mm) layers and thoroughly tamp each layer so compaction
of backfill is equal to or greater than that of undisturbed earth.
C. Install poles as follows:
1. Use web fabric slings (not chain or cable) to raise and set poles.
2. Mount pole to foundation with leveling nuts, and tighten top nuts to torque level recom-
mended by pole manufacturer.
3. Secure poles level, plumb, and square.
4. Grout void between pole base and foundation. Use nonshrinking or expanding concrete
grout firmly packed in entire void space.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 5
5. Use a short piece of 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) diameter pipe to make a drain hole through
grout. Arrange to drain condensation from interior of pole.
D. Luminaire Attachment with Adjustable Features or Aiming: Attach luminaires and supports to
allow aiming for indicated light distribution.
E. Lamp luminaires with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Replace malfunctioning lamps.
3.2
A. Ground equipment.
CONNECTIONS
1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A and UL 486B.
B. Ground poles structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding."
1. Nonmetallic Poles: Ground metallic components of lighting units and foundations. Con-
nect luminaires to grounding system with No. 6 AWG conductor.
3.3
A. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged units.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
B. Tests and Observations: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing lumi-
naires and energizing circuits with normal power source, and as follows:
1. Measure light intensities at night if specific illumination performance is indicated. Use
photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards.
2. Check intensity and uniformity of illumination.
3. Check excessively noisy ballasts.
C. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations and verifications indicating and
interpreting results.
D. Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat proce-
dure until units operate properly.
3.4
A. Clean units after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
B. Coordinate paragraph below with Drawings and with exterior lighting unit schedule.
C. Adjust amiable luminaires and luminaires with adjustable lamp position to provide re-
quired light distributions and intensities.
SAMSON OCEANFRONT PARK
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 6
END OF SECTION 16521
MDWASD 1/1999
15010 - 1 R-1
SECTION 15010
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - G ENERAL
1.01 W ORK INCLUDED:
Drawings and Specifications: The Drawings and Specifications shall be considered as
complementary, one to the other, so that materials and work indicated, called for, or implied by
the one and not by the other shall be supplied and installed as though specifically called for by
both. The Drawings are to be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing in detail or to
scale all of the equipment or minor items. In the event of discrepancies between the Drawings
and the Specifications, or between either of these and any regulations or ordinances governing
mechanical work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of Record in ample time to permit
revisions.
1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION:
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site of the work and become familiar with
all available information regarding the location of existing facilities. Failure of the Contractor to
fully inform himself of all existing conditions will not be cause for additional compensation.
1.03 FEES, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS:
A.The Contractor shall obtain all permits for work under this contract and shall pay all
expenses in conjunction therewith. He shall also procure and deliver to the Engineer of
Record all certificates issued by the authorities having jurisdiction.
B.The Department will inspect the work during the course of construction. The Contractor
shall provide provision for inspection by the Department and others having jurisdiction.
1.04 NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS:
A.All equipment and materials used in this installation shall be new, of the best quality and,
unless otherwise noted, shall be standard catalog items of the various manufacturers.
1.05 STANDARDS:
A.The codes and standards covering mechanical work include, but are not limited to:
1)American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2)American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
3)American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
4)American W elding Society (AW S)
MDWASD 1/1999
15010 - 2 R-1
5)National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
6)National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
7)American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE)
8)National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
9)Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
10)South Florida Building Code (SFBC)
11)Codes, Regulations, Ordinances, etc., of the State, County, and/or Municipality,
in which the construction is located, and any political division having jurisdiction
over this work.
B.These codes, society and association recommendations constitute minimum requirements
and no reductions from design requirements will be permitted, even if allowed by the
applicable codes, without expressed written permission of the Engineer of Record.
References are to the editions current at time of bidding.
1.06 SPACE AND ACCESS:
All equipment shall fit the allotted space and shall leave reasonable access room for servicing and
repairs. Greater space and room required by substituted equipment shall be provided by the
Contractor at his expense.
1.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
All cutting and patching necessary for the work shall be performed by the Contractor. Where
interferences occur, and departures from indicated arrangements are required, the Contractor
shall coordinate the mechanical work with the other trades involved and make a determination
as to changed locations and elevations of the ductwork and/or piping and shall obtain approval
from the Engineer of Record for the proposed changes.
1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:
In addition to the components specified and shown on the Drawings and necessary for the
specified performance, the Contractor shall incorporate in the design and show on the shop
drawings all the safety features required by the current codes and regulations, including but not
limited to those of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and Amendments thereto.
1.09 Electrical Work:
The Contractor shall furnish all electrical and control equipment associated with mechanical work
including electrical controls, switches, contactors and starters for all equipment items requiring
same. All work shall conform in all respects to the requirements of the applicable articles of
Division 16.
MDWASD 1/1999
15010 - 3 R-1
1.10 METAL FASTENERS:
Unless otherwise indicated, metal fasteners and related parts shall be of aluminum or stainless
steel and shall be of adequate strength for the purpose intended.
1.11 PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYSIS:
W here the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact
concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be separated using not less
than one coat of zinc chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint
on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer of Record, not less than one
course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with flashing cement, shall be
used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess cement removed.
1.12 FACTORY TESTS:
W hen equipment is required to be factory tested, the results of the tests shall be submitted to the
Engineer of Record and approval of the test results shall be obtained before shipment of the
equipment.
1.13 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS:
Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall clean, oil and grease fans, motors compressors,
pumps, and other running equipment and apparatus and mechanisms which he installs and shall
make certain such apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for test.
1.14 W ARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE BOND:
The Developer shall warrant that all work, materials, equipment or facility shall be free from
defects for a period of one year from the date of the final acceptance, that all the equipment has
the capacity specified and that it will operate without excess noise or vibration caused by improper
installation. In addition, the Developer shall provide the County with a Maintenance Bond in
accordance with its agreement with the County.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
(Not Used)
END OF SECTION
7/2011
15060 - 1
SECTION 15060
PIPING AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - SCOPE
1.01 SCOPE:
A. The work included in this section consist of furnishing all material, equipment, labor and
performing all operations necessary for the supply of all piping, fittings and accessories
within the limits of work, as shown on the drawings and specified herein.
B. Where references are made to other standards or codes, unless specific date references
are indicated the latest edition of said standard or code shall govern.
1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION:
Piping installation for various types of piping systems is specified various other sections
herein. Installations specified in this section is supplementary to those sections and in the
case of conflict the more stringent condition shall prevail.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 15010 - Basic Mechanical Requirements
B. Section 15065 - Miscellaneous Materials
C. All sections specifying various types of valves.
1.04 PIPING LAYOUT:
Field verify dimensions prior to preparation of layout and shop drawings. Obtain shop
drawing approval prior to fabrication of piping. All items not specifically mentioned in the
Specifications or noted on the approved Plans, but which are obviously necessary to
make a complete working installation shall be included.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. During shipping, delivery and installation of pipe and accessories, handle in a manner as
to ensure a sound undamaged condition.
B. Exercise particular care not to injure pipe coatings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS: DUCTILE IRON AND CAST IRON
A. GENERAL
7/2011
15060 - 2
As used herein, "ANSI" denotes the American National Standards Institute, "AWWA" denotes
the American Water Works Association, and "ASTM" denotes the American Society for
Testing and Materials.
All pipe and fittings to be furnished hereunder shall conform to the referenced ANSI and/or
AWWA Standard as modified herein, as appearing in the following sections.
All markings required on pipe and fittings, shall be clearly legible and located such that they
will not be hidden or destroyed when assembled into the intended system.
B. PIPE
All pipe shall be ductile iron pipe conforming to ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51-02,
"Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water". All pipe and fittings for water applications
shall be in full compliance with ANSI/NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health
Effects". Manufacturers shall maintain their NSF certification for the duration of the Contract
and any extensions thereof.
The pipe thickness and outside diameter of pipe for sanitary sewer and water usage shall
conform to Tables 1 and 2 (for push-on and mechanical joint pipe, respectively) of
ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51-02 for the following sizes (The pressure class specified
is the minimum permitted):
Size Pressure Class
4-inch through 12-inch 350
14-inch through 20-inch 250
24-inch 200
30-inch through 54-inch 150
For restrained joint pipe, the thickness of the pipe barrel remaining after grooves are cut, if
required in the design of restrained end joints, shall not be less than the nominal wall
thickness of equal sized non-restrained joint pipe as shown above.
Each piece of pipe shall be marked as required in Subsection 4.6 of AWWA C151-02. Letters
and numerals on pipe sizes 12-inch and smaller shall be not less than 3/8-inch.
The Water and Sewer Department absolutely reserves the right to require the use of
"thickness" class pipe or higher pressure class pipe in applications where in the opinion of
the Engineer (ie the Chief, Engineering Division, M-D WASD or his representative) such use
is in the best interest of the Department. The Engineer's decision in this regard shall be final.
A sufficient quantity of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant shall be supplied with each
shipment of pipe. The soap lubricant shall be suitable for use in subaqueous trench
conditions.
For flanged ductile-iron pipe with integrally cast flanges or threaded flanges, the nominal wall
thickness of the pipe barrel shall be as specified in Section 3.3, "Joints and Accessories"
under "Flanged Joints", hereinbelow.
7/2011
15060 - 3
The single gasket push-on pipe shall be shipped in standard 18-foot or 20-foot lengths, but
not both. The restrained single-gasket push-on joint pipe shall be shipped in standard 18 or
20-foot lengths as specified above or fabricated lengths as noted in each order. At least two
lengths of each size of single gasket push-on pipe furnished under each order shall be tested
with circumferential gauges to insure that the pipe may be cut at any point along its length
and have an outside diameter which will be within the manufacturer's standard design
dimensions and tolerances for plain pipe. These lengths shall be identified with an easily
distinguished, painted marking, longitudinally along the full length of the pipe.
C. FITTINGS
Fittings Conforming with ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.11-98 (Water & Sewer Use)
Restrained push-on joint fittings shall be cast ductile iron for use with ductile-iron pipe as
specified above. Standard mechanical joint, push-on joint and flanged joint fittings shall also
be ductile iron for use with ductile-iron pipe as specified above. Cast ductile-iron fittings in
the 3-inch through 24-inch size range shall be pressure rated at 350 psi, minimum; (except
flange-joint fittings shall be rated at 250 psi, minimum); and in the 30-inch through 48-inch
size range shall be pressure rated at 250 psi, minimum. All fittings with mechanical joints,
flange joints and push-on joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C110/A21.10-98,
"Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In., for Water and Other Liquids". In
addition, fittings with mechanical joints and push-on joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA
Standard C111/A21.11-00, "Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and
Fittings".
The weight of fittings, shall be as given in ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.11-98 for ductile-iron
fittings. The weight of mechanical joint fittings shall be as established in Tables 3 through
12. The weight of flanged joint fittings shall as established in Tables 13 through 20.
Fittings Conforming with ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53-00 (Water & Sewer Use)
All fittings shall be cast ductile-iron for use with ductile-iron pipe as specified above. Fittings
in the 3-inch through 24-inch size range shall be pressure rated at 350 psi, minimum; 30-
inch through 48-inch size range shall be pressure rated at 250 psi, minimum; and in the 54-
inch through 64-inch size range shall be pressure rated at 150 psi, minimum (except for
those fittings such as plugs, caps, and sleeves which are normally rated at a higher
pressure). No flanged fittings or mixtures of flanged with other end type fittings will be
allowed in the range of 3-inch through 48-inch since they are not covered in the AWWA
Standard. Flanged fittings conforming with and covered by this standard are allowed in sizes,
54, 60 and 64-inch. In conformance with the standard, 54, 60 and 64-inch flanged tees,
crosses and reducers with outlets of smaller dimension as listed in ANSI/AWWA
C153/A21.53-00 are permitted. All fittings with mechanical joints, flange joints and push-on
joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C153/A21.53-00, "Ductile-Iron Compact
Fittings for Water Service". In addition, fittings with mechanical joints and push-on joints
shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11-00, "Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-
Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings" except as otherwise allowed in C153. Mechanical joint
glands shall be ductile-iron only.
Since the C153 Standard provides only minimum dimensions, fully detailed drawings of all
fittings proposed shall be supplied by the manufacturer with his bid. The tabulated nominal
weight of each size and type of fitting shall also be supplied by the manufacturer for all items
7/2011
15060 - 4
proposed. This weight shall be that of the bare casting prior to application of any lining or
coating. The weight of a fitting supplied under the contract shall not be less than ninety-five
(95) percent of the tabulated nominal weight supplied by the manufacturer’s catalog literature
for that fitting. Further, the weight of fittings supplied shall not be more than five (5) percent
above the same tabulated nominal weight.
C. JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES
Push-On Type Joints (Single Gasket and Single Gasket with Gasket Restraint)
Push-on joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11-00, except that the gaskets
for pipe and fittings shall be neoprene where so specified.
The required number of gaskets for each push-on joint pipe plus one extra for every 50 joints or
fraction thereof, shall be furnished with each order. The gaskets shall be shipped in suitable
protective containers. All single gasket pipe shall be as manufactured by United States Pipe and
Foundry Company (Tyton), by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company (Fastite), by McWane, Inc.
(Mix of Tyton and Fastite), Tyler/Union (Tyton) or approved equal.
Push-on joints together with both their regular and gasket-restraint gaskets shall be of the design,
dimensions and tolerances of either those provided by American Cast Iron Pipe Company
(Fastite/Fast-Grip) or those provided by United States Pipe and Foundry Company (Tyton/Field
Lok). No other designs shall be acceptable. If required by the Miami-Dade Water and Sewer
Department, the Vendor shall supply complete design drawings, with dimensions, tolerances and
materials of the joint and gasket being supplied within fourteen (14) calendar days of the date of
receipt of the letter, fax or E-mail requiring said submission. If so required by the Water and Sewer
Department, this submission shall be signed, sealed and dated by an Engineer registered to
practice in the State where the manufacturer is located. If the pipe is of non -domestic origin,
signing, sealing and dating of the submission, when required, shall be performed by an Engineer
registered in the state where the Vendor’s main office is located or the State of Florida, at the
discretion of the Chief, Engineering Division, Miami-Dade Water and Sewer Department or his
designee.
Mechanical Joints
Mechanical joints for fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11-00, except that
the gaskets for each fitting under Groups D and D1 shall be neoprene. Bolt holes for mechanical
joints shall be equally spaced, and shall straddle the vertical centerline. Tee head bolts and
hexagonal nuts for all mechanical joints in fittings shall be of high strength low-alloy steel with
composition, dimensions and threading as specified in ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11-00.
Glands shall be of ductile-iron construction for ductile iron fittings, and cast gray iron or ductile iron
for cast gray-iron fittings.
The proper number of gaskets, glands, bolts and nuts, all conforming to ANSI/AWWA Standard
C111/A21.11-00, plus one extra gasket for every 10 joints or fraction thereof, shall be furnished
with each order. The gaskets and joint accessories shall be shipped in suitable protective
containers. Follower glands held in place with set screws will not be acceptable. Segmented
glands will not be acceptable.
Mechanical Joint and Push On Joint Megalug-Type Restraining Systems
7/2011
15060 - 5
Use of this type of restraint is restricted to underground mechanical joint or push on joint
applications and in general may not be used above grade or as a substitute for flanged joints. A ny
above grade applications will require submission of shop drawings of the piping system where they
are utilized and may require design by a Florida registered Professional Engineer.
In any mechanical joint or push on joint underground piping system of 30-inch nominal diameter
and below this type of restraint may be utilized as design or field conditions dictate.
In sizes 36, 42 and 48-inch the prior written permission of the Engineer is required. In instances
where written permission cannot be immediately obtained, verbal permission will be allowed but is
to be confirmed in writing on the first business day following the substitution. If this type of restraint
is used without permission or if permission is denied, the Contractor making the substitution shall
be solely responsible for all costs, both direct and indirect, of immediately correcting the restraint
system to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
It is recognized that flange adapters of this type form a useful tool for adjusting lengths of flanged
pipe runs in instances such as runs with a large number of deflections where it is almost impossible
to predict all lengths correctly. Therefore, a very restricted number of these joint s will be allowed in
instances where it can be clearly shown to the satisfaction of the Engineer that they are necessary.
This application is restricted to 20-inch nominal diameter and below. Further, this use shall be
designed in and shall not be made as a field substitution. In all instances flange adapters shall be
rated for a minimum working pressure of 250 psi with a minimum safety factor of 2:1. In no case
will these flange adapters be used as a general substitute for standard flanged joints.
The Department absolutely reserves the right to require other forms of restraint where in the
opinion of the Engineer the use of this form of restraint is not in the best interest of the Department
and his decision shall be final.
The Megalug restraint systems manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales, Eastland Texas, will be
considered the standard of quality for comparison purposes and if the Department has any doubts
as to the durability, quality or ability to restrain of a proffered substitute, the entity offering the
substitute shall bear the entire burden of proving this equality to the complete satisfaction of the
Engineer. Other manufacturers producing this type of restraint system shall submit data with their
shop drawings showing that their restraint system has been in the marketplace for a minimum of
three years in this country.
Each thrust-resistant mechanical joint or push on joint made up with this type of restraint and the
pipe and fitting of which it is a part, shall be designed to withstand an axial thrust from an internal
pipeline pressure of at least 150 psi at bulkhead conditions without reduction because of its
position in the pipeline nor for support from external thrust blocks.
This type of joint restraint shall not be used above grade except as previously specified nor shall it
be used as a carrier pipe within a casing. This type of restraint shall not be used with tape wrapped
pipe or with too great a coating thickness on the exterior of the pipe.
Restrained Push-on Joints (Single Gasket Non-Gasket Restrained)
Restrained joints in pipe and fittings shall be of the single gasket push-on type, and shall conform
to all applicable provisions of ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11-00, except that gaskets for pipe
and fittings shall be neoprene, where so specified, and the following requirements:
Thickness of the pipe barrel remaining at grooves cut, if required in the design of restrained end
joints, shall not be less than the nominal wall thickness of equal sized non-restrained pipe as
7/2011
15060 - 6
specified in Section 3.1 above.
Restrained joints using field welding, set screws, or gaskets with expanding metal inserts will not
be acceptable.
The restraining components, when not cast integrally with the pipe and fittings, shall be ductile iron
or a high strength non-corrosive alloy steel.
Tee head bolts and hexagonal nuts for all restrained joints in pipe and fittings shall be of high
strength low-alloy steel with composition, dimensions and threading as specified in ANSI/AWWA
Standard C111/A21.11-00, except that the length of the bolts shall meet the requirements for the
restrained joint design.
The proper number of gaskets, bolts, nuts and all necessary joint material, plus one extra gasket
for every 10 joints or fraction thereof, shall be furnished with each order. The gaskets and joint
accessories shall be shipped in suitable protection containers.
Each thrust-resistant joint and the pipe and fitting of which it is a part, shall be designed to
withstand the axial thrust from an internal pipeline pressure of at least 150 psi at bulkhead
conditions without reduction because of its position in the pipeline nor for support from external
thrust blocks.
Restrained push-on joint pipe and fittings shall be capable of being deflected after assembly.
During deflection, all components in the restrained system shall be in contact to provide an equal
force on all contact areas.
When restrained spigot ends are ordered for items of Group A, the corresponding bell ends of the
pipe to be restrained (also within Group A), shall be furnished with the required matching
restraining features at no additional cost other than the price bid per foot of pipe.
Flanged Joints
Connecting pieces with one end flanged and the other end either plain-end or mechanical joint,
shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C110/A21.10-98. Joint material for both the flanged end
and the mechanical joint accessories for connecting pieces with a mechanical joint end shall be
furnished as specified.
Flange adapters shall be used only on a restricted basis and shall not be used as a general
substitute for regular flanged joints. Further, the Department absolutely reserves the right to require
regular flanged or other types of joint when it is considered in the Department’s best interest. The
decision of the Engineer shall be final in such situation. Flanges shall be made of ductile iron
conforming with ASTM 536. Flange shall be restrained by a number of individual gripping wedges
operated by torque-limiting actuating screws. Each flange adapter shall have a permanently cast in
identification number allowing tracing of the date, foundry and pour that fabricated the unit together
with all test data for the material of the pour. Records for this purpose shall be retained by the
foundry for a minimum of two years after the pour date and shall be supplied to the Department
within no more than two weeks after request. Factor of safety shall be a minimum of 2 to 1.
Other types of flanged fittings, and flanged pipe, shall conform to the following requirements unless
otherwise stated in the order:
Flanged fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C110/A21.10-98, as specified
hereinabove.
7/2011
15060 - 7
Flanged ductile-iron pipe with integrally cast flanges shall be manufactured in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51-02, and with provisions contained hereinabove for
centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe, and shall be furnished with ANSI Standard Class 125 flanges,
plain faced and drilled, conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1, "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged
Fittings", latest revision. Hollow back flanges are not acceptable.
Flanged ductile-iron pipe with threaded flanges shall be manufactured in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA Standard C115/A21.15-99, "Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Grey-Iron
Threaded Flanges", and shall be rated for a working pressure of 250 psi, minimum. The nominal
thickness of flanged ductile-iron pipe, 6-inch and larger, shall not be less than those shown in
Table 1 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C115/A21.15-99. The nominal thickness of 4-inch flanged
ductile-iron pipe shall be Class 54 (min.) conforming to Tables 3 and 4 of ANSI/AWWA Standard
C151/A21.51-02. The pipe shall be furnished with ANSI Standard Class 125 flanges, plain faced
and drilled, conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1, latest revision. Hollow back flanges and grey-iron
flanges shall not be acceptable for use as threaded flanges. Threaded flanges shall be individually
fitted and machine tightened on the threaded pipe by the manufacturer, and shall not be
interchangeable in the field. Pipe lengths shall be as ordered. Removal of flanges, cutting and re-
threading the pipe, and re-installing the flanges will not be permitted in any case.
All flanges on ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be of ductile iron. All joint materials for flanged
pipe and fittings, shall be supplied with all pipe or fittings ordered. Bolts and nuts shall comply with
all requirements of Appendix Section A.1 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C115/A21.15-99 except that
both shall be stainless steel. Unless ring gaskets are specif ically called for in the order, gaskets
shall be full-faced, and gaskets shall be of 1/8-inch thickness. Gaskets shall fully conform with the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA Standard C115/A21.15-99 Appendix Section A.2 except that gaskets
shall be SBR for water and neoprene for sewer usages.
D. LININGS AND COATINGS
Asphaltic Coating
All pipe and fittings shall be outside-coated with an asphaltic material applied by means of the
airless spray method. The exterior coating shall meet AWWA Specifications for this type of coating,
shall be smooth without pinholes, thin, bare or overly thick areas. Smoothness shall be such that
when hand rubbed, no “sand paper” feeling will be experienced and such that the spigot area will
readily slide through the gasket without pulling, tearing, rolling or otherwise disturbing the sealing
capabilities of the gasket. Spigot ends shall be beveled prior to painting and to an extent that will
permit ready insertion of the spigot through the gasket area.
Cement-Mortar Lining
Pipe and fittings where so specified shall be cement-lined and seal-coated in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA Standard C104/A21.4-95, "Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for
Water".
Ceramic Epoxy Lining and Polyethylene Lining
Pipe and fittings where so specified shall be lined with either ceramic epoxy or virgin polyethylene.
A Vendor may supply one or the other material but not both in the same order.
7/2011
15060 - 8
All sewer pipe and fittings of 4-inch nominal diameter and above, except for riser pipe for valves,
shall be lined with either ceramic epoxy lining or virgin polyethylene. Polyethylene shall be
compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to the ultraviolet rays during open-air storage,
and comply with ASTM Standard D1248-00a, "Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion
Materials". Ceramic epoxy shall contain pigmentation to resist ultraviolet exposure under the same
conditions.
Ceramic Epoxy
All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be delivered to the application facility without asphalt, cement
lining or other lining on the interior surface or the first 6 inches on the spigot end of the pipe
exterior.
The only ceramic epoxy material approved by the Department at this time is a high-build multi-
component Amine cured Novalac epoxy, Protecto 401, by Vulcan Painters,Inc. of Bessemer, AL
35021.
Material must meet the following criteria and be accompanied by certification of the following test
results:
A. A permeability rating of 0.00 when tested according to Method A of ASTM E96-00 "Test
Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials", Procedure A with a test duration of 30
days.
B. The following test must be run on coupons from factory lined ductile iron pipe:
1. ASTM B117 Salt Spray (scribed panel) - Results to equal no more than 0.5mm undercutting
after one year.
2. ASTM G95 Cathodic Disbondment 1.5 volts @ 77 degrees F. Results to equal no more
than 0.5mm undercutting after 30 days.
3. Immersion Testing rating using ASTM D714-87 (1994).
a. 20% Sulfuric Acid - No effect after one year.
b. 25% Sodium Hydroxide - No effect after one year.
c. 160 degree F. Distilled Water - No effect after one year.
d. 120 degree F. Tap Water (scribed panel) - 0.0 undercutting after one year with no
effect.
C. A statement from the manufacturer attesting to the fact that at least 20% of the volume of the
lining contains ceramic quartz pigment.
D. A statement concerning recoatability and repair to the lining.
Application
A. The lining shall be applied by a competent f irm with a successful history of applying linings to
the interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings.
B. Surface Preparation
7/2011
15060 - 9
Prior to abrasive blasting, the entire area which will receive the protective compound shall be
inspected for oil, grease, etc., Any areas where oil, grease or any substance which can be
removed by solvent is present shall be solvent cleaned using the guidelines outlined in SSPC-1
Solvent Cleaning. After the surface has been made free of grease, oil or other substances, all
areas to receive the protective compounds shall be abrasive blasted using compressed air
nozzles with sand or grit abrasive media. The entire surface to be lined shall be struck with the
blast media so that all rust, loose oxides, etc., are removed from the surface. Only slight stains
and tightly adhering annealing oxide may be left on the surface. Any area where rust
reappears before coating must be reblasted to remove all rust.
C. Lining
After the surface preparation and within 8 hours of surface preparation, the interior of pipe and
fittings shall receive a minimum forty (40) mils dry film thickness of the protective lining. No
lining shall take place when the substrate or ambient temperature is below 40 degrees
Fahrenheit. The surface also must be dry and dust free. If flange ends are included in the
Project, the linings must not be used on the face of the flange; however, full face gaskets must
be used to protect the ends of the pipe. The 40-mil system shall not be applied in the gasket
grooves.
D. Coating of Gasket and Spigot Ends
Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and exterior of the spigot end for 6 inches back
from the end of the spigot must be coated with six (6) mils minimum, ten (10) mils maximum of
Protecto Joint Compound. This coating shall be applied by brush to ensure coverage. Care
should be taken that the coating is smooth without excess buildup in the gasket groove or on
the spigot end. All material for the gasket groove and spigot end shall be applied after the
application of the lining as specified in the preceding paragraph.
E. Number of Coats
The number of coats of lining material applied shall be as recommended by the lining
manufacturer. However, in no case shall this material be applied above the dry thickness per
coat recommended by the lining manufacturer in printed literature. The time between coats
shall never exceed that time recommended by the lining material manufacturer. No material
shall be used for lining which is not indefinitely recoatable with itself without roughening the
surface.
F. Touch-Up and Repair
Protecto Joint Compound shall be used for touch-up or repair. Procedures shall be in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Inspection and Certification
A. Inspection
1. All ductile iron pipe and fitting linings shall be checked for thickness using a magnetic film
thickness gauge. The thickness testing shall be done using the method outlined in SSPC -
PC-2 Film Thickness Rating.
2. The interior lining of all pipe and fittings shall be tested for pinholes with a nondestructive
2,500 volt test.
7/2011
15060 - 10
3. Each pipe joint and fitting shall be marked with the date of application of the lining system
and with its numerical sequence of application on the date.
B. Certification
The pipe or fitting manufacturer must supply a certificate attesting to the fact that the applicator
met the requirements of this specification, and that the material used was as specified, and that
the material was applied as required by the specification.
Procedures for Sealing Cut Ends and Repairing Field Damaged Areas
1. Remove burrs caused by field cutting of ends or handling damage and smooth out the edge of
the lining if rough.
2. Remove all traces of oil, grease, asphalt, dust, dirt, etc.
3. Areas of loose or damaged lining associated with field cutting the pipe shall be repaired, if
approved by the Engineer, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. The damaged area
shall be stripped back by chiseling or scraping about 1 to 2 inches into the well-adhered lining
before patching.
The exposed metal and the 1 to 2-inch lining overlap shall be roughened with a coarse grade of
emery cloth (#40 grit), rasp or small chisel. Avoid wire brushing or similar buffing since these
tend to make the surface too smooth for good adhesion.
4. With the area to be sealed or repaired absolutely, clean and suitably roughened, apply a coat
of Protecto Joint Compound by brush in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Polyethyline Lining
The polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe and fittings with heat to form a tightly bonded uniform
lining 40 mils thick, minimum, extending from the spigot end to the gasket seat in the bell of push -
on, restrained push-on and mechanical type joints.
Prior to preheating the pipe, 75% or more of the high-temperature oxide film shall be removed
through proper preparation of pipe interior surface. Fittings shall be sand blasted. Pipe and fittings
shall be uniformly preheated to a temperature adequate to provide uniform fusing of the
polyethylene powders and proper bonding to the interior of the pipe and fittings.
The lining at the ends (spigot and bell) shall be hermetically sealed with a coal-tar epoxy. This
epoxy shall coat the inside of the bell of both pipe and fitting as well as the last six inches on the
inside of the spigot end of the pipe and two to three inches on the outside of the spigot end.
The lining of all pipe and fittings shall be subjected to and pass a test for pinholes, bare spots,
metal particles, insufficient lining thickness and other defects by a method conforming to ASTM
Standard G62-87 (1998), "Holiday Detection in Pipeline Coatings", Method B (high voltage). Other
test methods may be submitted to the Department for approval, but no approval will be granted
unless it is clearly shown to the satisfaction of the Department that the method is equivalent to the
specified tests insofar as detecting defects and insufficient lining thickness.
The manufacturer shall provide certifications on the holiday test as well as certifications on a
7/2011
15060 - 11
uniform (spigot end to gasket seat in bell) minimum 40-mils-thick lining.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE
All pipe, fittings and other materials supplied under this contract shall be subject to inspection while
still on the delivery truck. It is the sole responsibility of the vendor and supplier to make prior
contact with the Storekeeper or the Construction Managment section and provide a minimum of
48-hours prior notice of delivery. When so notified, the Department will make arrangements for
inspection of the material upon arrival or within a reasonable time thereafter. Material will not be
unloaded without inspection taking place either prior to or, if necessary for examination, during the
unloading procedure. The Department will not be responsible for any delays or additional costs
created by non-compliance with the requirement for prior notification or the requirement for
thorough inspection.
Materials shall be delivered in complete compliance with the AWWA Standards as modified herein,
without damage, and shall match or exceed the quality of any samples supplied. The Department
absolutely reserves the right to require samples of any material supplied and to perform whatever
tests considered by the Engineer, whose decision shall be final, to be in the Department’s best
interest on said samples. Where such tests are of a destructive nature, the sample, if it passes the
test will be paid for (at cost as shown by invoice) by the Department. Samples failing will be
immediately replaced with suitable material at the supplier’s/contractor’s expense. Samples
required prior to order as a condition for purchase or as a materials submittal for approval will be at
the supplier’s/contractor’s expense but, if approved and not used for destructive tests, may be
used in the work with permission from the Engineer.
Materials found to be defective, not in strict compliance with the quality standards of samples
supplied or these specifications shall be immediately returned to the vendor at his expense. If
defects are discovered at a later time, the vendor shall be required to remove said items and shall
bare all costs for so doing together with any replacement costs. Rejection of items may subject the
vendor to liquidated and/or actual damages as specified elsewhere herein.
Foundries supplying materials shall maintain their metallurgical records for a minimum period of
two years after fabrication and firms not doing so may be found in default.
Flaws which provide cause for rejection include but are not limited to; incorrect metallurgy or
metallurgy which cannot be verified to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer; foundry
identification/location, size, pressure and material identification information lost, removed, non-
existent, or not visible when assembled; not in complete compliance with all applicable AWWA
Standards as modified herein and/or these specifications; not in compliance with NSF; not in
compliance with approved shop drawings; out of roundness in excess of AWWA requirements;
dimensional differences in excess of AWWA requirements; rough exterior coating; chipped,
cracked, scratched or otherwise damaged interior or exterior coatings or linings; interior or exterior
coatings which are too thin; coatings too thick to allow proper assembly; coatings too thick to allow
proper grip by restraining gaskets or other restraining elements; pin holes or honey combing of
pipe; weld spatter or excess metal in gasket grooves or the whole of the bell area; bell areas which
are distorted or otherwise improperly cast; spigots which are out of round, not of proper dimension,
or not beveled to an extent that will allow easy assembly of the pipe joint; gaskets which are
defective or of the wrong material; lack of joint materials; improper or defective joint materials;
bolting of the wrong material or size; electro galvanizing or other exterior plating when hot-dip
galvanizing is required; incorrect, flawed or damaged interior coating or lining; lack or non-
submittal of all required certifications; non-timely submission of certifications; incorrect/incomplete
certifications or certifications lacking the signature, date and seal of a prof essional engineer when
7/2011
15060 - 12
so required; flanges which are too thin, not a right angles to the pipe centerline, or otherwise
distorted; together with all other flaws or defects which in the opinion of the Engineer, who’s
decision shall be final, adversely affect the assembly and/or function of the piping system as
intended.
2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS: CAST IRON SOIL
A. Cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be cast gray iron, extra heavy, conforming to the
requirements of ASTM Standard A74 "Cast Iron Soil, Pipe and Fittings".
B. Joints in soil pipe and fittings shall be made with neoprene rubber, compression type gaskets
conforming to ASTM Standard C564, "Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings".
C. Hubless EHCI with stainless steel and neoprene "Band-Aid" connections is only approved for
use in size 2-inches. All EHCI of larger diameter shall be hub pipe.
2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS: POLY VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)
A. TYPE PSM SDR-35 PVC, AWWA C900 PVC AND C905 PVC SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. TYPE PSM SDR-35 PVC SEWER PIPE
Type PSM SDR-35 PVC Sewer Pipe for sewer mains and laterals shall conform to
ASTM Standard D 3034, "Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Sewer Pipe and Fittings", except as modified herein.
a. Pipe shall be made of PVC thermoplastic having a cell classification of 12454-B,
12364-B, 12364-C or 13364-B as defined in ASTM Standard D 1784-90, "Specification
for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
(CPVC) Compounds".
b. The PVC compounds used in the manufacture of the gravity sewer pipe shall be as
listed in the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) Technical Report TR-4.
c. The PVC pipe shall be push-on type, with bells, spigots and elastomeric gaskets, in
accordance with ASTM Standard D 3034, and in accordance with ASTM Standard D
3212, "Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elas-
tomeric Seals", except as otherwise modified herein. The gaskets shall be the sole
element depended upon to make the joint flexible and watertight. Joints using solvent
cement will not be permitted. The pipe bells shall have an annular recess or race to
seat and retain the gasket, and the gaskets may be either prepositioned by the manu-
facturer, or shipped separately in suitable protective containers. Pipe spigots shall be
beveled. Pipe bells shall be extruded integral with the pipe barrel with a thickness
equal to or greater than that of the barrel.
d. The gaskets shall be fabricated from a high-grade elastomer compound in accordance
with ASTM Standard F 477, "Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining
Plastic Pipe", except as otherwise modified herein. The basic polymer for the gaskets
shall be synthetic rubber. Natural rubber gaskets, or gaskets with both natural and
synthetic rubbers will not be permitted. Gaskets shall be continuous, elastomeric, ru b-
ber ring type.
7/2011
15060 - 13
e. Nominal laid length of Type PSM SDR-35 PVC sewer pipe shall be 13 feet.
f. Type PSM SDR-35 PVC sewer pipe shall be double labeled (180 degrees apart) as fol-
lows at intervals of five (5) feet or less:
Date of manufacture - Manufacturer's name & Code
- Nominal size - Cell classification - "Type PSM
SDR-35 PVC Sewer Pipe" - "Specification D 3034"
2. Type PSM SDR-35 PVC Sewer Fittings
a. Type PSM SDR-35 PVC Sewer Fittings shall conform to ASTM Standard D
3034 and to the specifications for Type PSM SDR-35 PVC sewer pipe herein, except
as modified below.
b. The waterway and bell wall thickness shall be equal to or greater than that spe-
cified for pipe, except that for reducing fittings or those with smaller inlets, the wall
thickness of each inlet shall be no less than the minimum wall thickness for that size
pipe.
B. AWWA C900 AND C905 PVC (CI) PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. TYPE C900 and C905 PVC PIPE
AWWA C900 and C905 PVC (CI) Pipe for sewer mains and laterals shall conform re-
spectively to ANSI/AWWA C900, "Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabri-
cated Fittings, 4 In. Through 12 In., for Water Transmission and Distribution", and AN-
SI/AWWA C905, “Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings 14
In. Through 48 In.” except as otherwise modified herein.
a. The dimensions and pressure classes shall be for Dimension Ratios 14, 18 and 25
(DR’s 14, 18 and 25) for C900 PVC pipe and DR’s of 14,18, 21,25, 26, 32.5, 41 and 51
for C905 PVC Pipe with equivalent cast iron pipe outside diameters.
b. AWWA C900 and C905 pipe shall be made from PVC thermoplastic having physical
and chemical properties which meet or exceed a cell classification of 12454-A or
12454-B virgin compounds as defined in ASTM Standard D 1784.
c. The AWWA C900 and C905 pipe shall be push-on type, with bells, spigots and elasto-
meric gaskets in accordance with ASTM Standard D 3139, "Specification for Joints for
Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals". The gaskets shall conform
to ASTM Standard F477 and shall be synthetic rubber. One gasket shall be furnished
with each length of elastomeric-gasket bell-end pipe. Pipe spigots shall be beveled.
Pipe bells shall be extruded integral with the pipe barrel with a thickness equal to or
greater than that of the barrel.
d. Nominal laid length of AWWA C900 and C905 PVC (CI) pipe shall be 20 feet.
e. The C900 and C905 pipe shall be labeled with the following at intervals of not more
than five (5) feet:
7/2011
15060 - 14
Date of manufacture - Manufacturer's Name & Code
- Nominal size - "(CI)" - DR number – Pressure Class – Test Pressure for Hydro
Tested or “NOT HYDROSTATIC PROOF TESTED” – AWWA designation number –
Manufacturer’s name or trade mark and production run or lot code – Seal (Mark) of the
testing agency verifying suitability of material for potable water service (must be NSF).
Couplings and fabricated fittings shall be marked with:
Nominal Size – “(CI)” – Deflection angle, if applicable – “PVC” – AWWA Pressure
Class – AWWA designation number of the applicable standard (C900 or C905) – Man-
ufacturer’s name or trademark - Seal (Mark) of the testing agency verifying suitability of
material for potable water service (must be NSF).
2. TYPE C900 and C905 PVC FITTINGS
Fittings for AWWA C900 and C905, PVC (CI) shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM Standard D 1784 and the specifications for AWWA C900 and C905, PVC (CI)
pipe herein, except as modified below.
a. All fittings for C900 pipe shall be manufactured from PVC compound conforming to
ASTM Standard D 1784-11. Fittings shall conform to the thickness requirements of
DR18. All fittings, except wye branches, shall be Class 235 and shall be manufactured
to withstand 755 psi quick burst pressure tested in accordance with ASTM Standard D
1599-99(2005), "Test Method for Short-Time Hydraulic Failure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing,
and Fittings" and withstand 500 psi for a minimum of 1,000 hours tested in accordance
with ASTM Standard D 1598-02(2009), "Test Method for Time-to-Failure of Plastic Pipe
Under Constant Internal Pressure".
b. All fittings for C905 pipe shall be manufactured from PVC compound conforming to
ASTM Standard D 1784-11. Fittings shall conform to the thickness requirements of
DR18 for sizes 14 through 30-inch and DR25 for 36 through 48-inch. All fittings, ex-
cept wye branches, shall be Class 235 for sizes 14 through 30-inch and Class 165 for
36 through 48-inch. Fittings 14 through 30-inch shall be manufactured to withstand 755
psi quick burst pressure tested in accordance with ASTM Standard D 1599-99(2005),
"Test Method for Short-Time Hydraulic Failure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings" and
withstand 500 psi for a minimum of 1,000 hours tested in accordance with ASTM Stan-
dard D 1598-02(2009), "Test Method for Time-to-Failure of Plastic Pipe Under Con-
stant Internal Pressure". . Fittings 36 through 48-inch shall be manufactured to with-
stand 535 psi quick burst pressure tested in accordance with ASTM Standard D 1599-
99(2005), "Test Method for Short-Time Hydraulic Failure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and
Fittings" and withstand 350 psi for a minimum of 1,000 hours tested in accordance with
ASTM Standard D 1598-02(2009), "Test Method for Time-to-Failure of Plastic Pipe
Under Constant Internal Pressure".
3. Fittings shall be as manufactured by The Harrington Corporation, Lynchburg, VA, Head
Manufacturing Company, Preston, ID, or approved equal.
C. MANHOLE COUPLINGS FOR TYPE PSM SDR-35 PVC SEWER PIPE shall conform to the
requirements specified hereinbefore for Type PSM SDR-35 PVC Sewer Fittings and shall be
completely coated on the exterior with fine aggregate bonded into/to the PVC surface. Ma n-
hole couplings for Type PSM SDR-35 PVC sewer pipe shall be as manufactured by Johns-
Manville, Harrington Corporation, or approved equal.
7/2011
15060 - 15
D. MANHOLE COUPLINGS FOR AWWA C900 and C905, PVC (CI) PIPE shall conform to the
requirements specified hereinbefore for AW WA C900 AND C905, PVC (CI) fittings and shall be
completely coated on the exterior with fine aggregate bonded into/to the PVC surface. Ma n-
hole couplings for AWWA C900 and C905, PVC (CI) pipe shall be as manufactured by Harring-
ton Corporation, or approved equal.
E. ADAPTER COUPLINGS shall have adjustable stainless steel shear rings. Insert shall be pro-
vided with coupling. Clamps shall be all stainless steel. Adapter couplings shall be as manu-
factured by The Logan Clay Products Company, Logan, Ohio, or approved equal.
F. SMALL DIAMETER PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS (SCHEDULES 40 AND 80)
1. Poly (vinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings specified herein are small diameter PVC with
threaded, flanged and solvent cemented joints.All poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC) pipe and
fittings shall be made from high impact, rigid poly (vinyl chloride) compounds. Pipe and
fittings shall be marked indicating size, type and schedule, ASTM Designation,
manufacturer or trade mark, and shall bear the NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) seal
of approval. Wherever the abbreviation PVC is used in these Specifications in relation to
pipe and fittings, it shall mean poly (vinyl chloride) plastic pipe and fittings as specified
herein.
2. PVC pipe shall be Schedule 80 as called for on the Plans or by the Engineer, Type I,
Grade I, or Class 12454B with socket ends, and shall comply with ASTM Standard D1785,
"Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120".
3. Schedule 80 socket-type fittings shall comply with ASTM Standard D2467, "Socket-Type
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80" and D2464 "Specification
for Threaded Poly Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80, for threaded
fittings.
4. Joining cement for PVC pipe and fittings shall comply with ASTM Standard D2564,
"Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings". Cemented
joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM Standard D2855, "Recommended Practice
for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings".
5. Flanges: One piece molded hub type flat face flanges, 125 pound standard as specified
under fittings hereinbefore.
6. Gaskets: Full faced, 1/8-inch thick, neoprene (for sewer) or SBR (for water).
7. AISI Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A193, Grade B8M hex bolts and ASTM A194 Grade
E8 hex head nuts. Bolts shall be fabricated in accordance with ANSI B 1812 and provided
with washers of the same materials as the bolts.
2.04 CERTIFICATION
A. The Contractor shall provide the Department with notarized Certifications, signed by an autho-
rized agent of the manufacturer, that the material was manufactured, sampled, tested, and i n-
spected in accordance with these specifications, and has been found to meet the requirements.
A report of said test results shall be furnished.
7/2011
15060 - 16
B. No pipe or fitting will be accepted for use in the project until the Certifications have been sub-
mitted to and approved by the Department.
2.05 HANDLING AND STORING PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Pipe and fittings shall at all times be handled with great care to avoid damage. In loading
or unloading operations, the manufacturer's unitized package of pipe and/or fittings shall
be lifted with a forklift or other suitable equipment in such a manner as to prevent dam-
age. Pipe may be unloaded by individual lengths, however, each length shall be slid or
rolled on skidways in such a manner that the pipe is not dropped, and to avoid any shock.
Under no circumstances shall pipe and/or fittings be dropped or allowed to roll or slide
against obstructions.
B. Pipe and/or fittings having ultraviolet degradation, warpage, impact damage, abrasion
damage, or gouges or cuts will not be accepted. Bell ends showing compression set,
damage or deformation will not be acceptable.
C. Gaskets, if not prepositioned in the bell ends, shall be stored and shipped in suitable pr o-
tective containers. Gaskets shall not be exposed to excessive heat, direct sunlight, oil or
grease.
D. Pipe and fittings shall be stored in a manner that will prevent warpage or other damage
as previously specified.
E. If the pipe and/or fittings are to be stored for any period in excess of six months in direct
sunlight the items shall be covered with an opaque material. The cover shall be placed in
such a manner that will permit air circulation above and around the items being covered
to prevent excessive heat accumulation.
F. Pipe and fittings shall be manually or mechanically lowered into the trench for installation,
and shall not be thrown, dropped or pushed in the trench.
2.06 PIPE AND FITTINGS: COPPER
A. Pipe: Copper pipe shall be Type K for interior piping and Type K Soft Temper for exterior
piping, both conforming to ASTM B88, seamless, round, drawn tubing.
B. Fittings: Solder joint fittings shall be wrought copper and bronze fittings conforming to
ANSI B16.22 or cast brass fittings conforming to ANSI Standard B16.18. Fittings for use
with copper tubing shall be one of the following:
1. Cast Bronze Solder-Joint Fittings: Solder joint fittings of this type shall be cast bronze
fittings conforming to ANSI B16.18, "Cast Brass Solder -Joint Fittings", and ASTM
Standard B62, "Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings", as manufactured by
Chase Brass and Copper Co., Stanley G. Flagg & Co., Inc., or approved equal.
2. Wrought Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: Solder joint fittings of this type shall be wrought
copper fittings in accordance with ASNI B16.22, "Wrought Copper and Bronze Sold-
er-Joint Pressure Fittings".
C. Solder: Solder shall consist of 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony. Soldering shall be
7/2011
15060 - 17
in conformance with Section 3 of the Copper and Brass Research Association Copper
Tube Handbook.
D. Connection of copper pipe or fittings with galvanized pipe or fittings shall be made with
dielectric fittings.
2.07 PIPE AND FITTINGS: GALVANIZED STEEL
A. Steel pipe, except as otherwise specified below, shall be Schedule 40, galvanized, seam-
less steel pipe, conforming to ASTM Standard A53, "Pipe, Steel Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless", Type S, Grade A or B. Black steel pipe may be
used in fabricating items which are to be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
B. Screwed fittings, except as otherwise specified, shall be 150 psi galvanized malleable
iron. Screwed unions shall be galvanized malleable iron with ground brass seats. Pipe
threads shall be American Standard B2.1 NPT. Joint compound shall be used on all
threaded joints, applied to the male threads only.
C. Furnish data certified by the manufacturer that the pipe and fittings are of the material
specified. No piping will be accepted or used in construction until certificates have been
submitted to and approved by the Engineer of Record.
2.08 PIPE AND FITTINGS: VITRIFIED CLAY
A. Vitrified clay pipe and fittings for gravity sewers shall be extra -strength, non-perforated.
Pipe and fittings shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM Standard C700, "Vitrified
Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated", and the following re-
quirements.
B. A single fracture or crack passing through socket of the pipe bell and exceeding a length
of one-half (½) inch in any direction shall be cause for rejection of the pipe. This re-
quirement supersedes the portion of the ASTM Specifications cited above in conflict h e-
rewith.
C. The Contractor shall furnish certification from the manufacturer that the pipe and fittings
used meet the requirements of ASTM Specifications C700.
D. The manufacturer shall furnish certification that the pipe and fittings supplied meet the
requirements of ASTM Standard C700, latest edition. The Contractor shall be prepared to
produce said certification when requested by the Department.
E. Only factory bonded joints will be permitted for all vitrified clay pipe. The joints shall
have rubber "O" ring type compression seals conforming to "Standard Specification for
Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings", ASTM C425, latest edition.
F. Department approved pipe joints are Polyester Ring-Type joints as manufactured by Lo-
gan Clay Products Company under the trade name of "Logan-O-Ring", Can-Tex Indus-
tries under the trade name of "Can-O-Lock," or approved equal.
G. Where cast iron soil pipe or ductile iron pipe laterals are used with vitrified clay mains, the
7/2011
15060 - 18
wye or tee shall be vitrified clay. For the joint between the vitrified clay wye or tee and
the lateral pipe use FERNCO "Donut" No. 6-10-601 with E.H.C.I. soil pipe and "Donut"
No. 6-08-607 with ductile iron laterals, or approved equals. When using E.H.C.I. soil pipe
with ductile iron tees or wyes, use transition gasket by Romac or approved equal.
2.09 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
A. Smooth wall high density polyethylene pipe shall be a Type III, Class C, Category 5,
Grade P34; PE 3408; as defined in ASTM D1248. Minimum classification, as given by
ASTM D3350, shall be PE 335434C. Pipe shall meet the standards of ASTM F714, as
modified herein, including the "Government/Military Procurement" sections. Minimum hy-
drostatic design basis shall be 1600 psi. In all cases, hydrostatic design basis and pre s-
sure rating shall be as determined using the methods of ASTM F714. Pipe of this type
shall be butt-fusion welded at joints. All welding of joints shall be in strict conformity with
the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer and by a firm or individual recommended
to the Engineer of Record in writing by the manufacturer.
B. As a part of the shop drawing submittals, the Contractor shall furnish the following signed
by a Florida Registered Engineer, all calculations to determine, the pipe thickness, SDR
rating, allowable stresses, in accordance with ASME B31.8 -1992, Table A842.22 and
recommended coating, as required by the pipe manufacturer.
2.10 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) FOR USE IN POTABLE WATER SERVICES
2-INCH NOMINAL DIAMETER AND LESS
All mechanical fittings utilized with HDPE pipe and tubing services, shall conform with
ANSI/AWWA C800-01 "Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings" as modified here-
in, shall utilize AWWA Standard (Mueller) threads on tapped pipe and tapping saddles;
shall be; designed and manufactured to withstand a sustained working pressure of 150
psi and to restrain the pipe against pull out under loading beyond that causing tensile
yield in the HDPE pipe or tubing connected. The manufacturer shall supply certification of
these capabilities and fittings shall not be accepted or installed without said certification.
If fittings are being supplied to the Department the certification shall ship with the fittings
and payment will not be made without this certification. At the discretion of the Engineer,
this certification may be required to be signed and sealed by a professional engineer li-
censed to practice in the state where the supplying firm is located or in the State of Flor i-
da. His decision in this regard shall be final.
In all cases, fittings shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instruc-
tions.
A. HDPE PIPE FOR WATER SERVICES:
All 2-inch high density polyethylene pipe used for services shall be IPS-O.D. Controlled
with Standard Outside Dimension Ratio (SODR) of 9, pressure rating of 200 psi, nominal
outside diameter of 2.375-inches, minimum wall thickness of 0.264-inches, PE 3408, all
in conformance with ASTM D3035-95 "Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on
Controlled Outside Diameter". Pipe shall conform with ANSI/AWWA C901-96 "Polyethy-
lene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, ½ In. (13 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm), for Water
Service" as modified herein. Pipe shall have a (natural) inner core with a blue colored
outer shell. Pipe shall have footage marks at a maximum interval of every two feet. Po-
7/2011
15060 - 19
lyethylene material shall have a minimum cell classification in accordance with ASTM
D3350-00 "Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fitting Materials" of 345444D for the core,
which shall be 100% virgin material, and 345444E for the outer shell. Note that both of
these materials are UV stabilized as signified by the "D" for natural colored and "E" for
the colored shell. Pipe shall conform with NSF 61 or 14. Manufacturer shall supply certif i-
cation of compliance with all of the above requirements. Certification shall ship with the
pipe on material sold to the Department and shall always be submitted with shop draw-
ings and catalogue cuts. When required by the Chief, Engineering Division, Miami-Dade
Water and Sewer Department or his designee, certification shall be signed and sealed by
a professional engineer licensed to practice in the state in which the manufacturer is lo-
cated or in the State of Florida.
B. HDPE TUBING FOR WATER SERVICES:
All 1-inch high density polyethylene tubing used for services shall be CTS-O.D. Con-
trolled with Standard Outside Dimension Ratio (SODR) of 9, pressure rating of 200 psi,
nominal outside diameter of 1.125-inches, minimum wall thickness of 0.125-inches, PE
3408, all in conformance with ASTM D2737-99 "Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing". Tub-
ing shall conform with ANSI/AWWA C901-96 "Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tub-
ing, ½ In. (13 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm), for Water Service" as modified herein. Tubing
shall have a (natural) inner core with a blue colored outer shell. Tubing shall have footage
marks at a maximum interval of every two feet. Polyethylene material shall have a min i-
mum cell classification in accordance with ASTM D3350-00 "Polyethylene Plastics Pipe
and Fitting Materials" of 345444D for the core, which shall be 100% virgin material, and
345444E for the outer shell. Note that both of these materials are UV stabilized as signi-
fied by the "D" for natural colored and "E" for the colored shell. Tubing shall conform with
NSF 61 or 14. Manufacturer shall supply certification of compliance with all of the above
requirements. Certification shall ship with the tubing on material sold to the Department
and shall always be submitted with shop drawings and catalogue cuts. When required by
the Chief, Engineering Division, Miami-Dade Water and Sewer Department or his desig-
nee, certification shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed to prac-
tice in the state in which the manufacturer is located or in the State of Florida.
2.11 WALL SLEEVES, PIPES AND CASTINGS
A. Wall Sleeves: Wall sleeves shall be of cast iron, ductile iron or carbon steel with steel
galvanized after fabrication as specified in Section 15065, Miscellaneous Materials, under
wall pipe. Sleeves shall be provided with seals and shall be oversized as required for the
installation of seals. Sleeves shall terminate flush with finished surfaces of walls and ceil-
ings, and shall extend 2-inches above the finished floor. Escutcheons shall be provided
at walls and floor to completely conceal the sleeves smaller than 3-inches. Escutcheons
shall be brass or cast iron, nickel plated split-type.
B. Interior: Wall sleeves shall be installed for all piping passing through interior walls and
floors, except where noted on the Drawings. Sleeves shall be of sufficient size to pass
the pipe without binding.
C. Wall Sleeve Seals: Wall sleeve seals shall be modular mechanical type consisting of in-
terlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between
7/2011
15060 - 20
the pipe and wall sleeve. Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to form a conti-
nuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and nut.
After the seal assembly is positioned in the sleeve, tightening of the bolts shall cause the
rubber sealing elements to expand and provide an absolutely water-tight seal between
the pipe and wall sleeve. The synthetic rubber shall be suitable for exposure to treated
sewage effluent and groundwater. Bolts, nuts and hardware shall be 18-8 stainless steel.
The seals shall be Link Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation or equal, and
the wall sleeve and seal shall be sized as recommended by the seal manufacturer.
D. All piping passing through exterior walls and base slabs shall be provided with wall pipes.
All wall pipes shall be of ductile iron and shall have an intermediate flange or waterstop
located in the center of the wall. Each wall pipe shall be of the same grade, thickness
and interior coating as the piping to which it is joined. Those portions of the wall pipes
that are buried shall have a coal tar outside coating.
2.12 STEEL CASING (JACKING AND BORING)
See Section 15070, "Jacking and Boring"
2.13 STEEL PIPE (AERIAL CROSSING)
See Section 15075, "Aerial Crossings"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General:
A. The Contractor shall provide all barricades and/or flashing warning lights necessary to
warn of the construction throughout the Project.
B. Pipe and fittings shall at all times be handled with great care to avoid damage. In loading
and unloading, they shall be lifted with cranes or hoists or slid or rolled on skidways in
such manner as to avoid shock. Under no circumstances shall this material be dropped
or allowed to roll or slide against obstructions.
C. All work shall be performed by skilled workmen experienced in similar installations. All
pipe and fittings shall be adequately supported by clamps, brackets, straps, concrete
supports, rollers or other devices as shown and/or specified. Supports or hangers shall
be spaced so that maximum deflection between supports or hangers shall not exceed
0.050 inch for pipe filled with liquid, but shall not be further than 6 feet apart, whichever is
closer, unless otherwise shown. All pipe supports shall be secured to structures by ap-
proved inserts or expansion shields and bolts.
D. All pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned internally before being installed. All pipes, except
oxygen service, air and gas, shall be flushed with water and swabbed to assure removal
of all foreign matter before installation. Air and gas piping shall be tapped with a hammer
to loosen scale or other foreign matter that might be within the pipe, then thoroughly
blown with a high pressure air hose. Air shall be from the Contractor's air compressor.
7/2011
15060 - 21
E. Whenever possible, the pipe will be installed with minimum 48-inches of cover, however,
due to the numerous utilities in the area, this burial could change substantially.
F. At all horizontal or vertical pipe deviation, the Contractor shall install both restrained pipe
and thrust blocks. Joints may only be opened to adjust alignment by half of the AWWA
or manufacturer's recommended opening (which is smaller).
G. Pipe Sleeves and Wall Castings: Pipe sleeves and wall castings shall be provided at the
locations called for on the Drawings and/or specified herein. These units shall be as de-
tailed and of the material as noted on the Drawings and/or specified herein. They shall
be accurately set in the concrete or masonry to the elevations shown. All wall sleeves
and castings required in the walls shall be in place when the walls are poured. Ends of
all wall castings and wall sleeves shall be of a type consistent with the piping to be con-
nected to them.
H. Tie Rods: Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the size and number of t ie rods
for a joint or installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer's design chart for
a working pressure of 150 psi. Tie rods shall be installed as recommended by the manu-
facturer.
3.02 EXCAVATION FOR PIPING
A. The Contractor shall make all excavation necessary for the construction of the pipelines,
connections, valves and appurtenances, to the lines and grades shown on the Plans.
B. The trench shall be excavated at least 6 inches below pipe laying grade as shown on the
Plans. All sheeting and shoring shall be installed at the Contractor's expense where it is
necessary for pipe installation and property protection or required by the Trench Safety
Act. The cost of dewatering any excavation shall be at the Contractor's expense. The
disposal of water removed from an excavation shall be in a manner which will not create
a hazard, or be detrimental to the public health or to public or private property.
C. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits approving the location and proposed
method of disposal before discharging water from any excavation into any portion of the
public right-of-way or into any existing drainage structure or facility. All construction signs
required shall be provided by the Contractor.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPE, FITTINGS AND VALVES
A. General:
1. The design Drawings are in some cases diagrammatic. They may not show every
bend, off-set, elbow or other fitting which may be required in the piping for installa tion
in the space allotted. Careful coordination of the work of this Section with that of Di-
vision 2 and 16 is necessary to avoid conflicts. Install gravity lines at uniform grade to
low point after field verification of low point invert.
2. The centerline of the pipe shall not vary by more than 2 inches from the location
shown on the Plans and the top of the pipe shall not vary by more than 2 inches from
the established grade, except at points where this tolerance must be changed to clear
obstructions, or make connections. Deviation from this location will be permitted only
upon written instructions from the Engineer.
7/2011
15060 - 22
3. Sandbags may be used to support the pipe in the ditch but no pipe shall be laid on
blocks, except by the written permission of the Engineer of Record. The trench shall
be dewatered to the extent that all poured lead joints in cast iron pipe and fittings may
be made perfectly dry. Flanged joints, mechanical joints and push-on joints in cast
iron pipe and fittings may be made under water.
B. Installation of Ductile Iron Pipe
1. All bends, tees, and plugs, unless otherwise specified, shall be backed with concrete
to undisturbed ground. Provision shall be made to prevent concrete from adhering to
plugs or bolts.
2. Bolts, nuts and rubber gaskets for use in flanged and mechanical joints shall be
stored under cover. Gaskets shall not be exposed to heat, light or any petroleum
products, shall be kept clean and shall not be handled with greasy or dirty hands.
3. Before making up flanged joints in cast iron pipe and fittings, the back of each flange
under the bolt heads, and the face of each flange shall have all lumps, blisters and
excess bituminous coating removed and shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and
dry.
4. Before laying the ductile iron pipe, all lumps, blisters and excess coal-tar coating
shall be removed from the bell and spigot ends of each pipe and the outside of the
spigot and the inside of the bell wire brushed and wiped clean and dry. The entire
gasket groove area shall be free of bumps or any foreign matter which might displace
the gasket. The cleaned spigot and gasket shall not be allowed to touch the trench
walls or trench bottom at any time. Vegetable soap lubricant shall be applied in ac-
cordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations, to aid in making the joint.
The workmen shall exercise caution to prevent damage to the gasket or the adhe-
rence of grease or particles of sand or dirt. Deflections shall be made only after the
joint has been assembled.
5. Cutting of ductile iron pipe for inserting valves, fittings, etc., shall be done by the Con-
tractor with a mechanical pipe saw in a neat and workmanlike manner without dam-
age to the pipe, the lining, or the coating.
6. Unless otherwise directed, ductile iron pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing in
the direction of laying; and for lines on an appreciable slope, the bells shall, at the
discretion of the Engineer, face upgrade.
7. Push-on and mechanical joints in ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be made in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's standards except as otherwise specified herein. Joints
between push-on and mechanical joint pipe and/or fittings shall be made in accor-
dance with AWWA Standard Specifications, "Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains
and Appurtenances," C600-87, except that deflection at joints shall not exceed
one-half of the manufacturer's recommended allowable deflection, or one-half of the
allowable deflection specified in AWWA C600-87, whichever is the lesser amount.
8. Flanged joints shall be used only where indicated on the Plans. Before making up
flanged joints in the pipeline, the back of each flange under the bolt heads and the
7/2011
15060 - 23
face of each flange shall have all lumps, blisters and excess bituminous coating r e-
moved and shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry. Flange faces shall be
kept clean and dry when making up the joint, and the workmen shall exercise caution
to prevent damage to the gasket or the adherence of grease or particles of sand or
dirt. Bolts and nuts shall be tightened by opposites in order to keep flange faces
square with each other, and to insure that bolt stresses are evenly distributed.
9. Bolts and nuts in flanged and mechanical joints shall be tightened in accordance with
the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer for a leak-free joint. The workmen
shall exercise caution to prevent overstress. Torque wrenches shall be used until, in
the opinion of the Engineer, the workmen have become accustomed to the proper
amount of pressure to apply on standard wrenches.
C. Installation of PVC Pipe:
1. In the installation of glue joint PVC pipe, the pipe shall first be cut square and smooth.
Wipe all surfaces to be connected with a cloth moistened with an appropriate solvent
and remove any foreign matter from socket of fitting. Using an ordinary paint brush
of width about equal to the nominal pipe size, apply a generous coat of cement to in-
side and shoulder of socket, flowing on but not brushing out. A similar coat shall
then be applied to the end of the pipe for at least the same distance on the pipe as
the depth of socket, and to the cut end. Pipe and fittings shall then be pressed firmly
together and the pipe turned a quarter to a half turn to evenly distribute the cement.
The cementing and joining operation must not exceed one minute. Allow 24 hours
set-up time before applying pressure. Sand shall be used as backfill material around
pipe installed underground.
2. Thread Sealant: Teflon tape.
3. All rigid PVC pipe shall be cut, made up, and installed in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. Plastic pipe shall be laid by snaking the pipe from
one side of the trench to the other. Offset shall be as recommended by the manufac-
turer for the maximum temperature variation between time of solvent welding and dur-
ing operation.
4. Schedule 80 pipe shall not be threaded. Use Schedule 80 threaded nipple where ne-
cessary to connect to threaded valve or fitting.
5. Only strap wrenches shall be used for tightening threaded plastic joints, and care
shall be taken not to over tighten these fittings.
6. Provide adequate ventilation when working with pipe joint solvent cement.
7. Testing: All lines shall be hydrostatically tested at the pressures specified elsewhere
herein or at the design pressures.
8. Supports And Hangers: In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Installation of Copper Pipe:
1. Tubing above ground shall, whenever possible, be run in full lengths between fittings,
valves and connections and joints shall be kept to a minimum. All connections shall
7/2011
15060 - 24
be made without sharp bends or kinks in the tubing. Above ground tubing shall be
supported at short intervals to prevent sagging and vibration.
2. All copper pipe shall be reamed to full diameter before joining. The ends of pipe and
the inside of fittings shall be cleaned and flux applied to the entire area of pipe to be
soldered.
E. Joint Pipe:
1. Threaded Pipe: Ream all pipe after cutting and before threading. Use non-hardening
pipe compound "Tite-Seal" or approved equal, on male threads only.
2. Provide nipples of same material and weight as pipe used. Provide extra strong nip-
ples when length of unthreaded part of nipple is less than 1-1/2".
3. Provide reducing fittings rather than bushings where changes in pipe sizes occur.
4. Provide dielectric unions or flanges between copper and steel piping and between
brassware and steel. Do not use steel and copper piping in the same system without
such isolation.
F. Unions: Provide unions or flanges in all domestic water service lines at each piece of
equipment, specialty valves or at other locations required for ready disconnect.
G. Pipe Protection:
1. Paint all uninsulated metal (ductile iron or steel) piping underg round with two coats of
asphaltic paint.
2. Wrap soil pipe that touches metal or is exposed to masonry with a layer of 6 mil po-
lyethylene.
3. Spirally wrap all pipe lines embedded in concrete with two layers of 30 lb. felt.
4. Coat all exposed threads on galvanized steel pipe after assembly with two coats of
zinc chromate.
H. Cleaning and Testing: All of the piping installed under this project shall be tested as fol-
lows and as directed by the Engineer.
1. With exceptions as noted below, all ductile iron piping installed under this Contract
shall be cleaned and tested according to Paragraph I hereinbelow in this Section:
a) Only potable water piping shall be disinfected.
b) No leakage shall be permitted for flanged piping.
c) No leakage shall be permitted for any type of above ground piping.
2. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere herein, all PVC pressure system bushings and
galvanized steel piping shall be tested at 100 psig. No leakage will be permitted.
I. Installation of Aboveground and Exposed Piping
1. Aboveground and exposed pipe fittings, valves and accessories shall be installed as
7/2011
15060 - 25
shown or indicated on the Drawings.
2. Piping shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the job site and shall
be worked into place without springing or forcing, properly clearing all equipment
access areas and openings. Changes in sizes shall be made with appropriate reduc-
ing fittings rather than bushings. Pipe connections shall be made in accordance with
the details shown and manufacturer's recommendations. Open ends of pipe lines
shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt and other foreign
material out of the system. Pipe supports and hangers shall be provided where ind i-
cated and as required to insure adequate support of the piping.
3. Welded connections shall be made in conformity with the requirements of AWWA
Standard C 206 and shall be done only by qualified welders. The Engineer may, at
his option, require certificates that welders employed on the work are qualified in con-
formity with the requirements of this standard and/or sample welds to verify the quali-
fications of the welders. Before testing, field welded joints shall be coated with the
same material as used for coating its pipe in accordance with the requirements of
AWWA.
4. Flanged joints shall be made up by installing the gasket between the flanges. The
threads of the bolts and the faces of the gaskets shall be coated with a suitable lubr i-
cant immediately before installation.
5. Joints using Dresser couplings shall be made up as recommended by the manufac-
turer.
6. Use of perforated band iron (plumber's strap), wire or chain as pipe hangers will not
be acceptable. Supports for pipe less than 1-1/2 inches nominal size shall not be
more than 8-feet on centers and pipe 2-inches nominal size and larger shall be sup-
ported at not more than 10-feet on centers, unless otherwise indicated. Supports for
PVC pipe shall be spaced one-half the distance specified above unless otherwise in-
dicated. Any noticeable sagging shall be corrected by the addition of extra supports at
the Contractor's expense.
J. INSTALLATION OF HDPE SERVICES
All HDPE services require the use of a 10 gauge stranded copper blue tracer wire.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. All water mains shall be flushed to remove all sand, debris, rock and other foreign matter.
Dispose of the flushing water without causing a nuisance or property damage.
B. Pressure and Leakage Testing: All pumps, piping and gauges shall be furnished, in-
stalled and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and their in-
stallation shall be approved by the Engineer. Pump shall be of a non-pulsating type suit-
able for this application and gauge accuracy certification may be required at the Engineer
of Record's discretion. All pressure and leakage testing shall be done in the presence of
a representative of the Department as a condition precedent to the approval and accep-
tance of the system.
7/2011
15060 - 26
C. Tests for Drain Lines:
1. Drain and gravity sewer lines shall be tested for infiltration and exfiltration.
2. The allowable limits of infiltration or exfiltration or leakage for the drain or sewer lines,
or any portion thereof shall not exceed a rate of 100 gallons per inch of internal pipe
diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours with no allowance for laterals or manholes. Du-
ration of test shall be a minimum of two hours.
3. Any part, or all of the system may be tested for infiltration or exfiltration, as directed
by the Engineer. Prior to testing for infiltration, the system shall be pumped out so
that normal infiltration conditions exist at the time of testing. The amounts of infiltra-
tion or exfiltration shall be determined by pumping into or out of calibrated drums, or
by other approved methods.
4. The exfiltration test will be conducted by filling the portion of the system being tested
with water to a level which will provide a minimum head of 2-feet in a lateral con-
nected to the test portion, or, in the event there are no laterals in the test portion, a
minimum difference in elevation of 5-feet between the crown of the highest portion of
the drain or sewer and the test level.
5. Where infiltration or exfiltration exceeds the allowable limits specified herein, the de-
fective pipe, joints, or other faulty construction shall be located and repaired by the
Contractor.
6. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials and shall conduct all
testing required, under the direction of the Engineer of Record. No separate payment
will be made for this work and the cost for this work shall be included in the prices
quoted in the Proposal.
7. The Contractor shall locate and repair all leaks until the leakage is reduced to the li m-
its specified. Any observed leaks or obviously defective joints or pipes shall be r e-
paired or replaced as directed by the Engineer of Record, even though the total lea-
kage is below that specified above.
END OF SECTION
MDWASD 1/1999
15070 - 1 R-1
SECTION 15070
JACKING AND BORING
PART 1 - G ENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF W ORK
A.The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, equipment, and appurtenances required to
perform complete jacking and boring operation as shown on the Plans.
B.The work under this section consist of installing a steel casing pipe under the road, railway,
etc., in a single bore and jack operation and installing the carrier main within the casing,
complete.
C.All jacking and boring operations shall be performed in accordance with all requirements of the
permitting agency or company having jurisdiction over the work area, and as approved by the
Department.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A.Section 15060 - Piping and Fittings
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.The steel pipe shall be furnished with an Affidavit of Compliance certifying that the pipe and
sleeves comply with the requirements herein and ASTM Standard A139-93a. No pipe
described below or sleeve will be accepted until such Certificates have been submitted to and
approved by the Engineer.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.All work performed within the respective railroad, Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT)
or other governing agencies' right-of-ways shall comply with all requirements and conditions
of the governing authority, permit requirements and all requirements and conditions of these
specifications.
B.The Contractor shall perform his operation in accordance the State of Florida Department of
Transportation's Utility Accommodation Guide, Exhibit H, Jacking and Boring Supplement,
latest revision. Copies are available from FDOT.
C.The Contractor shall assume all jacking and boring responsibilities for its permittee while
complying with all FDOT; railroad company and governing authority requirements having
jurisdiction over their work. The Department reserves the right to enforce any and all
requirements.
MDWASD 1/1999
15070 - 2 R-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL CASING
A.Steel casing pipe for boring and jacking shall be of the size and thickness as shown on the
Plans. All steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard A139-93a "Electric-
Fusion (Arc)-W elded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 in. And Over)", Grade B.
B.Pipe weld shall be longitudinal, spiral weld not being acceptable. Where required by the
permitting agency or company, the pipe and sleeves shall be coated inside and out with two
coats of Bitumastic No. 50 as manufactured by Kop-Coat Company, Inc., or approved equal.
Paint shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
C.The pipe shall have right-angle cut ends with bevel cut for field welding and shall be furnished
in 20-foot lengths. Cutting the pipe in the field to accommodate the area for boring and jacking
operations will not be permitted without specific approval by the Engineer of Record. The
Contractor shall be responsible for determining the size of the pit in relation to the space
required for this equipment and 20-foot lengths of steel pipe.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
The boring (tunneling) machine may be an open-faced boring machine. Other types of machines
such as a closed face boring machine may be considered. Final approval of the boring machine
is within the sole discretion of the Engineer of Record and must be obtained prior to its use. This
is an absolute reservation of discretion on behalf of the Department due to the critical nature of the
work to be performed beneath the railway roadway, etc. Excavation for installation of the casing
by use of a labor crew will not be permitted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A.The installation shall be coordinated with the railroad companies, FDOT, or municipality in
which the job is to be performed. The Contractor shall not begin work until he has received
permission from the Department and the governing authority to do so. In the event the railroad
companies or FDOT require payment for any services rendered, including services required
due to around-the-clock construction, the costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
B.The Contractor must obtain approval by the Engineer of Record for the boring equipment he
intends to use. His selection of boring machine must be based on his investigation of local
conditions and written submission of his thorough investigation of the groundwater and sub-
surface soil conditions to be encountered during the boring and jacking operations. This is
particularly emphasized when running sand or large quantities of water are indicated. The
Engineer of Record may require the Contractor to use a closed face boring machine if he
considers it essential, based on information from the Contractor's report; and if, in his opinion,
it is necessary to safeguard the public and to protect public or private property.
MDWASD 1/1999
15070 - 3 R-1
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.Installation of the casing pipe shall be a continuous operation until completed, unless revised
by the Engineer of Record, FDOT, or other governing agencies having jurisdiction over the
work.
B.Construction by boring and jacking shall be carried out in such a manner that there is no
raising or settlement of the ground surface, surface facilities or structures. The casing shall
be jacked from one end of the crossing to the other in conjunction with the boring. Material
from the boring excavation shall be removed as the jacking proceeds.
C.The casing and carrier pipe shall be installed level and shall be free of horizontal and vertical
deflections. A minimum of two monitoring holes located over the casing shall be provided to
verify the casing location.
D.Adjacent lengths of steel casing pipe shall be welded together throughout the circumference
of the pipe with two welding operations at the same time. All welding shall conform to the best
accepted practices of the trade and in particular to AW W A Standard C206-88, "Field W elding
of Steel Water Pipe Joints".
E.The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer of Record with five copies of his site surface and
sub-surface (soil borings) examination data prior to starting work. The Engineer of Record and
the governing authority (railroad company, FDOT, or similar authority) will analyze this
information in conjunction with the equipment and methods specified hereinbelow to see if any
changes are required. However, no changes will be permitted unless specifically authorized
in writing by the Engineer of Record, and the governing authority.
F.Also, prior to commencing any work hereunder, preferably after a rainfall to indicate low areas
by ponding, the Contractor shall take color photographs of the right-of-way over the entire area
(length) of the proposed casing. These photographs shall be furnished to the Engineer of
Record, who will review them with the Contractor, and representatives of the governing
authority. Any pavement cracks, ground settlement ponding, or other unusual conditions
indicated on the photographs will be recorded and acknowledged by all parties concerned,
otherwise it will be agreed that the entire surface area is free of any pavement cracks, ground
settlement or other unusual conditions.
G.Additionally, in conjunction with the photographs, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer of
Record with a survey prepared by a Registered Land Surveyor indicating elevations of the
ground surface at twenty (20) foot intervals, minimum, over the full length of the proposed
casings and 50 ft. beyond the casing on both sides. Elevations shall be to the nearest one
hundredth of a foot. In addition the track elevations shall be taken 100 feet in both directions
on the track from the center of the pipe. Elevation readings shall be taken both with and
without the live load of a train. The Surveyor shall report the difference in elevations, if any, to
the Contractor, who shall report such to the Engineer of Record. Upon completion of the
Contract, but prior to acceptance by the Department, the Contractor shall furnish the
Department with a second survey prepared by a Registered Land Surveyor as stated above.
If any appreciable difference in elevations between the two surveys indicate settlement, or if
pavement cracks or other surface irregularities are apparent, and correction is required by
either the railroad company, FDOT or other governing authority, the Contractor shall
MDWASD 1/1999
15070 - 4 R-1
immediately correct such problems to their satisfaction, and to the satisfaction of the
Department. If any appreciable differences in elevation, indicating settlement, occur or if
pavement cracks or other surface irregularities become apparent within the period of the
Maintenance Bond, and correction is required by either the railroad company, FDOT, or other
governing authority, the Contractor shall immediately correct such problems to their
satisfaction and to the satisfaction of the Department.
H.The Contractor shall be f ully responsible for any damage which might occur to the roadway,
railroad company's crossing and tracks or other facilities and shall repair or replace such
damaged facilities and equipment at his expense and to the satisfaction of the Department the
railroad company, the FDOT or other governing authority. No work shall commence hereunder
until the Contractor has procured the insurance required by the Department, the railroad
company, FDOT or other governing authority; and such insurance has been approved by the
Engineer of Record, the railroad company, FDOT, and other governing authority, respectively.
3.03 JACKING AND RECEIVING PITS
A.The jack and bore pits shall be constructed with 4 sides of steel interlocking sheeting designed
and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida. It shall terminate a
minimum of 3 ft. above the adjacent ground elevation.
B.A detailed shop drawing shall be prepared and submitted, to include the method of installing
a circular hole 3/4 of an inch in diameter larger than the casing O.D. It shall be made to
accommodate the casing and prevent infiltration of water.
C.Concrete (4,000 psi) and tremie shall be designed and sealed by a Professional Engineer
registered in the State of Florida and shall be of sufficient thickness to withstand the uplift.
3.04 W ATER DISPOSAL
A.Inflow of water must be limited to slight seepage of the jack and bore pit and limited water
intrusion into the pit from the tunnel machine performing the excavation. W ater from the pits
shall be disposed of in such a manner as will not cause injury to public health, to public or
private property, to the work completed or in progress, to the surface of the streets, or cause
any interference with the use of the same by the public. The Contractor shall submit his
proposed method of handling trench water and locations at which the water will be disposed
of to the Department of Environmental Resources Management (DERM), governmental
agencies having jurisdiction over this work and to the Engineer of Record for approval and
shall not commence the excavation without written approval from the Department, DERM and
other governing agencies.
B.W hen the invert elevation of the carrier pipe is less than 7 ft. below the finished elevation and
the elevation of the water table is less than 2 ft. above the casing invert, the Engineer of
Record will allow the jacking and receiving pits to be steel sheeted, shored, and tremied with
concrete, and shall be continuously dewatered during the entire installation. The tremied
concrete slab in the bottom of the pit shall be sufficient to provide a stable base for the boring
machine. The concrete slab shall be removed when this work is completed.
MDWASD 1/1999
15070 - 5 R-1
C.W hen jacking casing under the railway, roadway, etc. the Contractor shall begin the boring and
jacking by constructing the jacking and receiving pits as shown on the Plans and in
accordance with the requirements of the permit and these Specifications. The Contractor shall
exercise special care during the boring and jacking to prevent damage to any underground
utilities, whether shown on the Plans or not.
D.The receiving pit must be installed and ready to receive the casing pipe prior to any jacking
and boring work in the jacking pit.
E.The Contractor shall provide the necessary pumps, and other means necessary to keep the
pits free of water. In addition, he shall also provide standby back-up pumps and equipment
at the site to insure against pit flooding in the event of equipment failure. The Contractor shall
be responsible for the disposal of the water.
F.The Contractor's proposed pit construction and dewatering plans shall be submitted to the
Engineer of Record for approval prior to construction. These submissions must also meet the
approval of the FDOT, DERM and all other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over this
work. No work is to commence without the required approvals.
G.Upon completion of the work, all sheeting, shoring, concrete, concrete tremie slab and other
material shall be removed from the site. Excavations shall be backfilled and compacted and
the surface restored to original condition.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF CASING PIPE
A.After the jacking and receiving pits have been prepared, and the boring (tunneling) machine
is ready for operation, the casing pipe shall be installed. The installation of the casing pipe
shall be a continuous around-the-clock operation, and once started shall not be stopped until
the entire run of casing pipe has been installed.
B.The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits required for the around-the-clock operation
from the various agencies having jurisdiction over the work area unless the 24 hours-a-day
operation is withheld. Additionally, the Contractor shall furnish and install temporary noise
barriers around the pits as required to comply with noise ordinances of the various agencies
having jurisdiction over the work area.
C.The casing pipe shall be furnished and installed in 20-foot lengths. Adjacent lengths of steel
pipe shall be joined by welding. Welds shall be watertight. All welding shall conform to the
best accepted practices of the trade and in particular to the AW W A Standard C206-88, "Field
W elding of Steel W ater Pipe". In order to minimize the welding time, the Contractor shall have
at least two qualified welders and two welding machines on the job at all times. After the pipe
has been lowered into the pit, it shall be welded to the pipe.
D.All welding done under this Project shall be performed by operators who are certified by a
testing laboratory approved by the Dade County Building and Zoning Department as qualified
to weld underhand and overhead. The Contractor shall furnish proof to the Department that
his welders are so qualified.
MDWASD 1/1999
15070 - 6 R-1
E.The casing pipe shall have 2-inch tapped holes at 8-foot intervals at 3 and 9 o'clock locations
prior to being placed in the pit; and at additional locations as may be required to control the
placing of cement grout. The grout shall be pumped through one hole until it appears in the
next hole, as soon as the auger is removed, in order to stabilize the soil over and around the
casing and to prevent voids.
F.The pumping of the grout shall be carefully controlled with proper pressure to prevent floating
of the casing and the pressure shall be such that all voids over and around the pipe are
permanently filled in order to prevent settlement of the earth and facilities above the casing
pipe. The holes in the pipe shall then be plugged with malleable iron pipe plugs.
G.The use of bentonite to install the casing pipe is at the discretion of the Contractor and is not
a substitute for the cement grout. The installation of the casing pipe by boring and jacking shall
be carried out in such a manner that there is no settlement of the ground surface or surface
facilities or structures. Material from the boring excavation shall be removed as the jacking
proceeds. The casing pipe shall be installed free of horizontal and vertical deflections unless
required by design.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER MAIN
A.W hen the installation of the casing pipe is complete, the Contractor shall install the carrier
pipe. The carrier pipe may be jacked through the steel casing pipe or may be pulled through
with a cable, but under no circumstance shall it be driven or struck. The method selected by
the Contractor shall exert no tensile force on any joint in the pipeline.
B.The carrier pipe shall be held in alignment and supported on creosoted or W olmanized timber
skids (See Section 15065) or other Department approved casing spacer attached to the
carrier pipe as shown on the Plans. The timber skids and blocking shall be sized so that the
top of the bells or restrained joints of the carrier pipe will be two inches below the inside top
of the casing pipe. See Miami-Dade W ater and Sewer Department Standard Detail A 8.0. The
Department may consider use of alternate casing insulator or spacer systems spaced at least
6 feet, utilizing polymer plastic, polyethylene or HDPE runners and requiring no special tools,
grease, or pumping of grout or admixture in the annular space, each on a case by case basis.
C.After the installation of the carrier main within the casing pipe has been completed, the
Contractor shall wash a sufficient quantity of clean sand into the space between the outside
of the carrier main and the inside of the casing pipe to form a sand cushion that will come up
to the springline of the main. The Contractor shall then plug the ends of the casing pipe as
shown on the Plans.
D.The installation of the galvanized steel vent pipes for the casing pipe and the sign shall be
complete as shown in detail on the Plans for the crossing.
3.07 STATE ROAD BORE AND JACK CROSSING
In addition to the Plans and the requirements of these Specifications, construction shall be in
accordance with the requirements of the permits, along with their General Provisions and the
following Special Provisions, unless otherwise modified:
MDWASD 1/1999
15070 - 7 R-1
B.Maintenance of traffic and all traffic control device shall be placed in accordance with the
current edition of the FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards.
C.The permittee shall coordinate the notification of any proposed lane closure(s) and temporary
detour(s) at least two (2) weeks in advance of the closure date, by processing the required
"anticipated roadway closure" form through the Department representative. Lane closures
shall only occur during non peak hours or on non-event weekends. Peak hours are from 6:00
to 9:30 A.M. and from 3:30 to 7:00 P.M. weekdays. Where there exist conflict between the
above statements and those contained in permits issued for the work, permitted conditions
shall govern the work. The Department representative may adjust peak hours if conditions
warrant.
D.Coordinate pre-construction meeting with FDOT, at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to
commencement of work.
E.Before any work can commence on a State Road right-of-way, the permittee must furnish to
the FDOT Inspector on the job site in writing the following:
1.The certification of the steel casing to be used.
2. The width, length and depth of the boring pit and receiving pit.
3.The de-watering plan and equipment to be used.
4.A subsurface report (addressing soil conditions and water table level in the vicinity of the
jacking pit and the boring pit).
5.The name, address and telephone number of the contractor that will be performing the
jack and bore.
F.Final restoration shall be coordinated with the Department representative all portions of the
State Road right-of-way shall be restored within thirty (30) days upon completion of the
permitted installation.
G.W hen the permittee's operations encounter or expose any abnormal condition which may
indicate the presence of a hazardous waste, toxic waste, or contaminants, such operations
shall cease immediately in the vicinity of the abnormal condition and the Department's
inspector and Ms. Marjorie Bixby of FDOT's Environmental Management Office (telephone
470-5228) shall be notified. Every effort shall be made by the permittee to minimize the
spread of any contamination into uncontaminated areas. Notification of personnel and
selection of course of action shall be in accordance with procedure 650-0300 1 O-B,
Resolution of Right-of-way Contamination Issues. Under no circumstances will the permittee
resume operations in the affected area until so directed by the Department.
H.Beginning of any work within the right-of-way associated with this work constitutes acceptance
of these conditions.
END OF SECTION